routing, mileage and mapping soware as/400 and cics installations ... 3.1.5 the report menu ... 3.6...

User’s Guide

Routing, Mileage and Mapping So�ware

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED You may print one (1) copy of this document for your personal use. Otherwise, no part of this document may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language, in any form or by any means electronic, mechanical, magnetic, optical, or otherwise, without prior written permission from ALK Technologies, Inc. Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation. IBM is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation. PC*MILER, CoPilot, and ALK are registered trademarks and BatchPro and RouteMap are trademarks of ALK Technologies, Inc. GeoFUEL™ Truck Stop location data © Copyright 2012 Comdata Corporation®, a wholly owned subsidiary of Ceridian Corporation, Minneapolis, MN. All rights reserved. Traffic information provided by INRIX © 2012. All rights reserved by INRIX, Inc. SPLC data used in PC*MILER products is owned, maintained and copyrighted by the National Motor Freight Traffic Association, Inc. Canadian Postal Codes data adapted from Statistics Canada, Postal Codes Conversion File, © Minister of Industry, May 2011. This does not constitute an endorsement by Statistics Canada of this product. Certain Points of Interest (POI) data by infoUSA © Copyright 2012. All Rights Reserved. ALK Technologies, Inc. reserves the right to make changes or improvements to its programs and documentation materials at any time and without prior notice. © Copyright 1994-2012 ALK Technologies, Inc. 457 North Harrison Street, Princeton, NJ 08540

PC*MILER User’s Guide i

Table of Contents

PC*MILER® Product Line End-User License Agreement .................................... vii

Chapter 1: INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................... 1 1.1 What is PC*MILER? ....................................................................................................2 1.2 What can PC*MILER be used for? ..............................................................................4 1.3 What’s New in PC*MILER Version 26 and 26.1? .......................................................5 1.4 Checking For Updates ..................................................................................................9 1.5 The PC*MILER Highway and Local Street Database .................................................9

1.5.1 PC*MILER Local Street Address and International Data .................................10 1.6 Distance Calculation ...................................................................................................10 1.7 PC*MILER Route Types ............................................................................................11

1.7.1 PC*MILER Practical Routes .............................................................................11 1.7.2 PC*MILER Shortest Routes ..............................................................................12 1.7.3 PC*MILER Fastest Routing (North America only) ...........................................12 1.7.4 PC*MILER National Network Routes (U.S. only) ............................................13 1.7.5 PC*MILER 53' Trailer or Twins Routing (U.S. and Canada only) ..................14 1.7.6 PC*MILER Toll Discouraged Routes ...............................................................15 1.7.7 Heavy/Light Vehicle Routing ............................................................................16 1.7.8 Least Cost Routing .............................................................................................17

1.8 How do I file PC*MILER-based tariffs? (U.S. only) ..................................................17

Chapter 2: GETTING STARTED ............................................................................ 18 2.1 System Requirements ..................................................................................................18

2.1.1 Platforms ............................................................................................................18 2.1.2 Microsoft Windows Update Requirements ........................................................18 2.1.3 Windows Requirements .....................................................................................19 2.1.4 AS/400 Requirements ........................................................................................20 2.1.5 CICS Requirements ...........................................................................................20 2.1.6 UNIX and LINUX Requirements ......................................................................20

2.2 General Licensing Information ...................................................................................21 2.3 Installation Types ........................................................................................................21 2.4 Important Notes ..........................................................................................................22 2.5 Installing PC*MILER .................................................................................................22

2.5.1 Single User Local (Non-Network) Installation ..................................................22 2.5.2 PC*MILER|Traffic Subscription Upgrade ........................................................26 2.5.3 Multi-User Network Installation ........................................................................27 2.5.4 Citrix and Terminal Services Installations.........................................................33 2.5.5 AS/400 and CICS Installations ..........................................................................36

2.6 Starting and Closing PC*MILER ...............................................................................37 2.7 Converting Saved Files From a Previous Version ......................................................37 2.8 Installation: Frequently Asked Questions ...................................................................37 2.9 Modifying Your License to Add New PC*MILER Products .....................................38 2.10 Deactivating and Uninstalling Your License ............................................................39

PC*MILER User’s Guide ii

2.11 Product Returns .........................................................................................................40 2.12 Help Files and ReadMe .............................................................................................41

Chapter 3: BASIC ROUTING.................................................................................. 42 3.1 Menus and the Toolbar ...............................................................................................43

3.1.1 The File Menu ....................................................................................................43 3.1.2 The Edit Menu ...................................................................................................44 3.1.3 The Map Menu ...................................................................................................44 3.1.4 The Route Menu ................................................................................................47 3.1.5 The Report Menu ...............................................................................................48 3.1.6 The Tools Menu .................................................................................................48 3.1.7 The Windows Menu ...........................................................................................51 3.1.8 The Help Menu ..................................................................................................52 3.1.9 PC*MILER Shortcut Keys ................................................................................53

3.2 Entering Stops on a Route ..........................................................................................54 3.2.1 City Name and State Abbreviation ....................................................................55

3.2.1.1 Mexican and Canadian Locations .............................................................56 3.2.2 Address Entry (US & Canada, Brazil, Europe, and/or Australia only) ............57 3.2.3 Change Data Set Tool (PC*MILER|Worldwide only) .......................................60 3.2.4 Using the Spelling Helper ..................................................................................60 3.2.5 Entering ZIP Codes and Postal Codes ...............................................................61 3.2.6 Using the ZIP/Postal Code Helper .....................................................................62 3.2.7 Canadian Postal Codes .......................................................................................62 3.2.8 SPLC Entry (U.S. only) ......................................................................................63 3.2.9 SPLC Help .........................................................................................................63 3.2.10 Type-Ahead Feature in Pick Lists ...................................................................64 3.2.11 Entering An Arrival or Departure Time ..........................................................64 3.2.12 "Point and Click" Feature: Picking Stops From the Map ................................64 3.2.13 Zoom To a Location On the Map ....................................................................64 3.2.14 Input Errors ......................................................................................................65

3.3 Duplicate City Names .................................................................................................66 3.4 Changing Regions (PC*MILER|Worldwide only) ......................................................67 3.5 Using ISO Country Abbreviations (PC*MILER|Worldwide only) .............................67 3.6 Inserting and Deleting Stops .......................................................................................68 3.7 Moving and Copying Stops ........................................................................................68 3.8 Optimizing a Route .....................................................................................................68 3.9 Reversing the Order of Stops ......................................................................................69 3.10 Using Via Points For Route Customization ..............................................................70 3.11 The Synonym Table ..................................................................................................72

3.11.1 Modifying the Synonym Table ........................................................................73 3.12 Border Crossings (U.S. only) ....................................................................................74 3.13 Highway Junctions (North America only) ................................................................75 3.14 Latitude/Longitude Points .........................................................................................76 3.15 Highway Exits (U.S. only) ........................................................................................77 3.16 Truck Stop Locations (U.S. and Canada only) .........................................................78 3.17 CAT Scale Weigh Stations (U.S. & Canada only) ..................................................80 3.18 State Weigh Stations (U.S. only) ...............................................................................80 3.19 Location Radius ........................................................................................................81

Table of Contents iii

3.20 Running a Route .......................................................................................................83 3.21 Generating Multiple Routes ......................................................................................85 3.22 Split Screen View Option .........................................................................................86 3.23 Duplicating a Route for Easy Comparison ...............................................................87 3.24 Framing a Route on the Map ....................................................................................87 3.25 Customizing Location Names ...................................................................................87

3.25.1 Converting Custom Place Files from Older Versions .....................................88 3.25.2 Exporting Custom Places .................................................................................90

3.26 Creating Custom Latitude/Longitude Points ............................................................91 3.27 Importing Custom Places ..........................................................................................92

3.27.1 Editing Custom Place Records ......................................................................103 3.27.2 Custom Place Manager Options ....................................................................104

Chapter 4: LEAST COST ROUTING .................................................................... 106 4.1 Using Least Cost Routing .........................................................................................108

Chapter 5: TIME-BASED ROUTING .................................................................... 111 5.1 Route Generation With ETA/ETD ............................................................................112 5.2 Using Traffic Data for More Precise Time Estimates ..............................................115

5.2.1 Use Traffic Data By Default ............................................................................115 5.3 Time-Based Routing in Reports ..............................................................................116 5.4 Time-Based Toll Cost Reporting ..............................................................................117

Chapter 6: TRAFFIC DISPLAY ............................................................................ 118 6.1 Traffic Display Options ............................................................................................119 6.2 Traffic Display on the Map .......................................................................................120

Chapter 7: GETTING TOLL COSTS ..................................................................... 122 7.1 Turning On Toll Cost Calculation ............................................................................124 7.2 Customizing Toll Costs By Weight and Axle...........................................................126 7.3 Tolls and Plaza Names in the Detailed Route Report ...............................................128 7.4 Getting Toll Totals in the Comparison Report .........................................................129 7.5 Toll Information in the State/Country Distance Report ............................................129

Chapter 8: ADDITIONAL OPTIONS & FEATURES ............................................. 131 8.1 State/Country Distance Summary Report .................................................................131

8.1.1 Order of States in the State/Country Distance Summary Report .....................132 8.2 Detailed Route Report ..............................................................................................132 8.3 Drivers Report (Driving Instructions).......................................................................135 8.4 Language Translation of Reports ..............................................................................136 8.5 Comparison Report ...................................................................................................136 8.6 Road Type Report .....................................................................................................137 8.7 Printing Reports ........................................................................................................137

8.7.1 Changing the Font in Your Report ..................................................................137 8.7.2 Changing Column Widths in Your Report ......................................................137 8.7.3 “Print Driver Report” Menu Option ................................................................138

8.8 Saving and Copying Reports ....................................................................................139 8.9 Using the Options Dialog Box ..................................................................................139

8.9.1 General Options ................................................................................................140 8.9.1.1 Route Name ............................................................................................140

PC*MILER User’s Guide iv

8.9.1.2 Routing ....................................................................................................140 8.9.1.3 Region .....................................................................................................142 8.9.1.4 Vehicle Profile ........................................................................................143 8.9.1.5 Miles/Kilometers and Gallons/Liters Conversion ..................................143 8.9.1.6 State/Country Report Order ....................................................................143 8.9.1.7 Use Ferry Distances ................................................................................143 8.9.1.8 Report Memo (Customized Reports) ......................................................143

8.9.2 Cost/Time Options ...........................................................................................144 8.9.2.1 Fuel Costs ...............................................................................................144 8.9.2.2 Stop Costs ...............................................................................................145 8.9.2.3 Labor and Other Costs ............................................................................146 8.9.2.4 Greenhouse Gases Emission Estimate ....................................................147 8.9.2.5 Additional Time ......................................................................................147

8.9.3 Vehicle Dimensions Options ...........................................................................148 8.9.3.1 Overview .................................................................................................148 8.9.3.2 Units ........................................................................................................149 8.9.3.3 Special Options .......................................................................................149 8.9.3.4 Vehicle Dimensions (U.S. and Canada only) ........................................149 8.9.3.5 Vehicle Dimensions for Automobile Routing ........................................151

8.9.4 Road Speeds .....................................................................................................152 8.9.4.1 Average Road Speeds (Estimated Travel Time) .....................................152

8.10 Creating Your Own Default Options ......................................................................154 8.11 Custom Vehicle Profiles .........................................................................................154 8.12 PC*MILER Intermodal Analysis ............................................................................157 8.13 The Hub Distance Generator ..................................................................................158 8.14 Custom Route Preferences ......................................................................................158 8.15 Saving and Retrieving Trips ...................................................................................158 8.16 Saving, Appending and Loading Routes in Text Format .......................................160 8.17 Saving Your Workspace Settings ...........................................................................160

Chapter 9: USING THE ROUTEMAP™ WINDOW .............................................. 162 9.1 First Run a Route ......................................................................................................162 9.2 Zoom and Frame Features ........................................................................................163 9.3 Scroll Bars in the Map Window ...............................................................................165 9.4 Drag Map or Pan To Shift the View .........................................................................165 9.5 Hiding, Displaying and Layering Map Features .......................................................166 9.6 Map Styles ................................................................................................................167 9.7 Satellite Image Layer on the Map (North America only) ........................................168 9.8 Right Mouse Menu in the Map Window ..................................................................168 9.9 Using the Mouse To Turn Map Labels On/Off ........................................................169 9.10 Using the Mouse To Pick Stops ..............................................................................169 9.11 Drag Routing ...........................................................................................................169 9.12 Picking Roads to Avoid or Favor ...........................................................................171 9.13 Overriding Truck-Restricted Roads ........................................................................172 9.14 Adding a Comment To a Road Preference Record .................................................174 9.15 HazMat Routing on Maps (North America, Europe, and Oceania) .......................175 9.16 Using the Custom Roads Manager .........................................................................175

9.16.1 Sets of Custom Road Preferences ..................................................................176

Table of Contents v

9.16.2 Avoiding or Favoring Whole Roads (U.S. and Canada only) ......................179 9.16.3 Avoiding or Favoring Whole States (North America only) ..........................179 9.16.4 Converting Custom Road Files from Older Versions ....................................180 9.16.5 Geofencing .....................................................................................................180 9.16.6 Hazardous Material Routing Permits .............................................................181 9.16.7 Export Data to a Custom Roads Report .........................................................181

9.17 Legends ...................................................................................................................182 9.18 infoUSA Points of Interest on the Map (U.S. only) ...............................................184 9.19 Framing Geographic Areas, Routes, or Stops .........................................................185 9.20 Miscellaneous Map Menu Options .........................................................................186 9.21 Printing a Map ........................................................................................................187 9.22 Copying a Map to the Clipboard .............................................................................187 9.23 Saving Map Settings ...............................................................................................187

Chapter 10: USING ALK’S ROUTESYNC™ ........................................................ 188 10.1 Background .............................................................................................................188 10.2 Getting Started With RouteSync .............................................................................189 10.3 Sending Routes and Options from PC*MILER to CoPilot ....................................193

10.3.1 Managed Routes ............................................................................................193 10.3.2 Sending Avoids/Favors As Unmanaged Options ..........................................197 10.3.3 Editing, Updating and Tracking Vehicles ......................................................198

10.3.3.1 Viewing, Editing and Updating Vehicles .............................................198 10.3.3.2 Vehicle Display on the RouteMap ........................................................200

10.4 CoPilot Truck OoR Output to PC*MILER .............................................................201

Chapter 11: GEOFENCE OPTIONS ..................................................................... 203 11.1 Creating a Geofence ................................................................................................204 11.2 Customizing Geofence Sets ....................................................................................206 11.3 Deleting Geofences and Sets ..................................................................................207 11.4 Editing Geofence Sets .............................................................................................208 11.5 Geofence Behavior on the Map ..............................................................................208 11.6 Identify Points Within a Geofence Boundary .........................................................209 11.7 Generating a Geofence Report ................................................................................210 11.8 Using the Geofences Conversion Utility ................................................................211

Chapter 12: HAZARDOUS MATERIAL ROUTING .............................................. 213 12.1 Routing Multiple Hazmat Classes ..........................................................................216 12.2 Hazardous Material Routing on Maps ....................................................................217 12.3 Changing the Status of Hazmat-Prohibited Roads .................................................218 12.4 Hazardous Material Routing in Reports .................................................................219

Chapter 13: FUEL OPTIMIZATION ...................................................................... 220 13.1 Setting Up a Fuel Optimization Account ................................................................220 13.2 Using PC*MILER|Fuel Optimization .....................................................................220 13.3 Fuel Stops in PC*MILER Reports ..........................................................................223

Chapter 14: TECHNICAL SUPPORT & CONTACT OPTIONS ............................ 225 14.1 Technical Support Options .....................................................................................225 14.2 PC*MILER Sales Contact Information ..................................................................225 14.3 Database Support ....................................................................................................226

PC*MILER User’s Guide vi

14.4 PC*MILER Updates ...............................................................................................226 14.5 Frequently Asked Questions ...................................................................................227

Chapter 15: ABOUT ALK TECHNOLOGIES ........................................................ 231 15.1 Enterprise Solutions from ALK Technologies .......................................................232

APPENDIX A: ACCESS POLICIES FROM NATIONAL NETWORK ROUTES TO TERMINALS & SERVICES ................................................... 237

APPENDIX B: CANADIAN COUNTIES & TOURISM REGIONS ......................... 242

APPENDIX C: STATE/PROVINCE/COUNTRY ABBREVIATIONS ....................... 246 North American Countries ...............................................................................................246 African Countries .............................................................................................................249 Asian Countries ................................................................................................................251 European Countries ..........................................................................................................253 Oceania (Australia/South Pacific Countries) ...................................................................254 South American Countries ...............................................................................................255

APPENDIX D: POSTAL CODE FORMATS IN WORLDWIDE REGIONS ........... 257

APPENDIX E: VALID ENTRIES FOR STREET ADDRESSES ........................... 259

APPENDIX F: DEFAULT ROAD SPEEDS BY JURISDICTION ......................... 262

APPENDIX G: TOLL PLAZA NAMES IN REPORTS ........................................... 275

APPENDIX H: TOLL ROADS REQUIRING ELECTRONIC PAYMENT ............... 276

INDEX .................................................................................................................... 281

PC*MILER User’s Guide vii

PC*MILER® Product Line

END-USER LICENSE AGREEMENT 1. Grant of License: Subject to the terms, conditions, use limitations and payment of fees as

set forth herein, ALK Technologies, Inc. (“ALK”) grants the end-user (“you”) a license to install and use the PC*MILER solution(s) (including traffic data subscriptions) you have purchased (“PC*MILER”) on a single personal computer. The PC*MILER software, data and documentation are provided for your personal, internal use only and not for resale. They are protected by copyright held by ALK and its licensors and are subject to the following terms and conditions which are agreed to by you, on the one hand, and ALK and its licensors (including their licensors and suppliers) on the other hand.

2. Title: You acknowledge that the PC*MILER computer programs, data, concepts, graphics,

documentation, manuals and other material by, developed by or licensed to ALK, including but not limited to program output (together, “program materials”), are the exclusive property of ALK or its licensors. You do not secure title to any PC*MILER program materials by virtue of this license.

3. Copies: You may make one (1) copy of the PC*MILER program materials, provided you

retain such copy in your possession and use it solely for backup purposes. You agree to reproduce the copyright and other proprietary rights notices of ALK and its licensors on such a copy. Otherwise, you agree not to copy, reverse engineer, interrogate or decode any PC*MILER program materials or attempt to defeat protection provided by ALK for preventing unauthorized copying or use of PC*MILER or to derive any source code or algorithms therefrom. You acknowledge that unauthorized use or reproduction of copies of any program materials or unauthorized transfer of any copy of the program materials is a serious crime and is grounds for suit for damages, injunctive relief and attorneys' fees.

4. Limitations on Transfer: This license is granted to you by ALK. You may not directly or

indirectly lease, sublicense, sell or otherwise transfer PC*MILER or any PC*MILER program materials to third parties, or offer information services to third parties utilizing the PC*MILER program materials without ALK's prior written consent. To comply with this limitation, you must uninstall PC*MILER from your computer prior to selling or transfering that computer to a third party.

5. Limitations on Network Access: You may not allow end-users or software applications on

other computers or devices to directly or indirectly access this copy of PC*MILER via any type of computer or communications network (including but not limited to local area networks, wide area networks, intranets, extranets, the internet, virtual private networks, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and cellular and satellite communications systems), using middleware (including but not limited to Citrix MetaFrame and Microsoft Terminal Server) or otherwise (including but not limited to access through PC*MILER connectivity products), or install or use PC*MILER on a network file server, without first notifying ALK, executing a written supplemental license agreement, and paying the license fee that corresponds to the number and types of uses to which access is to be allowed.

PC*MILER User’s Guide viii

6. Limitations on Data Extraction: You may extract data (including but not limited to program output such as distances, maps, and driving directions) from PC*MILER and use it in other applications on the same computer on which PC*MILER is legally licensed and installed. You may not transfer data extracted from PC*MILER onto any other computer or device unless you have licensed PC*MILER for that computer or device.

7. Limitations on Mobile Communications: Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,

you may not transmit PC*MILER street-level driving directions through mobile communications systems such as Qualcomm, satellite, or cellular services or to mobile devices such as computers, handhelds, pagers, or telephones without first executing a written supplemental license agreement with ALK and paying the license fee that corresponds to the number and types of devices and systems to and through which transmission is to be permitted.

8. Limitations on Disclosure: You may disclose PC*MILER distances to trading partners for

specific origin-destination moves for which you provide transportation services and use PC*MILER distances as a basis for payment. You may not make any other disclosure of PC*MILER programs and materials, including but not limited to program output, to anyone outside the legal entity that paid for and holds this license, without prior written permission of ALK. You acknowledge that the PC*MILER programs and materials by, developed by or licensed to ALK are very valuable to ALK and its licensors, and their use or disclosure to third parties except as permitted by this license or by a written supplemental license agreement with ALK is strictly prohibited.

9. Security: You agree to take reasonable and prudent steps to safeguard the security of the

PC*MILER program materials and to notify ALK immediately if you become aware of the theft or unauthorized possession, use, transfer or sale of the PC*MILER program materials licensed to you by ALK.

10. Acceptance: You are deemed to have accepted the PC*MILER program materials upon

receipt. 11. Warranties: ALK represents and warrants that:

A. For ninety (90) days from date of purchase, PC*MILER, when delivered and properly installed, will function substantially according to its specifications on a computer purchased independently by you.

B. For ninety (90) days from date of purchase, the software media on which ALK provides

PC*MILER to you will function substantially free of errors and defects. ALK will replace defective media during the warranty period at no charge to you unless the defect is the result of accident, abuse, or misapplication of the product.

C. THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES

EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE. THE PC*MILER PROGRAM, DATA AND

PC*MILER Product End-User License Agreement ix

DOCUMENTATION IS SOLD "AS IS". IN NO EVENT SHALL ALK OR ITS LICENSORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SUCH AS, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING OUT OF THE EXISTENCE OF THE FURNISHING, FUNCTIONING OR USE OF ANY ITEM OF SOFTWARE, DATA OR SERVICES PROVIDED FOR IN THIS AGREEMENT. IN THE EVENT THAT A COURT OF PROPER JURISDICTION DETERMINES THAT THE DAMAGE LIMITATIONS SET FORTH ABOVE ARE ILLEGAL OR UNENFORCEABLE THEN, IN NO EVENT SHALL DAMAGES EXCEED THE CONTRACT PRICE. THIS WARRANTY SHALL NOT ACCRUE TO THE BENEFIT OF THIRD PARTIES OR ASSIGNEES.

12. Disclaimer: The data may contain inaccurate, incomplete or untimely information due to

the passage of time, changing circumstances, sources used and the nature of collecting comprehensive geographic data, any of which may lead to incorrect results. PC*MILER’s suggested routings and traffic data are provided without a warranty of any kind. The user assumes full responsibility for any delay, expense, loss or damage that may occur as a result of their use.

13. Termination: This Agreement will terminate immediately upon any of the following

events:

A. If you seek an order for relief under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or similar laws of any other jurisdiction, or a composition with or assignment for the benefit of creditors, or dissolution or liquidation, or if proceedings under any bankruptcy or insolvency law are commenced against you and are not discharged within thirty (30) calendar days.

B. If you materially breach any terms, conditions, use limitations, payment obligations, or

any other terms of this Agreement. C. Upon expiration of any written supplemental license agreement between you and ALK

of which this license is a part.

14. Obligations on Termination: Termination or expiration of this Agreement shall not be construed to release you from any obligations that existed prior to the date of such termination or expiration.

15. Indemnification by you: You hereby expressly agree to indemnify, defend and hold

harmless ALK, its officers, directors, employees, agents, licensors and affiliates, from and against any and all liability, loss, damage, cost and expense, including attorneys' fees and expenses, in connection with all claims in contract or in tort including negligence arising by you or third parties in connection with your use of PC*MILER.

16. Disclosure for products containing Historical or Real-time Traffic data: traffic data,

including historical traffic data, is licensed as a subscription service which must be renewed annually for continued use. ALK and its licensor(s)_will use commercially reasonable efforts to make traffic data available at least 99.5% of the time each calendar

PC*MILER User’s Guide x

month, excluding minor performance or technical issues as well as downtime attributable to necessary maintenance, and Force Majeure.

17. Limitations on Export: You hereby expressly agree not to export PC*MILER, in whole or

in part, or any data derived therefrom, in violation of any export laws or regulations of the United States.

18. Miscellaneous: This Agreement shall be construed and applied in accordance with the

laws of the State of New Jersey. The Courts of the State of New Jersey shall be the exclusive forum for all actions or interpretation pertaining to this Agreement. Any amendments or addenda to this Agreement shall be in writing executed by all parties hereto. This is the entire Agreement between the parties and supersedes any prior or contemporaneous agreements or understandings. Should any provision of this Agreement be found to be illegal or unenforceable, then only so much of this Agreement as shall be illegal or unenforceable shall be stricken and the balance of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

PC*MILER User’s Guide 1

INTRODUCTION

Welcome to ALK Technologies’ PC*MILER! By purchasing a PC*MILER product, you have made a cost-effective investment in the transportation and logistics industry’s leading routing, mileage, and mapping software solution. Accuracy, reliability, and stability have positioned PC*MILER as the technology used by 98% of the top motor carriers and 96% of the top freight transportation firms in North America. The U.S. Department of Defense (DoD), the General Services Administration (GSA) and the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) also rely on PC*MILER as their worldwide distance standard. If you're seeking to maximize revenues and minimize costs while utilizing the safest, most cost-effective routing for your vehicles and shipments, then PC*MILER is the answer.

PC*MILER is both easy to learn and easy to use. You simply enter an origin, a destination, and any stops in between, and PC*MILER goes to work to calculate truck-specific routing that is displayed on a map. Distances are returned along with time and cost estimates based on adjustable speed, time, and cost parameters. Detailed driving directions and a state mileage summary can quickly be generated with a click of the mouse. Multiple routing options and additional features provide the tools you need to work effectively and productively. PC*MILER can be used for rate determination and quotes, trip cost and time estimates, dispatch, driver pay calculation, fuel tax reporting, driver log auditing, load planning, carrier selection, freight bill auditing, and logistics analysis. Before you go any further please read the License Agreement that starts on page i. It details the terms under which ALK Technologies, Inc. grants you a license, ALK's copyrights, and your rights as a licensee. YOU MAY MAKE ONE COPY OF YOUR PC*MILER PRODUCT DVD FOR BACK-UP PURPOSES ONLY. THE SOFTWARE LICENSE CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL LIMITS THE NUMBER AND TYPE OF COMPUTER ON WHICH YOU CAN LEGALLY USE PC*MILER. BY OPENING AND USING THE PC*MILER DVD, YOU HAVE ACCEPTED THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE LICENSE AGREEMENT. ALK TECHNOLOGIES, INC. WILL TAKE PROPER LEGAL ACTION AGAINST ANY ILLEGAL USE OF THE PC*MILER SOFTWARE.

1Chapter


1.1 What is PC*MILER?

PC*MILER generates point-to-point mileage, routes, and driving instructions over complete highway systems in North America, Puerto Rico, Bermuda, and Greenland. It can be supplemented with the PC*MILER|Worldwide global highway network as an add-on data module.*

* All instructions for PC*MILER|Worldwide included in this User’s Guide pertain only to Version xx.1 (for example, Version 26.1), which is updated and released yearly after the release of the North American version. PC*MILER will calculate an unlimited number of routes and mileage – both highway and local street-level in North America – on a single personal computer or a network installation. PC*MILER calculates point-to-point mileage for an origin-destination pair of locations with intermediate stop-off points. It provides leg and cumulative mileage, time and cost estimates, state/country distance summaries, and Practical, Shortest, National Network, Toll Discouraged, Hazardous Material or 53'/102'' Trailer mileage over the entire North American truck-specific highway network and beyond. PC*MILER Version 26 and 26.1 include the following major features: ALK’s RouteSync provides a direct link between PC*MILER in the back

office and ALK’s CoPilot Truck GPS navigation software in the cab. (RouteSync license purchase required)

Time-based routing gives users the ability to define a departure or arrival time for more precise calculation of ETA/ETD.

Fastest Routing – In addition to standard PC*MILER Practical and Shortest route types, Fastest routing calculates the quickest feasible way to get to a destination. (North America only; PC*MILER Traffic Features required)

Least Cost Routing – Least Cost routing generates several alternative routes based on multiple user-specified trip cost values. (PC*MILER|Tolls required for toll cost calculation)

Optional traffic data feed for more realistic transit times and real-time, historical or typical traffic display on the map (North America only; PC*MILER Traffic Features required)

User-specified vehicle dimensions for routing and toll calculation (includes an automobile routing option for vehicles classed less than 9,000 lbs./ 4,082 kgs. and custom vehicle profiles). (PC*MILER|Tolls required for toll cost calculation)

Via Points creation and management for customized routing.

A Drag Route map feature for instant route customization and visualization.

Geofence Tools – Create geofences on the map and have PC*MILER avoid these areas or send a warning if routes travel in/out of them.

Chapter 1: Introduction 3

Optional add-on modules for Toll Calculation and Fuel Optimization. (U.S. and Canada only)

Greenhouse Gas Estimator – For estimating greenhouse gas emissions by route.

Location Radius – For rate determination and operations planning, this tool lets you search for all cities, ZIP and postal codes, towns, points of interest, and custom points within a specified mileage radius around any location.

Unlimited number of stop-off locations.

Route Optimization – Optimize the order of an unlimited number of stops for efficient route planning.

Custom Routing Preferences – Avoid, favor, or override specific roads, and create and manage multiple sets of routing preferences.

Multiple route generation with on-screen comparison reports to determine the best route.

A time-saving “drag and drop” feature that lets you copy stops from one route entry window to another.

County name designations for all U.S. locations.

Comprehensive height and weight restrictions, including 53'/102'' Trailer or Twins and enhanced Light and Heavy Vehicle routing.

Reports and maps that can be exported via clipboard for use with spreadsheet, word processing and database software.

Ability to customize place names to conform to the name of your facilities and customer locations.

Import Custom Place feature, allowing seamless importing of custom address and pickup/delivery information to eliminate manual trip entry.

RouteMap, "the electronic road atlas" for map quality graphics.

Ability to point and click on the map to select origin, stop-offs and destination, plus mouse-driven map customization.

Custom cost/time estimates for empty/loaded miles.

Custom average road speed estimates.

A Border Wait Time option that takes into account expected delays at international border crossings.

Hub mode determines routing, total mileage and state mileage summaries from a central origin point to unlimited destinations.

U.S. DOT hours of service breaks included in driving instructions.

State/Country mileage summaries including ferry miles.

Latitude/Longitude routing that generates point to point routes and mileage between Lat/Long coordinates.

Save Preferences feature to save map and window workspace settings.

Speed limits by state/province/country.


A system of Help files that is easy to use and comprehensive.

U.S. Department of Defense compliance.

The complete North American highway network that includes the United States, Canada, and Mexico plus Puerto Rico, Hawaii, Bermuda, and Greenland.

ALK Technologies’ complete Worldwide Highway Network, updated yearly to include the most current data available. (PC*MILER|Worldwide required for global routing)

Optional add-on data modules for street-level addresses and map detail in the United States, Canada, Europe, Brazil, and Australia/New Zealand. (PC*MILER|Worldwide required for Europe, Brazil, Australia/NZ streets data)

Optional add-on data module for hazardous material routing. (U.S. and Canada only; PC*MILER|HazMat add-on module required)

1.2 What can PC*MILER be used for?

You can use PC*MILER for:

Truck-specific routing and mileage calculations for Shortest, Practical and Fastest routes, with additional options Toll Discouraged, National Network, and 53'/102'' Trailer routing

A direct link between PC*MILER in the back office and CoPilot Truck in the cab (ALK’s RouteSync license required)

Least Cost routing

Dispatch

Driver pay

Rate determination

Instant customer quotes

Fuel tax reporting

Trip time and/or cost estimation

Driver log audits

Load planning

Empty and loaded mile reporting

Stop optimization

Carrier selection

Logistics analysis

Freight bill auditing

IFTA and IRP auditing

FHWA safety auditing

Hazardous material routing (with the PC*MILER|HazMat add-on module, U.S. and Canada only)

Toll cost calculation (with the PC*MILER|Tolls add-on module, U.S. and Canada only)


Fuel optimization (with the PC*MILER|Fuel Optimization add-on module, U.S. and Canada only)

1.3 What’s New in PC*MILER Version 26 and 26.1?

PLEASE NOTE: PC*MILER now includes an easy way to check for upates from within the application, using the Check for Updates option in the Help menu. Keeping current on updates is important to maintain the usability of your copy of PC*MILER. Versions 26 and 26.1 include the following new features and enhancements: NEW!... RouteSync: CoPilot Truck Guided by PC*MILER. ALK

Technologies’ RouteSync optional add-on to PC*MILER now provides a direct link between PC*MILER in the back office and CoPilot Truck, the leading GPS navigation system, in-cab. An industry-first, RouteSync will significantly reduce non-revenue mileage. These out-of-route, empty and deadhead mileage savings can dramatically improve load profitability and driver satisfaction. See Chapter 10 for details. (North America only; purchase of RouteSync and an Internet connection required.)

NEW!... Fastest Routing Type. In addition to the PC*MILER standard Practical and Shortest routing types, PC*MILER 26 now provides a Fastest routing type. When Fastest is selected, any day of the week or time of day information that has been entered (optionally) in the route entry window will be used in conjunction with Inrix® real-time and/or historic traffic data to calculate the quickest route to the trip’s destination(s). Users who ship time-sensitive freight can select a Fastest route that may be longer in distance but saves time over the standard Practical route. (North America only; PC*MILER|Traffic must be installed.)

NEW!... Via Point Creation and Management. Now users can enter up to 12 via points between an origin and destination to guide a route along user-preferred roads. These via points can be designated as stops or waypoints, and are saved as an editable set for future use. See section 3.10.

NEW!... Drag Routing Feature on the RouteMap. Once a trip has been generated, any point along the generated route on the map can be dragged onto another road in order to re-route the trip. See section 9.11.

NEW!... Time Zone Designation in the Route Entry Window. A new Time Zone column has been added to the route entry window. When a location is entered as a stop, its time zone designation is now returned along with the province or country abbreviation.


NEW!... Export Capability in the Custom Roads Manager. Now users can export data to a report in text file format from the Custom Roads Manager. Reports can be created for custom avoid/favor preferences, truck restriction or hazmat overrides, and geofences. See sections 9.16.7 and 11.7.

NEW!... “Map Styles” Option in the Map Menu. Version 26 gives users the option to choose one of eight map styles to be applied to the RouteMap. Each style features a different color scheme and overall appearance. See section 9.6.

NEW!... Satellite Image Layer on the RouteMap. Available as a map style in the Map menu, a photographic satellite image layer can now be superimposed on the PC*MILER map in the RouteMap window. See section 9.7.

NEW!... Geofencing Report. A report can now be generated that lists all currently active geofences and the road segments that fall within the boundaries of each one. This report also includes the date on which each geofence was added and the set it belongs to. See section 11.7.

ENHANCED!... Interactive Editing of Imported Custom Places. The Edit Custom Place dialog box now displays database matches on a map for individual records in the Custom Place Wizard. This enhancement allows users to verify, search for and select the correct match more effectively when there are multiple matches or a non- match. See section 3.27.1.

ENHANCED!... Zooming and Panning in the RouteMap Window. The RouteMap window now features 18 possible zoom levels, up from 12 levels in previous versions. Also, a slider bar for quick zooming and a compass for panning the map in four directions have been added. See section 9.2.

ENHANCED!... Custom Road Preferences Date and Optional Comment. When creating avoid/favor, restriction override, or hazmat permit routing preferences in the RouteMap window, the current date and an optional user comment is now saved for each selected road segment in the Custom Roads Manager. Comments may also be added later directly into the Custom Roads Manager. See section 9.14.

ENHANCED!... New Discount Toll Programs. As part of ALK’s ongoing effort to track nationwide toll costs in the U.S. and Canada, we’ve added toll rates for four more discount toll programs to the database. Newly added discount programs include:

· A25 Transponder – (A25 Toll Bridge, Quebec, Canada)

· NC Quick Pass – (all toll facilities in North Carolina)

· NEXPRESS TOLL – (Detroit-Windsor Tunnel between Michigan and Ontario, Canada)


· Peach Pass – (I-85 Express Lanes and GA400, Georgia)

ENHANCED!... Identify Points Within Geofence Boundaries. A new tab in the route entry window enables users to determine if a particular location is included within the boundaries of a geofence. See section 11.6.

ENHANCED!... Geofences Conversion Utility. If you created and saved geofences in PC*MILER Version 25, you can easily import those files into Version 26 using the new Geofences Conversion Utility. See section 11.8.

ENHANCED!... Points of Interest (POI) on the RouteMap. You’ll notice that points of interest on the RouteMap have a new look in Version 26. Square icons have been replaced with round ones, and the images that represent POI categories have changed. See section 9.18.

ENHANCED!... Special Characters Now Accepted by the Import Custom Place Wizard. In Version 26, special characters in your input file (as in 10 Rue Poincaré, Cité de Jacques Cartier, Quebec for example) are now accepted by the Import Custom Place Wizard.

ENHANCED!... “Resequence Stops…” Renamed to “Optimize Stops…”. The “Resequence Stops…” option in the Route menu has been renamed “Optimize Stops…” to better reflect the purpose of the option.

ENHANCED!... “Insert Stop” Renamed to “Insert Stop Above”. The “Insert Stop” option in the Edit menu has been renamed to “Insert Stop Above” for clarification.

ENHANCED!... “Add Stop” Button Added to the Route Entry Window.

ENHANCED!... Annual Updates of Defaults for US$/CAD$ Conversion Rate and Trip Costs. In Version 26, the default US dollar/Canadian dollar conversion rate as applied to toll rates (if PC*MILER|Tolls is installed) and the default fuel/trip costs are as follows:

Cost/Time Parameter Version 26 Version 25

US$/Canadian$ Conversion Rate $1.00/$1.018 $1.00/$1.051

Fuel Cost Per Gallon $4.0500 $2.7100

Fuel Cost Per Liter $1.0699 $0.7159

Fuel Cost Per Mile (Loaded or Empty) $0.6750 $0.4517

Fuel Cost Per Kilometer (Loaded or Empty) $0.4194 $0.2807

Other Cost Per Mile (Loaded or Empty) $0.1500 $0.1200

Other Cost Per Kilometer (Loaded or Empty) $0.0932 $0.0746

Labor Cost Per Hour (Loaded or Empty) $34.1200 $40.1100


Plus…

Yearly Database Enhancements and Routing Improvements in North America and Worldwide (Includes U.S. ZIP Code & SPLC Updates) – The PC*MILER industry-standard highway network database and local street database are updated yearly to include the most current data available. Throughout the year, ALK Technologies' team of network editors and Geographic Information System (GIS) specialists spend countless hours gathering new data, researching current road construction and other changes, and incorporating customer feedback. Version 26 and 26.1 enhancements include:

NEW!... PC*MILER|Streets data modules for local street addresses in the US/Canada, Brazil, Europe, and/or Australia/New Zealand are now available to PC*MILER|Worldwide users. Each module may be purchased separately or in combination with other data sets. (PC*MILER|Worldwide must be installed.)

ENHANCED!... Improvements to the North American highway network database including:

Verification and coding of truck-designated routing attributes throughout the network with a special emphasis on metropolitan areas (for example, keeping drivers on roads designated by local and state authorities as preferred/designated for truck travel)

Reclassing vertical clearance data to accurately model low viaducts

Adding newly-built roads along with new highway names to the existing database

Realigning the existing road network to GPS standards

Updating and adding exit interchanges and aligning ramp structures

Improving ZIP Code placement and alignment

Reclassing roads where necessary (for example, changing a road from secondary to primary, confirming one-way designations)

Defining urban-classed roads, to keep commercial vehicles out of city centers and on higher-classed beltway roads

ENHANCED!... Improved routing and map data enhancements in over 70 countries, including significant additional coverage in Russia, Egypt, Bahrain, Jordan, Kuwait, Lebanon, Morocco, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab Emirates. (PC*MILER|Worldwide must be installed.)


1.4 Checking For Updates

A new, updated release of PC*MILER is offered on an annual basis. Between version releases, updates and patches are periodically made available on the ALK Web site as the need arises. These may include corrections to any reported errors in the software or data, quarterly data releases (for applicable products), or mid-year enhancements. ALK strongly recommends checking for updates on a regular basis. This is recommended for all users, but particularly important for PC*MILER|Tolls users. Downloading available updates is a simple process. For instructions on downloading, please refer to section 14.4, PC*MILER Updates, in this User’s Guide or the Check for Updates topic in the online Help files.

1.5 The PC*MILER Highway and Local Street Database

All PC*MILER products are based on ALK Technologies' proprietary computer representation of the North American and Worldwide highway systems. The distances contained in PC*MILER are derived from official highway maps obtained from state, provincial, and national governments, state DOT maps, county maps, local maps, and information received from thousands of industry contacts. All U.S. Interstate, Federal and truck-specific State highways are included. PC*MILER Version 26 data features thousands of new and updated North American road miles and locations including: bridges and tunnels, border crossings, highway exits, truck stops, state weigh stations, CAT Scale weigh stations, all year-2012 five-digit U.S. ZIP codes, all U.S. Department of Defense military installations, commercial truck restrictions in the United States, Canada, and Mexico, plus all highway junctions and hundreds of thousands of cities, towns, and points of interest. With the purchase of separate add-on data modules, updated databases of Canadian Postal Codes, SPLC, and comprehensive U.S. federal, state, and local hazardous material restrictions and designations are available as well. In addition, ALK offers several other regularly updated add-on data modules for use with the base PC*MILER product: PC*MILER|Streets for address-to-address routing (see below); PC*MILER|Worldwide for global point-to-point routing (see below); PC*MILER|Tolls for toll calculation; and PC*MILER|Fuel Optimization for calculating the most efficient fuel stop locations on a route.


1.5.1 PC*MILER Local Street Address and International Data

In North America, users have the ability to add street-level detail to generate door-to-door routes and mileage. PC*MILER's local street-level databases, included in the purchase of the PC*MILER|Streets data module, cover the United States and Canada and include a comprehensive address database, related routing options and map detail.

NOTE: With the purchase of PC*MILER|Streets, street-level detail in the U.S. comes standard and a separate purchase of the Canadian Street-Level Add-On is necessary to access related data in Canada. Also available for purchase is a PC*MILER|Worldwide data add-on to generate point-to-point truck-specific mileage, driving directions and maps over the entire international highway network. PC*MILER|Worldwide includes access to highway data in Africa, Asia, Europe, North America, Oceania, and South America. Worldwide data is only available in PC*MILER’s xx.1 releases, which are updated and released yearly. Optional street-level data in Europe, Brazil and/or Australia/New Zealand is available with a PC*MILER|Worldwide installation.

1.6 Distance Calculation

NOTE for PC*MILER|Streets Users: By default, routes are calculated with the “Use Highway Only” option turned on in the Options dialog box. This option can affect distance calculation, and may be turned off – see section 8.9.1.2.

Distances and routing directions are calculated by first determining which roads a vehicle will travel to get between two points and then adding up the distances over each section of road to arrive at a total mileage, similar to the manual task that one might follow if using an atlas.

Exact distances and driving instructions are generated if both origin and destination points are Key Cities on the ALK Highway Network. If one of these points (origin or destination) is not a Key City, then the nearest Key City in the direction of the other point is selected to calculate the exact portion of the trip using actual roads. A distance estimation for the local portion of the route is then calculated. This distance is generated from the chosen Key City to the geographic center of the non-Key City point and added to the total distance.

I-80I-80

Local

ORIGIN

DESTINATION

27.030.0

3.7


Due to the large number of Key Cities (at least one per county), the local portion of any mileage calculation is usually a very small percentage of the total distance.

1.7 PC*MILER Route Types

PC*MILERoffers three basic route types: Practical, Shortest and Fastest. For routing in North America, any of these may be combined with one or more of the three other PC*MILER route types (Toll Discouraged and National Network or 53'/102'' Trailer or Twins Routing). Light Vehicle routing is also available (North America only), and Least Cost routing may be generated for either the Practical or Shortest route type. See sections 1.7.1 – 1.7.8 below for detailed descriptions of each route type. See section 8.9 for route option selection.

NOTE: PC*MILER chooses routes by minimizing a cost equation that combines distance, certain factors times distance, and certain fixed factors. A PC*MILER user can choose between different versions of the equation and numerical values by choosing among different routing options. The “General”, “Vehicle Dimensions”, and “Hazmat” route options affect which route is chosen. The “Cost/Time”, “Road Speeds”, and (optional) “Tolls” route options affect time/cost and toll data that is returned when a route is generated, but do not affect which route is chosen.

1.7.1 PC*MILER Practical Routes

PC*MILER Practical Routes represent distances and driving routes that a driver would normally take to minimize time and cost. Practical Routes model the trade-off between taking the most direct path and staying on major, high quality highways. Interstate highways are given a higher priority than toll roads, which, in turn, are given a higher priority than secondary highways, and so on. Routing instructions and mileage can be used when actual travel distances and directions are needed. PC*MILER Practical routings consider distance, road quality, terrain, urban/rural classifications, truck-restricted roads, and designated principal and secondary through routes. In the United States, PC*MILER Practical Route mileage and state-by-state mileage breakdowns can be used to supplement your regular fuel tax reporting documents for many states. Many state audit departments have purchased licenses to incorporate PC*MILER into their audit procedures.


NOTE: A PC*MILER user may still be assessed additional taxes even by

those states using PC*MILER in their audit procedures. However, your chances of being assessed additional taxes greatly diminishes by utilizing a computerized mileage system in conjunction with your driver logs, trip sheets, invoices, and bills of lading. In order to minimize the possibility of significant tax assessments, you must verify that the PC*MILER generated route is the same as that reported on your driver logs and/or trip sheets. In addition, you must add the appropriate vicinity miles to the PC*MILER generated mileage so that the following equation is true: TOTAL ODOMETER MILES = PC*MILER Miles + Vicinity Miles

NOTE: PC*MILER accounts for some vicinity miles if non-Keypoints (generally postal code locations and/or place names not associated with the downtown metropolitan area) are used as stop-off locations. ALK Technologies continues to work closely with the member states of the International Fuel Tax Agreement (IFTA) and the International Registration Plan (IRP). Currently many IFTA/IRP states are using PC*MILER as an auditing tool in their fuel and mileage tax audit procedures.

1.7.2 PC*MILER Shortest Routes

PC*MILER Shortest Routes represent distances and driving routes that a vehicle would take to minimize total distance traveled while still following a reasonable route. For instance, Shortest Route mileage and routes will also avoid truck-restricted roads and, in some cases, may favor a beltway rather than traveling directly through a city. ALK believes, however, that carriers and shippers alike would all be better served by using a mileage tariff based on actual miles traveled (i.e. similar to those generated using the PC*MILER Practical Route option), which would more accurately reflect true transportation costs.

1.7.3 PC*MILER Fastest Routing (North America only) (PC*MILER|Traffic must be installed and activated.) In addition to the standard Practical and Shortest routing types, PC*MILER now provides a Fastest routing type. Fastest routing uses any day of the week or time of day information that has been entered in the route entry window (these are optional settings for Fastest routing) in conjunction with Inrix® real-time and/or historic traffic data to calculate the quickest route to the trip’s destination(s). Users who ship time-


sensitive freight can select a Fastest route that may be longer in distance but save time over the standard Practical route. Additionally, Least Cost routing (see section 1.7.8) now considers Fastest and Fastest with Toll Avoidance route types, increasing the number of routes considered to six. Users can opt to utilize Least Cost routing to select the route that arrives on time but costs the least, using default or user-specified costs.

1.7.4 PC*MILER National Network Routes (U.S. only)

The National Network is a U.S. government-designated system of highways originally established by the Surface Transportation Assistance Act of 1982 (STAA). This routing option is based on the federally-designated National Network system updated in the April, 1992 Code of Federal Regulations, Part 658, Appendix A. The National Network includes the Interstate System (several minor segments are not included), and many selected U.S. and state highways. Highways continue to be added to the National Network by federal and state governments. PC*MILER National Network routing represents distances and driving routes which are most reasonable and legal for the larger trucks authorized by the Surface Transportation Assistance Act of 1982. National Network routing stays on the National Network to the maximum extent possible. Given that many areas are not directly served by the National Network, the origin and stop-offs of your route may not be on the National Network. In these cases PC*MILER will take the shortest reasonable path from the origin and stop-offs to the Network. Detailed Route Reports (driving directions) for PC*MILER National Network routes provide a warning wherever the route is forced to use a non-conforming link. These road segments should be checked before traveling. National Network mileage tends to be higher than Shortest or Practical mileage. These designated highways permit, at a minimum, 102" wide, single 48 ft. trailers and 28 ft. double trailers. The Interstate system and most, but not all, remaining designated routes are open to 80,000 pound vehicles. Certain states, notably Arkansas and Mississippi, have designated certain National Network segments with less than an 80,000 pound capacity. In addition to the National Network highways, access routes and access policies are components of routing STAA dimensioned trucks. The Federal government has mandated that no state may prohibit travel from the National Network for a minimum of one road mile unless safety restrictions apply. Also, no state may deny reasonable access to terminals and facilities for food, fuel, repairs and rest.


Several states maintain more generous access policies and lists of specifically designated access routes to terminals and facilities. Should you need to travel beyond the National Network and the access roads, you must acquire the proper permit. See Appendix A for access rules by state. For detailed information about pre-approved access routes, contact the individual states.

NOTES:

These suggested National Network routings are based on official highway maps, the Code of Federal Regulations, and information provided by state governments. It is provided without a warranty of any kind. The user assumes full responsibility for any delay, expense, loss, or damage which may occur as a result of its use.

There are no National Network road segments in Mexico, Canada, or anywhere else outside of the United States.

1.7.5 PC*MILER 53' Trailer or Twins Routing (U.S. and Canada only) Because every mile equals money, PC*MILER offers enhanced routing specifically for 53'/102'' trailers or 28' tandem trailers (“twins”). The calculations for these routes are based on National Network routing, with the addition of roads that permit 53'/102'' trailers or twins. The regulations that govern the routing of trucks in North America are a function of weight, height, number of axles, distance between axles, number of trailers, and commodity. These regulations take two principal forms: restrictions and designations. In the case of designations, trucks may deviate from the designated road network, on any road that is not otherwise restricted, to access points of loading, unloading and services. Under a 1991 U.S. federal law known as the STAA, the most important distinction in truck designations is between 96'' wide, 48' long trailers on the one hand and 102'' wide, 53' long trailers (and twin 28' long trailers) on the other hand. When the 53' Trailer and Twins routing option is used in PC*MILER, or when a width of greater than 96'' or a length greater than 48' is entered into PC*MILER as the vehicle size, PC*MILER’s routing algorithm switches to favoring roads designated by the states for “oversize” trucks (meaning over 96'' wide or over 48' long). In PC*MILER, the routing designations for the following equipment types are included in the 53' Trailer or Twins (formerly named “53' Trailer”) routing category:

double trailers no more than 28' long and 102'' wide; semi-trailers longer than 48' or wider than 96'', but no longer than 53' and no

wider than 102''.


Detailed Route reports for PC*MILER 53' Trailer and Twins routes warn that a road is “Not Designated”, as shown below, if that road is necessary to reach an origin, destination or stop-off outside of the maximum access distance for that state (a red exclamation point also appears in the route window for the generated route).

53' Trailer and Twins Restriction in Detailed Route Report If such a warning appears, then a legal route for 53' equipment is either not possible under current state designations or would be so circuitous that you should either consider assigning smaller equipment or petitioning the state to designate a more direct access route. Users should check the legal requirements on these roads because they vary; for example, delivery may be legal, but stopping for food or services may not be. The RouteMap has been enhanced to display the 53-foot designated network with a blue underlay when the map scale is approximately 1'' equals 8 miles or less. (This underlay can be hidden by turning off the Designated Truck Routes layer in the Map Features dialog box. See section 9.5 for more information on Map Features.)

1.7.6 PC*MILER Toll Discouraged Routes

For those who desire to avoid long stretches of toll roads, ALK provides a Toll Discouraged routing option. Toll Discouraged routing will avoid long stretches of toll roads but will not take long, impractical detours to avoid toll bridges and tunnels. For example, a routing from Boston, MA to Albany, NY will avoid the Massachusetts Turnpike, but a routing from Camden, NJ to Philadelphia, PA will include a toll bridge.

NOTE: PC*MILER chooses routes by minimizing a cost equation that combines distance, certain factors times distance, and certain fixed factors. When Toll Discouraged is selected for a route, the factor that is multiplied times distance for toll roads is higher than when Toll Discouraged is not chosen. This


causes the route chosen to go a somewhat longer distance (all other factors being equal), but not an extremely longer distance, in order to save paying a toll. To see whether the Toll Discouraged option is cost-effective for you or your fleet, you may want to consider using ALK’s PC*MILER|Tolls add-on module and PC*MILER|Spreadsheets to analyze how much toll cost you will save versus how much additional mileage and time cost you will incur, for the particular origin-destination pairs that you run frequently. See Chapter 7, Getting Toll Costs for more details about PC*MILER|Tolls. To purchase the PC*MILER|Tolls module for toll calculation, and/or PC*MILER|Spreadsheets, consult your PC*MILER sales representative.

1.7.7 Heavy/Light Vehicle Routing

PC*MILER includes a critical setting that indicates whether the route is for Heavy or Light Vehicle commercial routing. A “heavy vehicle” is one weighing at least 80,000 pounds; a “light vehicle” weighs less than 80,000 pounds. The Ovrd Restrictions (Override Restrictions) check box in the Options dialog box controls this setting. When Ovrd Restrictions is left unchecked, Heavy Vehicle routing will be in effect, so both truck-prohibited and truck-restricted roads will always be avoided. In addition, Heavy Vehicle routing takes nationwide 13' 6" height restrictions into account. Checking Ovrd Restrictions activates the Light Vehicle option. With Light Vehicle routing active, truck-prohibited roads will always be avoided, but truck-restricted roads are considered for a route. (Preference is normally given to Interstates, major highways, and major thru-roads where possible.)

NOTE: Starting in Version 25, PC*MILER also includes an automobile routing option to relax all commercial regulations on a route: the custom vehicle profile for a “full-size van” can be used, or custom vehicle dimensions can be set for a 2-axle vehicle that weighs less than 9,000 lbs./4,082 kgs may be set. See section 8.9.3.5.

NOTE for PC*MILER|Streets Users: An error message will appear if you attempt to enter an address that is on a truck-prohibited road.

SAFETY NOTE: For winter roads in Manitoba and North West Territories, Canada, road safety information for heavy vehicles using these roads can be found at: http://www.gov.mb.ca/


1.7.8 Least Cost Routing

In response to the needs of our customers, ALK has developed the new “Least Cost” routing feature that considers user-specified values for miles per gallon, cost per gallon, fuel cost per mile, maintenance cost per mile, labor cost per hour, and stop cost – and includes a parameter for a greenhouse gas emission estimate. If PC*MILER|Tolls is installed, toll costs are factored in as well. Least Cost routing presents a series of alternative routes with time and costs, identifying the route that is least-cost, and lets the dispatcher or driver (or an external system, such as a truck dispatch optimization system) choose the alternative route that’s optimal for them, considering the factors that are external to the route. See Chapter 4 for a full description of this routing type.

1.8 How do I file PC*MILER-based tariffs? (U.S. only)

The ICC Termination Act of 1995 has eliminated tariff filing requirements for motor carriers. Therefore, by simply owning a legal copy of PC*MILER you may use the mileage contained therein for your rate determinations. There is no need to participate in a mileage tariff and therefore no need to file a Power of Attorney.

NOTE: There may be some federally mandated filing requirements if there

are joint motor-water rates and shipments that involve going to or from non-contiguous U.S. states or territories.


Getting Started

Before installing PC*MILER, please make sure that you have the required hardware and software configuration. All PC*MILER software, databases and auxiliary files are provided on the PC*MILER installation DVD.

2.1 System Requirements

NOTE: Please check for updates regularly in order to maintain the usability of your current copy of PC*MILER – select Check for Updates from the Help menu.

2.1.1 Platforms

PC/LAN Windows 2003, Vista, XP, and 7 running in 32-bit compatibility mode as well as support for 64-bit native applications on Windows 7 – please see section 2.4 if installing connectivity products on a 64-bit machine

AS/400 CICS/MVS UNIX (AIX, HP-UX, Sun-Solaris) and Linux Citrix Metaframe Windows Servers (Terminal Servers, Server 2003, Server 2008 including Server

2008 R2 running in 32-bit compatibility mode for the Interactive GUI and on 64-bit processors for PC*MILER Connect, Mapping, BatchPro, and Spreadsheets)

TCP/IP functionality for use with other platforms

NOTE: Platforms not supported include: SCO UNIX, Windows 95, 98 First/ Second Edition, Me, 2000, and NT.

2.1.2 Microsoft Windows Update Requirements

The following service pack updates are required for Windows users. If you do not already have the following service packs, you can access these updates by using the Windows Update feature (in the Windows Start menu, select Microsoft Updates) or by going directly to Microsoft’s website. The following requirements are the minimum level of maintenance needed to run PC*MILER:

Windows XP Service Pack 2 Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1

2 Ch

apte

r

Chapter 2: Getting Started 19

2.1.3 Windows Requirements Environment: Stand-alone PC with a 1.5-2 GHz processor or networked personal computers

(LANs and Server/Thin Client Networks) 512 MB RAM (minimum) Other Requirements: DVD-ROM or CD/DVD Drive Minimum screen resolution 800X600 Color quality settings supported: 16-bit and 32-bit (8-bit & 24-bit not supported) Internet connection for license activation recommended (manual license

activation also available) and to access PC*MILER|Fuel Optimization, RouteSync, and/or certain Traffic Features

Email address for license activation recommended (manual license activation also available)

PC*MILER: PC*MILER – 2.5 GB hard disk space for full install (including all Add-Ons

listed below and all Connectivity products)

o PC*MILER|Tolls – 50 MB hard disk space o PC*MILER|Hazmat – 50 MB hard disk space o PC*MILER|Streets (U.S. Data) – 1.1 GB hard disk space o PC*MILER|Streets (Canadian Data) – 60 MB hard disk space o Canadian Postal Codes – 50 MB hard disk space o Standard Point Location Codes (SPLC) – 2 MB hard disk space

PC*MILER|Worldwide: Worldwide Highway Network Only – 2.5 GB hard disk space PC*MILER|Streets Data hard disk space requirements:

United States – 1.1 GB Canada – 60 MB Europe – 2.2 GB Brazil – 216 MB Australia/New Zealand – 135 MB

Connectivity Products: PC*MILER|Connect – 3 MB hard disk space PC*MILER|Mapping – 3 MB hard disk space PC*MILER|Spreadsheets – 3 MB hard disk space PC*MILER|BatchPro – 2 MB hard disk space PC*MILER|TCP/IP – 2 MB hard disk space


RouteSync Requirements: CoPilot Truck running on one or more mobile devices and registered with

CoPilot Live Messaging CoPilot Truck Version 9 supported platforms are: Windows XP, Windows 7,

Windows Mobile, Windows CE, iPhone, iPad, and Android

NOTE: PC*MILER|Fuel Optimization requires an active Internet connection. Internet Explorer 5.01 or later is required. To sign up for an account, go to https://www.fueladvice.com and click “Setup Account”.

NOTE: PC*MILER|Connect and PC*MILER|Spreadsheets support x86-64 architecture. Our software was not ported to IA-64 architecture although it will still be supported through a hardware compatibility mode.

These additional components will also be installed: Microsoft Visual C++ 2005 Redistributable Package (x86) – Disk space 6 MB

WindowsInstaller-KB884016-v2-x86.exe (x86) – Disk space 2 MB

.NET dotnetfx.exe (x86) – Disk space 280 MB

2.1.4 AS/400 Requirements

PC to AS/400 Connectivity Options (Not Provided by ALK):

PC with a 2+ GHz processor Client Access Express V4R4MO or higher, also known as iSeries Access

(recommended) Supports OS/400, i5/OS and IBMi operating systems; Version 4.2 (V4R2) and

higher on IBM AS/400, systemi and power Systems hardware.

2.1.5 CICS Requirements Because PC*MILER-CICS employs a distributed processing solution, the following additional hardware is required to run the software:

A dedicated PC with a high-end Pentium processor (1.5-2 GHz or greater) 512 MB RAM (minimum) Communication software from Quotium Technologies (formerly ICOM

Informatics) called Winsurf+ can be found at www.Quotium.com

2.1.6 UNIX and LINUX Requirements Contact PC*MILER Technical Support for more information.


2.2 General Licensing Information

Single-User License

A single-user license can be installed to only one PC or workstation locally.

Multi-User License

A multi-user license can be installed to a server environment, on the computer that will be sharing the licenses to other computers. It allows “x” number of concurrent workstation connections to PC*MILER at a time. For example, a 5-User License allows one installation on a central server or PC with as many workstation PCs as you want having access, but only 5 users can access PC*MILER at the same time.

Enterprise License

An Enterprise License allows users to install PC*MILER on any combination of end-user PCs or workstations without license limitations. It’s a cost-effective installation and licensing solution for larger companies with several users. It does not require license activation but requires signing an enterprise license supplemental agreement directly with ALK.

Additional Copy License

Users can install PC*MILER locally onto additional PCs by purchasing additional copy licenses. If you purchase 5-copy licenses, you can install PC*MILER locally onto five additional PCs or workstations. If you’re installing onto a desktop PC and a laptop, two licenses are needed.

2.3 Installation Types

Non-Network (Local) Installations

A non-network installation allows you to install PC*MILER to a PC or workstation locally, not to be shared with other computers.

Network Installations

A networked installation allows you to install PC*MILER on network file servers where each end-user can save their own option settings or can share option settings that are stored on the server.

Citrix/Terminal Services Installations

PC*MILER can be installed onto a Citrix Server or Terminal Services environment, if you have purchased a license to do so. Each end-user must have a license to gain access to PC*MILER.


Trial Installation

A trial installtion is a 15-day license to access PC*MILER’s features and data. It provides the option of installing highway-level routing, street-level routing, truck-specific toll costs, hazardous materials routing, worldwide routing, and access to traffic features. (NOTE: Access to worldwide routing is accessible only in the xx.1 versions of PC*MILER.)

2.4 Important Notes

COM DLL’s on a 64-Bit Computer: If you install PC*MILER|Connect or PC*MILER|Mapping Version 26 on a 64-bit computer, you are given the option of using either the 32-bit versions or the 64-bit versions of the COM dll’s. To switch between the versions, you can run “Modify” in the setup to make the decision again or run “UseCom32.bat” to switch to 32-bits or “UseCom64.bat” to switch to 64-bits. These .bat files are found in both your pmw260 (or pmw261)/Mapping/com and your pmw260 (or pmw261)/Connect/com folders. PC*MILER Interfaces: For those who interface any PC*MILER component to a transportation management, logistics management or other third party software system, please contact the vendor directly to make sure that the interface to this new version of PC*MILER is updated and complete before you install. Website Support Center: Check ALK’s Website Support Center for posted updates and patches. Go to www.alk.com/support and download all applicable items for the products and versions you have installed. Microsoft VISTA and Windows 7 Users Only: Your license must be installed and activated using an Administrator Account. Once installed, you do not have to Run as Administrator provided you install to the recommended default directory or to another directory that doesn’t require users to Run as Administrator.

2.5 Installing PC*MILER

2.5.1 Single User Local (Non-Network) Installation

NOTE: Have your Product Key Code on hand before beginning the

installation process. It will be emailed to you from [email protected] in an email titled “PC*MILER Software Order…” (Enterprise License customers excluded, see note in Step 4 below.) You will see “Single” in the Product Key email indicating that you have purchased a single-user license. If not, please contact a PC*MILER Sales Representative to purchase the correct license.

NOTE: If PC*MILER|Traffic was purchased, a separate email will be sent with a second Product Key Code and you will need to upgrade the PC*MILER


license with this code at the end of the installation. Instructions for installing RouteSync and/or PC*MILER|Traffic are included as options in the installation instructions below.

BEFORE INSTALLING, please double-check that the emailed Product Key Code(s) lists all purchased components. For example, the code shown below unlocks the following components: PC*MILER|BatchPro, RouteSync, PC*MILER|Tolls, and PC*MILER|Streets (U.S. and Canada). Order #: SO-000000001 Product Order #: PC*MILER 26 Date: 6/1/2012 10:33 AM Product Key Code: 3QYKJ-V2KJ7-KJ2F5-82KJ2-KJ2F2 == PC*MILER 26 (Single) BatchPro, Canadian Streets, RouteSync, Tolls, US

Streets

UNINSTALLING AN OLDER VERSION: If you need to uninstall a

previous version of PC*MILER on the computer that you are now installing to, you must do it before installing PC*MILER 26.x. If you do not need to uninstall, you can have both versions of the desktop program installed on the same system. Please note that PC*MILER|Connect, PC*MILER|Mapping and PC*MILER| Spreadsheets will be updated to the new version.

CONVERTING SAVED FILES: Custom places, custom road preferences, and geofence files that were saved in an older version of PC*MILER can be transferred and converted to Version 26.x. For custom place conversion, see section 3.25.1. For custom road conversion, see section 9.16.4. For geofence conversion, see section 11.8.

NOTE: Adobe Reader is no longer included with the PC*MILER installation. This program is needed to view and print the PDF format of the PC*MILER User Guide and Guided Tour. To download a free copy of this software, go to www.adobe.com.

To install your single-user version of PC*MILER 26.x, follow these steps:

1. First start Windows, then place the PC*MILER Install DVD in the DVD or

CD/DVD drive and the installation will start automatically. If it does not start automatically, click the Windows Start menu, then Run…, then type “d:\setup.exe” and click OK. (If the DVD drive is not the D drive, substitute the letter that designates the DVD drive).

2. A Welcome screen will open. Click Next to review the terms and conditions of the End-User License Agreement. To continue installing, you must accept the agreement by clicking the “I Accept…” radio button. (If this button is not selected, the setup won’t continue.) Click Accept to continue.


3. When prompted, enter a User Name and Company Name and click Next.

4. Enter your Product Key Code.* This 25-character code will have been emailed from [email protected] in an email with the subject line “PC*MILER Software Order…”, and can be copied from the email and pasted in. If entering manually, dashes are not required – dashes, spaces, or no spaces are all acceptable. Click Next when finished.

* NOTE: As a convenience to Enterprise License customers, the Product Key Code is hard-coded into the installation and is valid for each install.

5. STEP 5A:

Next, the Select Features dialog box will open listing the PC*MILER Solutions that were purchased. By default, the products that were purchased should already be checked. Scroll the list to view additional products. Clear the checks next to any components that you don’t want to install.

NOTE: If you have a Multi-User Product Key Code and need to perform a Single User install, you will need to contact Technical Support for assistance, as a new Product Key Code is needed. If you cannot get in touch with Technical Support at the time of installation, you can install a Single User License by typing “FREE” in the Product Key field. After installing, please contact Technical Support to update your license status. STEP 5B:

Below the list of products in the Select Features dialog box, you will see the Destination Folder where all components will be installed. To install to the default directory (recommended), do not make any changes and click Next. If you decide to install to a location other than the default, click Browse to select a directory. (Be sure to add “PMW26x” to the end of the new path; for example, “C:\PCMILER\Version 26\Pmw260”. If you don’t, PC*MILER will install to the root of the specified directory.) Click Next.

NOTE: By default, PC*MILER 26 installs directly to C:\ALK Technologies\PMW260 (or PMW261). If you decide to install to another location, we do not recommend installing to the …\Program Files directory.

6. Next, a dialog box will open listing the installation settings that will be used to copy files onto the workstation. To change any setting, select Back. If you are satisfied with the settings, click Next to continue. If you have a previous version of PC*MILER|Connect or PC*MILER|Mapping installed, this alert will appear: “The install found a previous version of Connect (Mapping). These files will be renamed with a


.bak extension”. If both products were previously installed, you will receive two alerts. Click OK in the dialog box(es) to continue.

7. Follow through with the rest of the installation. This may take some time depending on the speed of the computer you are installing to. Do not exit or reboot the computer during the installation. If any error messages appear, please contact Technical Support.

NOTE: You may see the message “Launching Vcrdist_x86.exe. Please wait…” This is part of the installation and may take some time to complete.

8. When the installation is complete, you will be prompted to view the ReadMe.txt and to activate your license. Leave these boxes checked and click Finish to proceed. When the ReadMe opens, review the information presented then close the window when finished.

IMPORTANT NOTE: ALK provides a 15-day temporary license prior to

completing the activation process. If you make a second attempt to install you will lose this license. If you experience an activation error and need access to PC*MILER before Technical Support is available, please do not attempt a second installation without assistance.

9. License Activation: If you are an Enterprise License Customer, you can bypass the next license activation steps of the install (Steps 10 and 11) because you are already activated and registered with ALK. To continue, click No in the License Status window, then click the arrow next to Continue in the right hand column to complete the installation. Proceed to Step 12.

If you are not an Enterprise License Customer, the License Status window will open, enabling you to activate the license. If the computer you are installing to has an Internet connection and you have a valid email address, the license activation can be processed automatically. (If not, see the note below.) In the License Status window, click the Activate arrow in the right-hand column to begin the automatic desktop activation. Review the information on the screen, then click Next to continue.

NOTE: Internet license activation is available 24 hours a day. If you don’t have an active Internet connection or email address, please contact Technical Support during business hours for assistance.

10. When prompted, enter a valid email address.

If you are installing RouteSync, you will also need to enter an alphanumeric password of your choosing and then enter it again to confirm. (Record this password and keep it handy, as you will be asked to enter it again when you use RouteSync for the first time in PC*MILER.) Click Next to continue.


11. When the activation process is complete, a message on the screen will say “License Activated Successfully”. Click Finish to continue. When the License Status window reopens, verify that the License Status in the left- hand column says LICENSED.

12. If you activated your license using Automatic Desktop Activation, a confirmation email titled “PC*MILER Activation Code for Product XXXXX…” will be sent to the email address used in Step 10 from [email protected]. If you activated your license automatically and LICENSED is in the Status field of the License Status window, you only need to keep this email for your records.

If LICENSED is NOT in the Status field of the License Status window, you will need to activate the license manually with the new activation code listed in the email. To do so, check the Activate Manually box and click Next. In the Enter Activation Code field, enter the activation code from the email. Please keep this email for your records.

13. If you are installing the PC*MILER|Traffic subscription feature, skip to section 2.5.2, PC*MILER|Traffic Subscription Upgrade, below.

If you are NOT installing PC*MILER|Traffic, simply click the arrow next to Continue in the right-hand column to complete the activation process.

14. To start PC*MILER once the installation is complete, click the PC*MILER icon on the desktop, or click the Windows Start menu and then select Programs > PCMILER 26 (or 26.1) > and choose PCMILER 26 (or 26.1) or another installed PC*MILER product.

2.5.2 PC*MILER|Traffic Subscription Upgrade

If you purchased PC*MILER|Traffic with PC*MILER, a second product key code will be sent to you in a separate email from [email protected]. PC*MILER|Traffic requires a separate upgrade product key because it’s a subscription that needs to be renewed periodically (unlike the base PC*MILER application and its other features and add-ons). Follow the simple steps below to install the upgrade after PC*MILER has been installed and activated. The License Status window should be open as in Step 11 above for a single user installation, or Step 15 for a multi-user installation (if it is not open, see Note under Step 1 below). 1. In the License Status window, click the arrow next to Add/Change License.

NOTE: If you already closed the License Status window, you can open it again at any time to perform the upgrade – just click the Windows Start menu and select Programs > PCMILER 26 (or 26.1) > License Status.


2. Enter the PC*MILER|Traffic Upgrade product key that was emailed to you and click Next to continue.

3. You will see “Welcome to PC*MILER” at the top of the License Status

window. Click Next to continue.

4. When prompted, enter your email address then click Next to continue. If RouteSync was installed with PC*MILER, you will also need to enter the password you set up for the RouteSync account.

5. When the activation process is complete, you will receive a message on the screen saying, “License Activated Successfully.” Click Finish.

6. Click the arrow next to Continue in the License Status window. The upgrade is now complete and PC*MILER|Traffic and its related features will be available to use when you open PC*MILER.

7. To start PC*MILER once the installation is complete, double-click the PC*MILER icon on the desktop, or click the Windows Start menu and then select Programs > PCMILER 26 (or 26.1) > PCMILER 26 (or 26.1).

2.5.3 Multi-User Network Installation

NOTE: Have your Product Key Code on hand before beginning the installation process. It will have been emailed from [email protected] in an email titled “PC*MILER Software Order…” (Enterprise License customers excluded, see note in Step 5 below.) “(X-User)” will be included in the Product Key email indicating that you have purchased a multi-user license. If it is not, please contact a PC*MILER Sales Representative to purchase the correct license.

BEFORE INSTALLING, please double-check that the emailed Product Key Code(s) lists all purchased components. For example, the code shown below unlocks the following components: PC*MILER|Connect, PC*MILER|Tolls, RouteSync, and PC*MILER| Streets (U.S. and Canada). Order #: SO-000000001 Product Order #: PC*MILER 26 Date: 6/1/2012 10:33 AM Product Key Code: 3QYKJ-V2KJ7-KJ2F5-82KJ2-KJ2F2 == PC*MILER 26 (XX-User), Canadian Streets, Connect, Tolls, RouteSync, US Streets

IMPORTANT NOTE for Network Users: In order to properly run the

product in a network environment, all users accessing PC*MILER need read/write permissions to the following sub-directories once PC*MILER is installed:


For PC*MILER 26.0: For PC*MILER 26.1: ...\Pmw260\App ...\Pmw261\App ...\Pmw260\Na\Places ...\Pmw261\World\Places ...\Pmw260\Na\Options ...\Pmw261\World\WW

UNINSTALLING AN OLDER VERSION: If you need to uninstall a previous version of PC*MILER on the computer that you are now installing to, you must do it before installing PC*MILER 26.x. If you do not need to uninstall, you can have both versions of the desktop program installed on the same system. Please note that PC*MILER|Connect, PC*MILER|Mapping and PC*MILER| Spreadsheets will be updated to the new version.

Custom places, custom road preferences, and geofence files that were saved in an older version of PC*MILER can be transferred and converted to Version 26.x. For custom place conversion, see section 3.25.1. For custom road conversion, see section 9.16.4. For geofence conversion, see section 11.8.

NOTE: Adobe Reader is no longer included with the PC*MILER installation. This program is needed to view and print the PDF format of the PC*MILER User Guide and Guided Tour. To download a free copy of this software, go to www.adobe.com.

To install PC*MILER 26.x on a network, follow these steps:

1. First start Windows and create a new folder on the server called PMW260 or PMW261, depending on your version number. Right-click on this folder and select Properties > Sharing, then click Permissions and give Full Control to everyone. (If full control is an issue, you can reduce your selection to Change and Read after activating your installation.) Click Apply, then OK to continue.

NOTE: Do not attempt to use a mapped drive during Step 9.

2. Place the PC*MILER Install DVD into the DVD/CD drive and the

installation will start automatically. If it does not start automatically, click on the Windows Start menu, select Run… then type: “d:\setup.exe” and click OK. (If the DVD drive is not the D drive, substitute the letter that designates the DVD drive.)

3. A Welcome screen will open, initializing the installation. Click Next to review the terms and conditions of the End-User License Agreement. To continue installing, you must accept the terms of the license agreement by choosing the radio button next to “I Accept”. (If this button is not selected, the setup won’t continue. Click the Accept button to continue.


4. When prompted, enter a User Name and Company Name. Click Next.

5. Enter your Product Key Code.* This 25-character code will be emailed from [email protected] in an email titled “PC*MILER Software Order…” When entering the Product Key Code, dashes are not required – dashes, spaces, or no spaces are all acceptable. Click Next when ready.

*NOTE: As a convenience to Enterprise License customers, the Product Key Code is hard-coded into the installation for you and is valid for each install.

6. STEP 6A.

Next, the Select Features dialog box will open listing the PC*MILER Solutions that were purchased. By default, products that were purchased should already be checked. Scroll the list to view additional products. Clear the checks next to any components that you do not want to install (scroll the list to view additional products).

NOTE: If you are not able to maximize the installation window once minimized, go to the Task Manager to do so. Open the Task Manager, go to the Applications tab, select the PC*MILER Install in the list, and click the Switch To button to maximize the install again.

NOTE Also: For Non-Enterprise users, if you uncheck “Multi-User” in the list of components, it won’t be possible for you to activate your install without contacting Technical Support.

STEP 6B.

Below the list of products in the Select Features dialog box you will see the Destination Folder that defines where all components will be installed. Click Browse to select the newly created shared directory (…\PMW26x) that you created in Step 1. If you skipped Step 1, you MUST minimize the install window at this time and share the destination folder currently listed in the install window, giving Full Control. Click Next to continue.

IMPORTANT NOTE: By default, PC*MILER 26 installs directly to C:\ALK Technologies\PMW260 (or \PMW261). If you decide to install to another location, we do not recommend installing to the …\Program Files directory.

7. Next, a dialog box will appear confirming the Multi-User Install. Choose Yes to continue. To switch to a single-user or local install, please contact Technical Support.

An additional screen will open verifying the install location. Please verify that the newly created shared directory on the server has been chosen. Make corrections where necessary. When done, click Next to continue.


If you have chosen to install to the default directory, a dialog box will appear asking you to confirm this location. Please make sure this folder is shared with full access rights to each workstation. Otherwise, click No and change the install destination.

NOTE: Full access rights must be applied to the default directory.

8. Next, a dialog box will open listing the installation settings that will be used to copy files onto the workstation. To change any setting, select Back. If you are satisfied with the settings, click Next to continue.

If you have a previous version of PC*MILER|Connect or PC*MILER|Mapping installed, an alert will appear with the following message, “The install found a previous version of Connect (Mapping). These files will be renamed with a .bak extension.” If both products were previously installed on the computer you are now installing to, you will receive two alerts. Click OK in the alert window(s) to continue.

9. Next, a dialog box will open prompting you to enter the “UNC Path to Your Server”. You may get the UNC path two ways; type it in manually if you know it, or leave the UNC Path box blank, click Next, and follow the directions in Step 10 below for the “Directly on Server” option.

The UNC path is \\XXXXX\Pmw26x\ where “XXXXX” is your actual server name. (The trailing backslash is required at the end.) To get your server name, type hostname in the Command prompt, then press Enter. Click Next to continue.

10. In the next screen you will be asked if you are installing “Remotely on a Workstation” or “Directly on the Server”.

Choose “Remotely on a Workstation” if you are on a PC that is connected to the Server. Click OK in the UNC Path screen that opens to continue.

Choose “Directly on Server” if you are installing from the Server’s Console or a simulated Console Session like a Remote Desktop. For this installation, you will have to physically walk away from the console session you are currently using and go to another PC. On the PC you are now in front of, browse over to the server to the Pmw26x folder (the shared name from Step 1) and double-click UNCpath.exe. Click OK in the screen that pops up and then walk back to the original console session and click OK.

11. Follow through with the rest of the installation. This may take some time depending on the speed of the computer you are installing to. Do not exit or reboot your computer during the installation. If any error messages appear, please contact Technical Support.


NOTE: You may see the message “Launching Vcrdist_x86.exe. Please wait…” This is part of the installation and may take some time to complete.

12. When the installation is complete, you will be prompted to view the ReadMe.txt and to activate your license. Leave these boxes checked and click Finish to proceed. When the ReadMe opens, review the information presented then close the window when finished.

NOTE: ALK provides a 15-day temporary license prior to completing the

activation process. If you make a second attempt to install you will lose this license. If you experience an activation error and need access to PC*MILER before Technical Support is available, please do not attempt a second install without assistance.

13. License Activation: If you are an Enterprise License Customer, you can bypass the next license activation steps of the install (Steps 14, 15 and 16) because you are already activated and registered with ALK. To continue, answer No in the License Status window, then click the arrow next to Continue in the right-hand column to complete the installation. Proceed to Step 17.

If you are not an Enterprise License Customer, the License Status Screen will open to activate your license. If the computer you are installing to has an Internet connection and you have a valid email address, the license activation can be automatically processed. In the License Status Window, click on the arrow next to Activate in the right hand column to begin the Automatic Desktop Activation. Review the information on the screen then click Next to continue.

NOTE: Internet license activation is available 24 hours a day. If you don’t have an active Internet connection or email address, please contact Technical Support.

14. When prompted, enter a valid email address. If you are installing RouteSync, you will also need to enter an alphanumeric password of your choosing and then enter it again to confirm. (Record this password and keep it handy, as you will be asked to enter it again when you use RouteSync for the first time in PC*MILER.) Click Next to continue.

15. When the activation process is complete, a message on the screen will say “License Activated Successfully.” Click Finish to continue. When the License Status window reopens, verify that the license status in the left hand column says Licensed. Click the arrow next to Continue in the right hand column to complete this step of the activation process.

NOTE: For Non-Enterprise users, if you unchecked the Multi-User component in Step 6A you must call Technical Support to activate your license.


16. CRITICAL STEP, DO NOT SKIP! If you activated your license using Automatic Desktop Activation, an email will be sent from [email protected] with the subject line “PC*MILER Activation Code for Product...” to the email address that was entered during the activation process.

If you activated your license automatically and LICENSED is in the Status field of the License Status window, attached to this email is your license file (net.lic). Net.lic holds the license or user count for your installation. Until you save this file to the designated folder (follow the instructions in the email), you will only have a single-user installation.

If LICENSED is NOT in the Status field of the License Status window, please activate your License with the new activation code listed in the email to complete your product activation. To do so, click the Activate Manually box and click Next. In the Enter Activation Code field, enter the activation code from the email.

If you are an Enterprise License customer, if your License Status is not listed as “LICENSED”, close the License Status screen by pressing Continue. Then click Start > Programs > PCMILER 26 (or 26.1) > License Status. The status should now be listed as “LICENSED”.

17. If you are installing the PC*MILER|Traffic subscription feature, please

refer to section 2.5.2, PC*MILER|Traffic Subscription Upgrade.

If you are NOT installing PC*MILER|Traffic, simply click the arrow next to Continue in the right-hand column to complete the activation process.

18. After installing and activating PC*MILER to the Server, you’ll need to run the <server>\Pmw26x\network\setup.exe on each individual PC or workstation. To do this, click on the Windows Start menu, select Run then enter the path to the PC*MILER setup.exe on the network. The default location is …\Pmw26x\Network.

NOTE for RouteSync Users: Currently only one RouteSync account is allowed per installation. To access RouteSync functionality from multiple workstations, one master RouteSync account must be shared. Help for RouteSync users is available in the PC*MILER application Help files. In the Help menu select Contents and Index.

Example: \\mainsrv\pmw261\network\setup.exe

Workstation Setup Options – During the workstation setup you will be asked what type of setting you would like each to use. The options are:

a. Local Setting – Allows each workstation to customize default options and settings within the application.

b. Network Settings – Provides each workstation the same default options and settings within the application.


19. To start PC*MILER on a workstation once the installation is complete, double-click the PC*MILER icon on the desktop, or click the Windows Start menu and then select Programs > PCMILER 26 (or 26.1) > PCMILER 26 (or 26.1).

2.5.4 Citrix and Terminal Services Installations

NOTE: Have your Product Key Code(s) on hand before beginning the installation process. They will be emailed to you from [email protected] in an email with the subject line “PC*MILER Software Order…” (Enterprise License customers excluded, see note in Step 7 below.) “(Citrix/Terminal Services)” will be included in the Product Key email signifying that you have purchased a Citrix or Terminal Services license. If this is not listed, please contact a PC*MILER Sales Representative to purchase the correct license and request one Product Key Code for each individual server you are installing to.

BEFORE INSTALLING, please double-check that the emailed Product Key Code lists all purchased components. For example, the code shown below unlocks the following components: PC*MILER|BatchPro, PC*MILER|Tolls, RouteSync, and PC*MILER|Streets (U.S. and Canada).

Order #: SO-000000001 Product Order #: PC*MILER 26 Date: 6/1/2012 10:33 AM Product Key Code: 3QYKJ-V2KJ7-KJ2F5-82KJ2-KJ2F2 == PC*MILER 26 (Citrix), BatchPro, Canadian Streets, Tolls, RouteSync, US Streets

UNINSTALLING AN OLDER VERSION: If you need to uninstall a

previous version of PC*MILER on the computer that you are now installing to, you must do it before installing PC*MILER 26.x. If you do not need to uninstall, you can have both versions of the desktop program installed on the same system. Please note that PC*MILER|Connect, PC*MILER|Mapping and PC*MILER| Spreadsheets will be updated to the new version.

Custom places, custom road preferences, and geofence files that were saved in an older version of PC*MILER can be transferred and converted to Version 26.x. For custom place conversion, see section 3.25.1. For custom road conversion, see section 9.16.4. For geofence conversion, see section 11.8.

NOTE Also: Steps 1 and 2 below are not required for Windows Server 2003

installs. Please skip directly to Step 3. If you are not installing to Windows Server 2003, please start at Step 1.

BEFORE USING PC*MILER: Citrix supports 16 bit and 24 bit color,

while PC*MILER supports 16 bit and 32 bit color. A Citrix end user must set the color resolution on their workstation to 16 bit before they log into a


Citrix server to run PC*MILER. If an end user has their color resolution set to 32 bit and logs in to Citrix, the Citrix software will adjust it downward to 24 bit prior to loading PC*MILER, and PC*MILER will fail to load.

1. First, go to the Windows Start menu, then Settings > Control Panel > Add

or Remove Programs.

2. In the Add or Remove Programs dialog box, choose Add New Programs > DVD/CD or Floppy option. This will put the Citrix/Terminal Server into Install Mode.

3. Insert the PC*MILER Install DVD into the DVD/CD drive. Click Next for Windows to detect the DVD.

4. Windows will attempt to locate the setup.exe on the DVD. If it does not, click Browse, locate the DVD/CD drive and select the setup.exe. Click Finish.

5. A Welcome screen will open initializing the installation, click Next to review the terms and conditions of the End-User License Agreement. To continue installing, you must accept the terms of the license agreement by choosing the radio button next to “I Accept”. If it’s not selected, the setup won’t continue. Click “I Accept” to continue.

6. When prompted, enter your User Name and Company Name. Click Next when finished.

7. Enter your Product Key Code.* This 25-character code will have been emailed from [email protected] in a message entitled “PC*MILER Software Order…” When entering the Product Key Code, dashes, spaces, or no spaces are all acceptable. Click Next when finished.

* NOTE: You need a unique Product Key Code for each individual server you are installing to.

* NOTE for Enterprise License Customers: As a convenience to our Enterprise License customers, the Product Key Code is hard-coded into the installation and is valid for each install.

8. STEP 8A:

Next, the Select Components dialog box will open listing the PC*MILER Solutions that were purchased. By default, products that were purchased should already be checked. Scroll the list to view additional products. Clear the checks next to any components that you do not want to install.

NOTE: For Enterprise License Customers, if “Multi-User” is checked please uncheck it.


STEP 8B:

Below the list of products in the Select Components dialog box, you will see a Destination Folder that defines where all components will be installed. To install to the default directory (recommended), do not make any changes and click Next.

If you decide to install to a location other than the default, click Browse to select a directory. Be sure to add “Pmw260” (or “Pmw261”) to the end of the new path. For example: C:\PCMILER\Version 26\Pmw260. If you don’t, PC*MILER will install to the root of the specified directory. Click Next when finished.

9. Next, a dialog box will open listing the installation settings that will be used to copy files onto the workstation. To change any settings, select Back. If you are satisfied with the settings, click Next to continue.

If you have a previous version of PC*MILER|Connect or PC*MILER|Mapping installed, an alert will appear with the following message, “The install found a previous version of Connect (Mapping). These files will be renamed with a .bak extension.”. If both products were previously installed on the computer you are installing to, you will receive two alerts. Click OK in the dialog box(es) to continue.

10. Follow through with the rest of the installation. This may take some time depending on the speed of the computer you are installing to. Do not exit or reboot the computer during the installation. If any error messages appear, please contact Technical Support.

11. When the installation is complete, you will be prompted to view the ReadMe.txt and to activate your license. Leave these boxes checked and click Finish to proceed. When the ReadMe opens review, the information presented then close the window when finished.

NOTE: ALK provides a 15-day temporary license prior to completing the activation process. If you make a second attempt to install you will lose this 15-day temporary license. If you experience an activation error and need access to PC*MILER before Technical Support is available, please do not attempt a second install without assistance.

12. License Activation:

If you are an Enterprise License Customer, we are allowing you to bypass the next license activation steps of the install (Steps 13 and 14) because you are already activated and registered with ALK. To continue, answer No in the License Status window, then click the arrow next to Continue in the right-hand column to complete the installation process.

If you are NOT an Enterprise License Customer, the License Status screen will open to activate your license. If the computer you are installing to


has an Internet connection and you have a valid email address, the license activation process can be done automatically. In the License Status window, click on the arrow next to Activate in the right hand column to begin the Automatic Desktop Activation. Review the information on the screen then click Next to continue.

NOTE: Internet license activation is available 24 hours a day. If you don’t have an active Internet connection or email address, please contact Technical Support during business hours for assistance.

13. When prompted, enter a valid email address. If you are installing RouteSync, you will also need to enter an alphanumeric password of your choosing and then enter it again to confirm. (Record this password and keep it handy, as you will be asked to enter it again when you use RouteSync for the first time in PC*MILER.) Click Next to continue.

14. When the activation process is complete, a message on the screen will say “License Activated Successfully”. Click Finish to continue. When the License Status window reopens, verify that the License Status in the left- hand column says LICENSED.

15. If you activated your license using Automatic Desktop Activation, a

confirmation email titled “PC*MILER Activation Code for Product XXXXX…” will be sent to the email address used in Step 13 from [email protected]. If you activated your license automatically and LICENSED is in the Status field of the License Status window, you only need to keep this email for your records. If LICENSED is NOT in the Status field of the License Status window, you will need to activate the license manually with the new activation code listed in the email. To do so, check the Activate Manually box and click Next. In the Enter Activation Code field, enter the activation code from the email.

16. If you are installing the PC*MILER|Traffic subscription feature, please refer to section 2.5.2, PC*MILER|Traffic Subscription Upgrade. If you are NOT installing PC*MILER|Traffic, simply click the arrow next to Continue in the right-hand column to complete the activation process.

17. To start PC*MILER once the installation is complete, double-click the PC*MILER icon that was placed by the installation.

2.5.5 AS/400 and CICS Installations

Installation instructions can be downloaded from ALK’s website Support Center at: http://www.alk.com/support.


2.6 Starting and Closing PC*MILER

To start the PC*MILER application, double-click the PC*MILER icon on the desktop, or click the Windows Start menu and then select Programs > PCMILER 26 (or 26.1) > PCMILER 26 (or 26.1). You can close PC*MILER by choosing Exit from the File menu, pressing <ALT-F4>, or simply closing the application window. See section 8.17 on how to save PC*MILER workspace settings.

2.7 Converting Saved Files From a Previous Version

Saved route files, custom road preferences, custom places, and geofence files can all be transferred from an older version of PC*MILER (back to and including Version 23 or 23.1) to the newly-installed version. Saved route files will be automatically updated when they are opened in PC*MILER 26. For custom place file conversion, see section 3.25.1. For custom road file conversion, see section 9.16.4. For geofence file conversion, see section 11.8.

2.8 Installation: Frequently Asked Questions

NOTE: For additional FAQs please go to www.alk.com/support. 1. I purchased a multi-user network license and I’m receiving the error,

“You have 1 license. There are already 1 people using the product.”

Open the email that was sent from [email protected] with the subject, “PC*MILER Activation Code for Product XXXXX-XXXXX-XXXXX-XXXXX-XXXXX”. Save the attached net.lic file to the directory specified in the email, replacing the existing file.

2. When I try to activate PCMILER, I get the error “UNC Path is

required”.

This error message occurs when a step is missed during the multi-user installation. The UNCPath.exe must be run from a workstation without errors in order for PCMILER to identify the UNC Path. You must uninstall and reinstall to ensure this has been completed. If any error messages appear when running UNCPath.exe, check the permissions of the shared \pmw26x folder on the server and make sure all workstations have full access rights under sharing and security. Please make sure that you are physically in front of a PC that is not the server, one that you did not launch the install from.


3. I purchased PC*MILER|Tolls, so how do I obtain quarterly toll data updates?

To receive quarterly toll data updates, you must first sign up for ALK’s Update Program Subscription Plan. If you’re an Enterprise License customer, you are automatically enrolled in this program. Once enrolled, ALK will contact you whenever a new quarterly toll update is available for download. To make sure all applicable parties in your organization receive notification of an available update, email [email protected] with the applicable names and email addresses. Quarterly update notifications are sent via email from [email protected] in HTML format. Please put both these emails on your email provider’s safe sender recipients list to ensure that you receive all related emails.

4. How can I get the latest PC*MILER updates and patches?

To check for mid-release updates/patches from within PC*MILER, select Check for Updates from the Help menu. A dialog box will appear that alerts you to any available updates. To install updates, click OK. You can also search for PC*MILER product updates by going to www.alk.com/support and select a product, then click the “Updates/Patches” link in the upper right corner of the web page. On the next page, click the link for each update you want to download or install. If you choose to download an update, you’ll need to double-click the downloaded file on your PC to begin the installation.

2.9 Modifying Your License to Add New PC*MILER Products

NOTE: The Modify option does not support changing from a multi-user to a single-user installation of PC*MILER, you must uninstall and reinstall. You may find that you want to purchase an additional PC*MILER Solution sometime after the initial installation of PC*MILER. To purchase and install an additional product at a later time, follow these steps:

1. First, call PC*MILER SALES at 1-800-377-6453 ext. 1 (or 1.609.683.0220

ext. 1 outside of the U.S.) 9:00am-5:00pm EST, Monday-Friday to purchase the product(s) and obtain a new Product Key Code to license and install the new product(s).

Once you receive the new Product Key Code:

2. You must deactivate your license by going to Start > Programs > PCMILER 26 (or 26.1) > License Status > Deactivate.

3. After deactivation, insert the PC*MILER Install DVD into the DVD/CD drive.

4. In the Installation Wizard, choose “Modify” and click Next.


5. Keep the User Name and Company Name as is and click Next.

6. Replace the existing Product Key Code with the NEW Product Key Code and click Next to continue.

7. In the Select Components window, make sure all new and existing products are checked. IMPORTANT: Leave the checkmarks next to products that are already installed! If you remove the checkmarks, they will be uninstalled! Click Next.

8. Continue with the rest of the installation. You must reactivate your license.

9. For Network Installs ONLY: To add the product(s) to the workstations:

a. Go to the workstation. b. Browse to the shared …\pmw260 (or \pmw261)\network folder on the server. c. Run the setup.exe and choose “Reinstall Network Components”.

NOTE: If you are changing your license from a multi-user install to a single-

user install, you must fully uninstall, deactivate your license, then reinstall using the new Product Key Code. The Modify feature will not work in this scenario.

2.10 Deactivating and Uninstalling Your License

You must fully deactivate the product’s license and uninstall all PC*MILER components, including local, network, enterprise, or server installations if you are:

Moving any PC*MILER installation to a new computer.

Reformatting a computer that PC*MILER is currently installed to.

Returning the product (see restrictions below in section 2.11, To Uninstall and Return the Product).

Reinstalling on the same PC.

You have two options to deactivate your license and uninstall. If you have an Internet connection on the computer where PC*MILER is installed, the deactivation process can be done automatically. If there is no Internet connection, manual deactivation processes are available. Please follow these instructions:

1a. Internet Deactivation.

Go to the Windows Start menu, then Programs > PCMILER 26 (or 26.1) > License Status and click on the arrow next to Deactivate. An additional dialog box will open. Click Next and the deactivation process will automatically initiate. No Deactivation Verification Code will appear on the screen, it has been transmitted to ALK.


1b. Manual Deactivation.

For manual deactivation (for those without an Internet connection), go to the Windows Start menu, then Programs > PCMILER 26 (or 26.1) > License Status and click on the arrow next to Deactivate. The Deactivation Verification Code dialog box will appear. Before clicking OK, you must provide ALK with the code that appears in the window, as it is required as proof of deactivation. Please write down the code for your records. If you are returning the product, you must include this Deactivation Code on the provided Return Form. Click OK when finished.

2. Next, go to My Computer > Control Panel > Add or Remove Programs to uninstall all components of PC*MILER 26.x.

3. In the Add or Remove Programs window, highlight PC*MILER 26.x in the list of software applications – scroll the list if necessary to find it – and click Change/Remove to proceed with the program removal.

NOTE: If any messages appear during the uninstall process that say that a

file cannot be removed, click OK to continue. 4. After the uninstall process is finished, you will need to delete the …ALK

Technologies\PMW260 (or PMW261) folder manually to completely remove the PC*MILER application from your system.

2.11 Product Returns

If you are not satisfied with any PC*MILER Solution purchased directly from ALK Technologies, you may return it within 30 days of delivery date for a refund (excludes shipping and handling). The software license must be deactivated (see section 2.10 above). Send all returns and correspondence to: ALK Technologies, Inc. RMA Department 457 North Harrison Street Princeton, NJ 08540 USA Ph. 609.683.0220 We strongly recommend that you return our products using a shipping method that takes receipt of a delivery/shipment when shipping, such as UPS, FedEx, DHL, or Certified Mail. (ALK is not responsible for packages sent through regular mail.) These shipping methods also provide tracking and proof of delivery, since ALK cannot be responsible for packages lost in transit.


Please record the information below and send it with your returned package:

Your contact information including your name, company name, email and shipping address.

Reason for return, select one of the following: ordered wrong product, received wrong product, parts missing, or the product did not work as expected. Comments are encouraged.

Please provide the following sentence, exactly as written, followed by your signature and today’s date:

“I certify that we have deactivated and removed all installations of the returned products from our computer systems and have destroyed any copies we may have made of the returned products. I also understand that I am responsible for paying the shipping fee indicated on ALK’s original invoice.”

If you deactivated the license manually, please include the generated Deactivation Code. If you used our web-based services, please list “web-based” as the method of deactivation.

2.12 Help Files and ReadMe

PC*MILER includes a complete system of Help files that are easy to use. From the Help menu, selecting Contents and Index will open a Help window with two panes. In the left pane, use the Contents, Index, or word Search tabs to navigate to the topics you need. The Contents tab in the Help window lists all available topics. Click any plus sign next to a main topic to see the related topics underneath. Double-click on any topic in the Contents tab to open it in the right pane. Scroll the topic in the right pane if necessary to read all of it. In the Index tab, click on any index entry to see that topic. In the Search tab, type in a word to see all topics that contain that word listed. Consult the ReadMe file for last-minute product information, updates to the PC*MILER documentation, and additional feature information. To see this file after PC*MILER has been installed, click the Windows Start menu and select Programs > PCMILER 26 (or 26.1) > ReadMe.


Basic Routing

When you first open PC*MILER, an active route entry window is displayed inside the main window, and the RouteMap window is minimized:

Initial View of PC*MILER

In the Highway Only version of PC*MILER, you'll be using the Stop field in the City or Address tab of the route entry window to enter stops along your route. If PC*MILER|Streets data is installed, this field will be labeled “City” and the Address field under it will be activated. Address entry is optional.

NOTES For PC*MILER|Worldwide Users: The active world region is shown in the title bar of the route entry window. See section 3.4 on changing regions. Also see section 3.2.3 on changing the dataset if you are entering local street addresses. The stops you enter will appear in the stop list, which can be scrolled if necessary. When you click the Run button, mileage and time and cost estimates will be generated for the route you entered. At the top of the program window are eight pull-down menus, with a toolbar underneath. To see a brief description of each toolbar button, place your cursor

Menus

Active Route Options

Stop Entry

Stop List

RouteMap Window

(minimized)

Toolbar

3 Ch

apte

r

Chapter 3: Basic Routing 43

over each one without clicking. As your cursor touches a button, a description of its function will appear in the status bar (lower left corner of the screen). Up to eight routes may be open at one time. To bring a route window forward, select it from the Windows menu. To open a new route entry window, click the New Route button on the toolbar or select New Route from the File menu. Notice the minimized RouteMap window (you may need to scroll down to see it). You can open it and bring it forward by selecting it from the Windows menu or clicking the Map button on the toolbar. As your cursor moves across the map, its latitude/longitude position will be displayed in the status bar at the bottom of the program window.

3.1 Menus and the Toolbar

All menu options in PC*MILER are listed and briefly described below. If a button on the toolbar can be used to access the option, that is shown also.

3.1.1 The File Menu

New Route

Open a route entry window for a new route.

Duplicate Route Open a new route entry window and duplicate the route in the currently active window.

Open Route…

Open a previously saved route.

Close Route Close the active route (the route will not be saved).

Close All Routes: Close all open route entry windows without saving. Reports: Close all open reports without saving.

Save Route Ctrl+S

Save the active route with the existing filename.

Save Route As...

Save the active route with a new user-specified filename.


Print Driver Report Appears when a generated route is active. This option lets you print multiple reports, including several different map views, at the same time.

Print Report…

Print the report in the active window.

Print Map…

Print the map in the RouteMap window (window does not need to be open).

Save Report to File Save the open report in Excel or text file (.txt) format.

Exit Exit PC*MILER. When you exit, all active windows are saved as they appear on your screen until the next time PC*MILER is opened.

3.1.2 The Edit Menu

Copy Map

Copy the currently active report to the clipboard for use with other programs.

Copy Report Ctrl+C

Copy the RouteMap window to the clipboard for use with other programs (window does not need to be open).

Insert Stop Above F7 Insert a stop above the one that is highlighted on the stop list in the route entry window.

Delete Stop F8 Delete the stop that is highlighted on the stop list in the route entry window.

Delete All Stops Alt+F8 Delete all stops in the route entry window.

Reverse Stops Reverse the order of all stops in the stop list.

3.1.3 The Map Menu

Zoom In Zoom in by a factor of two; can be repeated for closer views; increases detail.


Zoom Out Zoom out by a factor of two; can be repeated; decreases detail.

Pan > Shift the map view in any of eight directions

(choose a direction from the sub-menu). Regions > (PC*MILER|Worldwide only) Select a

region to view in the RouteMap window: Africa, Asia, Europe, North America, Oceania, or South America.

Frame > Frame an area on the map. If PC*MILER|Worldwide is installed, available options depend on the region selected using the Regions > option above.

Auto Frame Route automatically frames all

routes when they are generated. This option is turned on by default. Uncheck it to turn it off. All Routes automatically frames every generated route drawn on the map.

To frame just one route, select it from the

bottom of the Frame options, or click the Frame button in the active route window, or click the Route button on the toolbar.)

Zoom to Stop Zoom to the stop that is highlighted in the

active route entry window. (Or you can simply double-click the highlighted stop on the stop list in the route entry window to accomplish the same thing.)

Drag Map In Drag Map mode, you can drag the map in

any direction to change the view. Click the left mouse button, hold, and drag; let go when you have reached the desired area on the map.

Drag Routing When Drag Routing is turned on, a route on

the map can be clicked and dragged to another road at any point along the route to create customized routing.

Features... Invoke the Features dialog box to control

which features appear on the map and the order in which they are drawn.


Traffic… Opens the Traffic Display window for

setting up the desired type of traffic display on the RouteMap.

Styles… Choose from eight possible map styles.

Redraw Redraw the current display in the RouteMap

window. Pick/Label > Choose one from the sub-menu:

Pick Stops: select to pick stops with the mouse for route entry.

Label Roads: select to label and remove labels from roads with the mouse.

Favor Roads: select to designate roads to be favored for a route.

Avoid Roads: select to designate roads to be avoided on a route.

Toggle Overrides: enable the user to turn

certain truck-restricted roads on and off. Adjust for Permits: enable the user to turn

hazmat restricted roads on and off (for

PC*MILER|HazMat only).

Clear Labels: delete all labels that have

been added manually.

Detail >

Add to, reduce or return to the default number of roads and place names drawn on the map (choose More, Less, or Default from the sub-menu).

Stop Labels > Choose whether to label stops, and if so, whether by

Name Only, Number Only, or by Name & Number.

Legends > Show/hide the Route Legend, Road Legend, Scale of Miles, Traffic Legend (with Traffic Features only) and/or Restriction Legend (for PC*MILER|HazMat only).


Tooltips > Check Route Distance to turn this tooltip feature on. When checked, placing the cursor over a route on the map invokes a tooltip that shows the distance at that point from the origin and final destination of the route.

Geofencing > Enable Geofencing mode to create or delete a geofence. Options are: Create Rectangle – Click and drag on the map to create a rectangle-shaped geofence. Create Circle – Click and drag on the map to create a circle-shaped geofence. Create Polygon – Click at least three points on the map to create a geofence in a free-form shape; click on the initial point to close the shape. Delete Geofence – Click on an existing geofence on the map to delete it.

3.1.4 The Route Menu Run F10 Generate a route using the origin,

destination and stops listed in the active route entry window.

Optimize Stops... Alt+F10

Optimize the stops listed in the active route entry window to achieve an optimal stop order.

Options... Alt+F3 Invoke the Options dialog box to set options and routing parameters for the current route.

Default Options... Invoke the Default Options dialog box to set default options and routing parameters.

Default Date and Time > Select default values to display in the route entry window for the Date/Day of Week and Depart/Arrive settings – see section 5.1.

Vehicle Profiles… Set up your own profiles for particular vehicles or groups of vehicles that include time/cost and vehicle dimension settings.


3.1.5 The Report Menu

Detailed F5

Generate a Detailed Route Report for the active route.

State/Country F6

Generate a State/Country Distance Summary for the active route.

Comparison F4

Generate a Comparison Report that includes all open routes.

Drivers Report Generate detailed driving directions for the active route.

Road Type Generate a report that breaks down mileage in the active trip by PC*MILER road category.

Fuel Optimization

Select to generate optimized truck-specific fuel and trip plans based on daily fuel prices when a route is run. (Appears only if the PC*MILER|Fuel Optimization add-on has been installed.)

Font... Choose the size and style of the font to be used in reports.

Show Toll Discount Info

In the State/Country Report, provide a breakdown of toll costs by the discount programs used. (Appears only if the PC*MILER|Tolls add-on has been installed.)

3.1.6 The Tools Menu

NOTE: The “City/Zip Routing” option has been moved to the Options dialog box and renamed “Use Highway Only”. See section 8.9.1.2.

Change Data Set > For PC*MILER|Worldwide users who have PC*MILER|Streets data installed. Select the data set to use for street-level routing: Highway Worldwide - Streets-US/Canada for North American streets; or Streets Australia-NZ, Streets-Brazil, or Streets-Europe. Only the data sets that are installed will be active menu options.


Manage Custom Places... F2

Open the Custom Place Manager dialog box to assign custom names to locations in the database.

Manage Custom Roads... Alt+F2

Open the Custom Roads Manager to view and edit road preferences for custom routing.

Import Custom Places Select a text file from which to import sets

of custom places.

Convert Custom Roads…

Open a dialog that enables you to import custom road preferences from an older version of PC*MILER – see section 9.16.4. For custom place conversion, see section 3.25.1.

Convert Geofences… Opens the Geofences Conversion Utility. This utility converts geofence files created in a previous version of PC*MILER to files that are compatible with the current version.

Toolbar > Choose Large Buttons, Small Buttons, or None from the sub-menu to expand, shrink or hide the toolbar.

Multiple Name Instances >

Choose how PC*MILER will handle stop entry when there is more than one location in the database for a city name or postal code.

Use Default US ZIP Code: The default U.S. ZIP code will be returned without a pick list of matches to choose from.

Use Default Mexico ZIP Code: The default Mexican postal code will be returned without a pick list of matches to choose from.

Use Default US and Mexico ZIP Code: The default U.S. ZIP code or Mexican postal code will be returned without a pick list. If there are U.S. and Mexican codes with the same number, the default U.S. ZIP code will be returned. If there is only a Mexican postal code for that number, the default Mexican code will be returned.


Provide Pick List: A match pick list will return all matching cities, U.S. ZIPs and Mexican postal codes.

Country Abbreviations…

(For PC*MILER|Worldwide users, appears when a region other than North America is selected in the Options dialog box.) Select a format to use when inputting country abbreviations: FIPS 2-Character, ISO 2-Character, or ISO 3-Character.

Report Language > Select a language for the Detailed Driving Directions and Drivers Report. Note that to properly read the text in a translated report your operating system must be running in that native language setting.

Distance Display > Display distances in Tenths, Hundredths, or Thousandths of miles (or kilometers).

Hour Format Display >

Choose a format for the time display in the route entry window: AM/PM or 24 Hours (“military time”).

Time Zone Display > Choose how PC*MILER deals with time zones in time-based routing reports:

Local – Reported ETA/ETD will conform to the time zone where each stop or toll plaza is located.

System – ETA/ETD at stops and toll plazas will be reported based on the time zone setting on the host computer.

Specific – Select a time zone by region. ETA/ETD at all stops and toll plazas will be reported using this time zone. (Not available when the region is set to Africa, Asia, Oceania, or South America.)

NOTE: The Time Zone Display setting only affects how dates and times are reported, not how they are calculated.


Save Preferences... Open the Save Preferences dialog to save your workspace settings for future use, or to automatically save these settings each time you exit PC*MILER.

Fuel Optimization Setup…

Enables fuel optimization setup in PC*MILER and on the FuelAdvice.com website. See Chapter 13. (The PC*MILER|Fuel Optimization add-on must be installed.)

Province/Estado Abbreviations >

Choose how you want PC*MILER to interpret the estado/province abbreviation “NL” when it is entered in the route entry window. Options are Use NL for Newfoundland and Labrador (Canada) or Use NL for Nuevo Leon (Mexico). The Canadian usage is the default setting.

RouteSync Sign In Invokes the Account Sign In for RouteSync. You must be signed in to access RouteSync functionality. The RouteSync add-on must be installed and activated (see Chapter 10).

View Vehicle List Opens a list of vehicles that are connected to PC*MILER via RouteSync.

View Pending Invitations

Opens a list of RouteSync invitations to CoPilot users that are not yet accepted.

3.1.7 The Windows Menu Split Screen View

Arrange all windows of the same type together in fixed areas in the PC*MILER program window. (Route windows will be in the upper left quadrant, the RouteMap will be in the upper right quadrant, and reports will fill the lower half of the screen.)

Cascade Cascade windows from upper left corner.


Tile Open RouteMap, Route Entry and Report windows and organize them in a "tile" (side by side) arrangement.

Arrange Icons Organize icons in lower left corner.

RouteMap

Activate the RouteMap window if it is minimized or inactive.

Route 1

The bottom section of the Windows menu displays the route windows that are open in PC*MILER. Select a window to activate it.

3.1.8 The Help Menu

Contents & Index Open PC*MILER's Help files at the Table of

Contents (click on the Index tab to see an index, or use the Search tab to search for a specific word or phrase).

Topic Look Up F1 Open Help for the open dialog box or window.

Menus Open the Menu Reference section of Help (includes toolbar equivalents of menu commands).

Keyboard Open a list of a shortcut keys in PC*MILER.

Using Help Open a Windows file that explains how to use Help.

State/Country Names... Open a scrollable list of state, province, and country abbreviations and names (this list can remain open as you work in PC*MILER).

Email Technical Support Opens a text entry window in which a technical support question can be entered. Click Send to send your message to ALK Technologies Technical Support. You should receive a response within 24 hours.

Email Data Corrections Opens a form for reporting data errors in PC*MILER. ALK appreciates your feedback, and will correct any errors in its street or location data that are reported.


NOTE: For those with Proxy Servers, it’s best to go directly to ALK’s website at www.alk.com/support to download all updates and patches.

Check for Updates Checks the ALK web site for available updates to PC*MILER, including free quarterly updates to the ZIP Code database. See section 14.4 on the importance of updating regularly.

About... Display general information about PC*MILER, including version number, serial number and name of the licensed user.

3.1.9 PC*MILER Shortcut Keys

The following is a list of keystrokes that provide shortcuts to various menu options.

Key(s) Function

F1 Invoke Topic Look Up in Help.

F2 Invoke the Custom Place Manager.

Alt-F2 Invoke the Custom Roads Manager.

F3 Open a scrollable list of state abbreviations.

Alt-F3 Invoke the Options dialog box for the active route.

F4 Generate a Comparison Report.

Alt-F4 Exit PC*MILER.

Ctrl-F4 Close (delete) the active route entry window or report window.

F5 Display the Detailed Route Report for the active window.

F6 Display the State/Country Distance Summary Report.

F7 Insert a stop above the one highlighted on the stop list.

F8 Delete the stop that is highlighted on the stop list.

F9 Redraw the map.

Alt-F8 Delete all stops in the route entry window.

F10 Generate routes and distances (Run in the route window).

Alt-F10 Optimize the stop order for an optimal route.

Alt-Bkspace Undo typing in any entry field.

Ctrl-S Save the active route with the existing filename.

Ctrl-C Copy the open report to the clipboard for use with another

program.


3.2 Entering Stops on a Route

To generate distances and driving instructions for a route, you must first specify an origin and destination(s) in the City or Address tab of the route entry window. If you need to open a new route entry window, click the New Route button on the toolbar or select the File menu > New Route. (Note that the SPLC check box in the illustration below will only appear in the route entry window if you have purchased the SPLC add-on module. Likewise, the Address entry field and Address Assist button will be active only if PC*MILER|Streets local street data has been installed.)

Entering Stops in the Route Entry Window

You may enter an unlimited number of stops. PC*MILER will always treat the stop at the top of the stop list as the origin of the route and the last stop on the list as the destination, unless you are generating hub distances (see section 8.13). You can input cities and towns in the route entry window in any of the ways that are listed below and described on the following pages:

Type the city name, followed by the state abbreviation (see section 3.2.1

below); a street address may be included if PC*MILER|Streets data is installed (see section 3.2.2-3.2.3)

Use the Spelling Helper pick list of matches (section 3.2.4)

Enter a 5-digit ZIP or postal code (sections 3.2.5-3.2.6)

Enter a 6-digit Canadian Postal Code (if the separate add-on data module is installed – see section 3.2.7)

Enter a SPLC (if the separate add-on data module is installed – see sections 3.2.8-3.2.9)

Point and click with the mouse on a location in the map window (section 3.2.12)

Type in or point-and-click on a latitude/longitude point (sections 3.2.12 and 3.14)


In addition, locations may be entered as custom places, and for U.S./North American locations, as border crossings, highway junctions, highway exits, truck stops, CAT scale or state weigh stations. See sections 3.12-3.18 and 3.25-3.27.

NOTE For PC*MILER|Worldwide Users: The active world region is shown in the title bar of the route entry window. The correct region for your route must be selected in the Options or Default Options dialog box (see section 8.9.1.3 and 8.10).

3.2.1 City Name and State Abbreviation

VERY IMPORTANT FOR PC*MILER|Worldwide CUSTOMERS: You must have the proper region selected in the Options dialog box when you enter a location. See section 3.4 for region selection information. In the Stop field (or City field if you are using PC*MILER|Streets), type the city name and the two-letter state/province/country abbreviation of the origin of your route, then click Add Stop or press the <Enter> key on your keyboard. The city name can be any length. The city and state/province/country do not need to be capitalized, but do need to be separated by either a comma or a space, as in these examples:

chicago, il chicago,il paris fr

If the city name contains two or three words, each portion of the city name must be separated by spaces. For example:

los angeles, ca belle croix,fr salt lake city ut

If you are unsure of the correct spelling for a city name, use the Spelling Helper – see section 3.2.4. For state/country abbreviations, press the <F3> key or choose State/Country Names… in the Help menu to bring up a scrollable list of two-letter state/province/country abbreviations. The list can be kept open for reference as you work (you may need to resize the list window or the PC*MILER main window). To close the list, choose Exit from the File menu in the Help Window or click the “X” in the upper right corner. If PC*MILER|Worldwide is installed, country abbreviations outside North America may be entered using FIPS 2-character, ISO 2-character, or ISO 3-character codes. By default, PC*MILER|Worldwide accepts FIPS codes. If you wish to use ISO abbreviations, select Country Abbreviations in the Tools menu and check either ISO 2-Char or ISO 3-Char.


After you click Add Stop or press <Enter>, PC*MILER will search through the database and select the default ZIP/Postal code that matches the city name you entered. The corresponding county or province name and time zone will also be returned. If you prefer to see a pick list of ZIP/Postal codes whenever you enter a city name that has multiple postal codes assigned to it in the database, select Tools menu > Multiple Name Instances > Provide Pick List.

NOTE: In the case of cities with multiple postal codes or other database entries, the PC*MILER default match will be returned according to the following selection process:

If a city/state has one or more ZIP or postal codes, PC*MILER will select the code that is the centroid location (closest to the city center based on the placement of the postal codes).

If a city/state does not have a ZIP or postal code, the “city point” for that city will be returned. The city point is determined by three things (in this order): the GNIS (official government) placement of the point; the location where the metro center of the city is; and customer-driven editing requests (for example, when routing to the official city point is hindered because of one-way streets).

After entering an origin, continue to enter stops in the order you want them to appear on the route. PC*MILER will always consider the first stop listed in the route entry window to be the origin of the route and the last stop to be the destination, unless you are generating hub distances (see section 8.13).

3.2.1.1 Mexican and Canadian Locations

Mexican place names can be entered using a postal code, or a city name plus a two-letter ISO abbreviation. (See State/Country Names in the Help menu or Appendix C in this Guide for a complete list of Mexican state names and abbreviations.) Examples of place names are:

puerto vallarta, ja valparaiso, zt

Some Mexican and U.S. locations have the same postal code assigned to them. When entering Mexican postal codes, be sure the appropriate choice is selected in the Tools menu > Multiple Name Instances option. See section 3.1.6 for a description of the possible choices. Canadian postal codes can be entered only if the separate PC*MILER Canadian Postal Codes add-on data module is installed (see section 3.2.7). If this module is installed, select Multiple Name Instances > Provide Pick List in the Tools menu to have a pick list of postal codes invoked when a Canadian place name is entered that has multiple postal codes assigned to it. If the data module is not installed,


Canadian place names can only be entered using the city name and province abbreviation, for example:

montreal, qc

NOTE: “NL” is recognized as Newfoundland and Labrador unless this setting has been changed to mean Nuevo Leon using the Province/Estados Abbreviations option in the Tools menu.

NOTE: To enter a location name that includes one or more accented letters (for example, Felipe Ángeles, CI), you can either 1) use the postal code, or 2) use the Insert > Symbol option in Microsoft Word or Excel to type the location name and then copy and paste into the route entry window in PC*MILER.

3.2.2 Address Entry (US & Canada, Brazil, Europe, and/or Australia only)

If PC*MILER|Streets address data is installed with PC*MILER, you can – optionally – specify a street-level address in the Address field. PC*MILER will route to each address, and addresses you enter will be labeled on the map that is generated when you run your route. PC*MILER|Streets address data is available for US/Canada, Brazil, Europe, and Australia/New Zealand (the appropriate region must be selected in the Options dialog box) – see section 3.2.4.

NOTE for PC*MILER|Worldwide Users: For address entry, you may need to use the Change Data Set option in the Tools menu. The correct region must also be selected in the Options dialog box. See sections 3.2.3 and 8.9.

TIP: If you enter a ZIP/postal code and PC*MILER can’t find an address that

you specify within that code, try expanding your search by entering the city name. In general it is recommended that, when entering or importing addresses, you use the corresponding city/state instead of the location’s postal code. (For example, enter “1000 Herrontown Road, Princeton, NJ” rather than “1000 Herrontown Road, 08540”. Using the city and state/province will increase the geocoding “hit rate” and provide a more accurate representation of the address when routing.

If you're unsure of the spelling of a street name, or want to validate an address, use the Address Assist feature. As you enter stops using this feature, a match list helps you select a valid address.

NOTE: The setting in the Tools menu > Multiple Name Instances option

determines how PC*MILER handles incomplete or inaccurate street names that are entered in the route entry window (when you are not using Address Assist – see below). If the Default setting is selected in this menu option, the first approximate match that is found in the database (if there is one) will be returned. If Provide Pick List is selected, a pick list will open and you can choose an address from it. Beginning in Version 22, if no matching address is found, PC*MILER will continue


by searching the POI database. If it finds a POI with an exact address match within a radius of 4 miles, it will choose that as the match. This process may take additional time to complete. Steps in the Address Assist process are:

1. Click the Address Assist button in the route entry window.

2. Enter a state/province or postal code, then click Next.

3. Enter a city or place, then click Next.

4. Enter an address number and street then click Next.

4a. If the address is valid, it will automatically be added as a stop to the open route window. If it is not in the database (as in the example below), other possible choices will be shown. Choose a nearby address, cross-street, or a general street and click Finished to enter it.

5. The address you chose, or the closest match, will appear on the stop list in the route window.

Step 1

Step 2


Step 3

Step 4

Step 4 Step 4a

Validated Address Entered As a Stop


3.2.3 Change Data Set Tool (PC*MILER|Worldwide only) PC*MILER|Streets data modules for local street addresses in the United States/Canada, Brazil, Europe, and Australia/New Zealand are now available for use with PC*MILER|Worldwide. Each module may be purchased separately or in combination with other data sets. If you are using PC*MILER|Worldwide, the correct data set must be activated before you enter an address. Select Change Data Set > from the Tools menu and then select the desired area. Note that the correct region must also be selected in the Options dialog box (the active region is shown in the title bar of each route window).

“Change Data Set” Option in the Tools Menu

3.2.4 Using the Spelling Helper If you're not sure how to spell a city name, or if you received an error message when entering the full city name and state/province/country abbreviation, try using the Spelling Helper. The Spelling Helper pick list of matches can be invoked by entering the first letter or first few letters of the city name followed by a comma or space and the two-letter state/province/country abbreviation. Note that typing more letters of the city name (i.e. two or three rather than just one) will decrease the processing time needed to create a list of matches.


Examples: chi,il los ang, ca pa fr los a,ca

Spelling Helper Pick List of Matches

If Provide Pick List is selected in the Tools menu > Multiple Name Instances option, a pick list of every city name that starts with the specified characters will be returned. Scroll the list if necessary and highlight the city or ZIP/Postal code that you wish to select, then click OK. Place names that are more than 32 characters long will be interrupted in the pick list by a set of ellipses (…). When highlighted, the complete place name will appear at the bottom of the pick list, in a scrollable display area.

3.2.5 Entering ZIP Codes and Postal Codes

Entering any valid postal code creates a search for the corresponding city. The city name will be entered as a stop, along with the state/country abbreviation, county/province designation (if available), and postal code.

If you enter: 08540 (NA region)

PC*MILER will return: 08540 Princeton, NJ, Mercer

NOTE: If the +4 ZIP code designation is entered, PC*MILER will ignore it.

IMPORTANT NOTES for PC*MILER|Worldwide Users: When you are entering postal codes outside of North America, you need to enter a country abbreviation to avoid being routed to the wrong country in cases where the same postal code exists in more than one country. Enter the postal code, a comma, and the correct two-letter country abbreviation; e.g. “46001, sp” for Valencia, Spain. Remember that the correct region must be selected in the Options dialog box (see


section 3.4). Not all countries have postal codes in the database. Users can import absent postal codes as custom places if needed. For the format of postal codes in PC*MILER worldwide regions and various countries in those regions, see Appendix D.

3.2.6 Using the ZIP/Postal Code Helper

If you're unsure of a particular ZIP or postal code or if you receive an error message when using a postal code, type at least the first two digits (plus the country code for regions outside North America) and click Add Stop. If Provide Pick List is selected in the Tools menu > Multiple Name Instances option, a pick list of all matching codes will be returned. Scroll the list if necessary and highlight your choice, then click OK.

Postal Code Helper Pick List of Matches Place names that are more than 32 characters long will be interrupted in the pick list by a set of ellipses (…). When highlighted, the complete place name will appear at the bottom of the pick list, in a scrollable display area.

3.2.7 Canadian Postal Codes

If the Canadian Postal Code add-on data module is installed, a list of six-digit Canadian postal codes is available for stop entry. The codes are always alphanumeric in the format “ANA NAN” where “A” represents an alphabetic character and “N” represents a numberic character. Entering any valid Canadian postal code will invoke a search for the corresponding city and province name, and these will be entered as a stop along with the postal code.

If you enter: K7L 4E7 PC*MILER will return: K7L 4E7 Kingston, ON


3.2.8 SPLC Entry (U.S. only)

If the SPLC add-on data module is installed, a SPLC can be entered as a stop for any location in North America that has a SPLC assigned to it. SPLCs may be six or nine digits in length. SPLC data used in PC*MILER products is owned, maintained and copyrighted by the National Motor Freight Traffic Association, Inc. To enter a SPLC, first check the SPLC box located to the right of the Stop field, then type your entry and click Add Stop. If you enter a SPLC when the SPLC box is not checked, an error message will appear in the stop list.

NOTE: When the SPLC box is selected, you will not be able to enter ZIP Codes or postal codes.

3.2.9 SPLC Help

If you need help finding the correct SPLC for a particular location, use the SPLC Helper. First make sure the SPLC box is checked, then type at least the first two digits of the SPLC and click Add Stop. If Provide Pick List is selected in the Tools menu > Multiple Name Instances option, a pick list of matches will be generated. Place names that are more than 32 characters long will be interrupted in the pick list by a set of ellipses (…). When highlighted, the complete place name will appear at the bottom of the pick list, in a scrollable display area.

Pick List of SPLC Matches


3.2.10 Type-Ahead Feature in Pick Lists All PC*MILER pick lists include a type-ahead feature that can be used to quickly scroll to a desired place on the list. In the open pick list, simply type a letter or number that follows what you already entered, and you will be taken to the first match on the list that begins with your specified letter or number combination. For example, if you entered “pr nj”, after the pick list opens type “o” to go to matches that begin with “pro”; or if “08” was entered, type “5” to go to ZIP/postal codes beginning with “085”.

3.2.11 Entering An Arrival or Departure Time The ability to generate more precise estimated times of arrival/departure is a new feature added in Version 25 of PC*MILER, and is described in Chapter 5, Time-Based Routing. See section 5.1 for detailed instructions about how to enter a departure or arrival time and date or day of the week.

3.2.12 "Point and Click" Feature: Picking Stops From the Map

PC*MILER lets you enter stops directly from the RouteMap window by pointing and clicking with the mouse. To pick a stop, do the following:

1. Open the RouteMap window if it is minimized – select RouteMap from the Windows menu.

2. Next, click on the Pick Stops button on the toolbar or select Pick/Label > Pick Stops in the Map menu.

3. Now use the mouse to point to the location you wish to enter and click once. The selected location will be entered as a stop in the most recently active route entry window.

You can use the mouse to select any point on the map. If the point is a node on a highway, the place name will be returned; otherwise, a latitude/longitude position will be returned.

NOTE: There are some highway junctions which are truck-inaccessible.

These junctions won’t be recognized if you try to enter them as stops.

3.2.13 Zoom To a Location On the Map To zoom directly to a specific location on the map, first enter the location as a stop in the route entry window and make sure it is highlighted on the stop list. Then either click the Zoom to Stop button on the toolbar or double-click the highlighted stop.


NOTE: If PC*MILER|Streets data is installed and you're trying to find an

address, you can place your cursor, without clicking, on any road segment on the map and you’ll see the street name and address range of that road segment displayed in the message area (lower left corner of the program window).

TIP: Pass your cursor over the map without pressing the mouse button.

Notice that its latitude/longitude position is automatically tracked and appears in the status bar in the lower left corner of the program window.

Zoomed Into a Stop on the RouteMap

3.2.14 Input Errors One of several error messages might be returned when entering stops. If you encounter an error message, you should try the following:

Double-check that you separated the city name and state abbreviation with a comma or space.

Double-check for typos and spelling errors.

Use the Spelling Helper.

Use the exact postal code or the ZIP/Postal Code Helper.

Press the <F3> key for a scrollable list of valid two-letter state/province/country abbreviations (this list can also be accessed through the Help menu).

If entering a SPLC, make sure that the SPLC box is selected to the right of the Stop field.

In all cases, the ZIP/postal code takes precedence over the city and state/province/country name. Certain suburbs or small towns may not have their


actual names in the database, but rather the name of the larger nearby city. In these cases, the ZIP or postal code for the smaller community will have to be entered to achieve correct results. (Also see Duplicate City Names below for a description of how a default location is selected when duplicate or multiple cities exist in the database.)

3.3 Duplicate City Names

In the PC*MILER database, there are several thousand instances of towns in the same state, province or country that share the same name. For example, in the U.S. state of Pennsylvania, there are two towns named Hamlin: one in Wayne County and one in Lebanon County. Another example is the towns of Londonderry in the United Kingdom: one is in Londonderry and one is in North Yorkshire. In certain circumstances, duplicates can be separately identified by means of their differing postal codes. However, some duplicate towns do not have postal codes assigned to them. You can identify your desired stop from all of its duplicate towns by the county listing in the town name. In the database, the county name follows the state/country abbreviation (e.g. Hamlin, PA, Wayne). If you are not sure which city is the stop you want, in the Tools menu set Multiple Name Instances to Provide Pick List and then enter the city name and state/province/country abbreviation. Select the correct city from the choices provided. The default setting in Tools > Multiple Name Instances is Use Default. With this setting checked, PC*MILER will select a default city, predetermined by the governmental Postal Service. The default city’s selection is based on such factors as population and geographic centrality. If you know the county in which the duplicate city is located, you can enter that exact city in the stop entry field. Do so by entering the city and state names in a normal fashion, followed by a comma and the country name. Your entry must be in one of the following formats:

hamlin, pa, wayne hamlin,pa, wayne hamlin, pa,wayne hamlin,pa,wayne

You can also use the Spelling Helper from the route entry window to select the correct city based on its county shown in the pick list. By default, the town with a ZIP/postal code will be entered when using the city/state entry. In Canada, duplicate city names are found in the same provinces. PC*MILER identifies the town by assigning a county or tourism region code to it. The code is listed after the province abbreviation in the same way that the county name


follows the U.S. city name. A complete list of these codes can be found in Appendix B and in the PC*MILER Help files.

3.4 Changing Regions (PC*MILER|Worldwide only)

If the PC*MILER|Worldwide data add-on module is installed, the correct world region must be selected in the Options or Default Options dialog box when entering stops. In each route entry window, the currently selected region is displayed in the title bar. To change the region for the active trip, click Options in the route entry window then choose a region from the Region pick list in the General tab. To change the default region for all trips, select Default Options… from the Route menu and select a region as described above. Now every route entry window you open will be set to the region you selected. If the wrong region is selected (i.e. it does not match the stop you are attempting to enter), normally either an error message will appear or your input will be matched with a city by the same name in the selected region; for example, if you enter “Paris, FR” when your region is North America, “Paris, AR” will be returned as a stop. The currently selected region is always displayed in the title bar of the route entry window. However, with PC*MILER’s trans-regional routing, in certain cases the above rule does not apply. Because routing between Europe, Asia, and Africa is possible, locations may be entered that do not match the selected region when any of these regions are selected. For example, entering “Paris, FR” will return the correct stop if Asia or Africa is the selected region. You must also change the RouteMap window to the desired region if you wish to see graphic displays of the routes you run. In the Map menu, select Regions and then choose a region from the sub-menu.

NOTE: Options are set for each region separately. PC*MILER remembers the options you last used for each region, so when you change regions, all options that were previously used for the new region will become active. To create default settings for each region, see section 8.10, Creating Your Own Default Options.

3.5 Using ISO Country Abbreviations (PC*MILER|Worldwide only)

Worldwide country abbreviations may be entered using either the FIPS 2-character, ISO 2-character, or ISO 3-character format. By default, PC*MILER accepts FIPS codes.


If you wish to use ISO abbreviations, select Country Abbreviations in the Tools menu and check either ISO 2-Char or ISO 3-Char. An error message will appear if you try to enter a country abbreviation in a different format than the one selected in the Tools menu.

NOTE: For a list of country abbreviations, see Appendix C or select

State/Country Names… from the Help menu to bring up a reference list for the region selected in the Options dialog box.

3.6 Inserting and Deleting Stops

To insert a stop above the currently highlighted stop on the stop list in the route entry window, choose Insert Stop Above from the Edit menu or press the <F7> key. To delete a stop, highlight it on the list and choose Delete Stop from the Edit menu or press the <F8> key. To delete all stops from the active route entry window, choose Delete All Stops from the Edit menu or press <Alt> and <F8> simultaneously.

3.7 Moving and Copying Stops

Any stop in the route entry window can be moved to a new position on the list. Simply highlight it and, holding the Shift key down, use the up and down arrows on your keyboard. Stops can also be copied from one route window to another. Click on the stop, hold down the left mouse button, and drag and drop the stop into another window.

3.8 Optimizing a Route

PC*MILER can optimize the order of stops in the active route entry window to minimize the total time (when using Practical routing), the total distance (when using Shortest routing), total toll distance (when using Toll Discouraged routing), and distance of the National Network (when using the National Network or 53-Foot Trailer routing). Optimizing a route provides the optimal order of stops, keeping the origin the same. To optimize your route, choose Optimize Stops... from the Route menu or press the <Alt-F10> keys to bring up the dialog box shown below.


The Optimize Stops Mode dialog box gives you the following options:

Route Through All: Stops will be optimized in any order, with only the origin remaining fixed.

Destination Fixed: Keeps the origin and destination the same.

Run route after optimizing stops: Automatically generates the route when optimization is finished.

NOTE: You need at least three stops to optimize with “Route Through All”

and four stops for “Destination Fixed”.

Optimize Stops Mode Dialog Box The system will allow you to review the optimized route and make any necessary changes before generating distances and driving instructions. However, optimization cannot be undone; i.e., the original order of stops cannot be recovered, so you may want to save the original route before optimizing. To interrupt the optimization process, click Cancel in the progress bar.

3.9 Reversing the Order of Stops

Choosing Reverse Stops from the Edit menu will reverse the order of all stops that have been entered. This is especially useful when used in conjunction with the route optimization feature (see section 3.8 above). For example, say you need to make multiple pickups and you want to start at the farthest one on the route and end up at some other location for delivery. Enter the delivery location first, then enter your pickup points. Next, optimize your route keeping the first and last stops the same. After optimizing, reverse the order of stops. This will put your farthest pickup point first on the list, and your delivery point last, with an efficient route in-between.


3.10 Using Via Points For Route Customization

NOTE: In addition to creating via points as described below, there are several other ways to customize routing in PC*MILER, including dragging a route directly on the map (see section 9.11) and creating custom road preferences using the map and/or the Custom Roads Manager (see section 9.16). PC*MILER now gives users the ability to enter up to 12 via points between an origin and destination to guide a route along user-preferred roads. The via points you create can be designated as stops or waypoints (the “waypoint” designation means that these locations were added only to guide the route along desired roads). All via points appear on the stop list as “stops” and are listed as stops in the Detailed Route and State/Country reports; however, waypoints do not appear in drivingdirections. All via points are shown on the RouteMap, with a gray flag if they are waypoints or a yellow flag if they are stops. Via points are saved in a set and can be entered, optionally, with a click of the mouse when subsequent trips between the same origin and destination are entered. Once a set is created, it can be edited, deleted, or exported to a text file as described below. To create a via point set, follow these steps: 1. In a new route entry window, enter at least two stops.

2. Highlight the stop that you wish to designate as the origin. This need not be the origin of the route if multiple stops are entered. You will be creating via points between this highlighted stop and the next stop or destination on the stop list.

3. Click the Create Via Point Set button to open the Via Point Set Manager.

Via Point Set Manager


4. Enter a Radial area applied to this point for the origin and destination of the via point set, or keep the default value (10 miles). The origin and destination locations will be defined as including all points within the radius of the place (city center or postal code center) defined here. The set of via points you are creating will be an option for all future routes run between any points included in the radius around this origin and destination.

5. Use the radio buttons to select whether the via points you are creating in this set will apply only To the destination, only From the destination, or in Both Directions.

6. Click Save Set to save the name of this new set of via points. (You must do this before adding points.)

7. Type a PC*MILER location (city/state, postal code, etc.) and, optionally, a street address in the Via Point Location fields (but do NOT press <Enter>).

8. Select whether this point will be a Stop or a Waypoint. Waypoints are treated like stops but are shown differently on the map: waypoints have gray flags, whereas stops have yellow flags.

9. Click Add to Set. You will see the new via point listed below.

10. Repeat Steps 7-9 as many times as desired to add more via points for the selected set of stops.

11. Click Save Set, then close the dialog box (click the “X” in the upper right corner).

12. In the route window, you will see a “Via” line added where you created via points. Click this line to add the points to the stop list. If you decide not to use the via points for this route, do not click the line.

13. Click Run to run the route. If you activated the via points in Step 12, the route will travel on the preferred roads using the via point stops. If you did not activate them, the route will be defined by PC*MILER (the via points will be ignored).

“Via” Line in the Route Entry Window


To Edit the Set Name:

1. Click the Manage Via Points button in a route window.

2. Select the set you want to edit from the pick list of sets.

3. Click the Edit Set Name button and enter a new name.

4. Click Save and Close, or Cancel to exit without saving the new name. To Edit a Set:

To edit a set at any time, click Manage Via Points in a route window, then select the set you want to edit from the pick list of sets, make your changes, and click Save Set. Editing options include:

Edit the set name (see above).

Delete the set – click Delete Set in the upper right corner of the dialog box. This action cannot be undone.

Change the direction to which the set will be applied.

Add more stops or waypoints as described above.

Delete one or more via points – highlight a point on the list and click the Delete Point button below the list.

Change the type of via point – highlight a location on the list and click the Stop or Waypoint button.

To Export Via Points to a Text File:

1. In the Via Point Manager, click Export Data.

2. Select a file type: text file (*.txt) or comma separated value file (*.csv).

3. Select a location where the file will be saved. By default this is the NA\Options folder of the PC*MILER installation folder (usually C:\ALK Technologies\PMW260); or for PC*MILER|Worldwide users, usually C:\ALK Technologies\PMW261\World\WW\Save).

4. Click OK to save the file.

3.11 The Synonym Table

When you enter a city name that contains an abbreviated word such as "Bch" for "Beach" or "St" for "Saint", the Synonym Table helps PC*MILER successfully locate the city you entered. If you try to enter a place name that contains such an abbreviation and receive an error message, try entering the name using a different abbreviation or spelling out the whole word. Note that only one synonym is valid per place name, e.g. "E Saint Louis" is valid, whereas "E St Louis" is not.


Below are some lines excerpted from the Synonym Table. The syntax for each line is: <translated name>/<possible abbreviations of the translated name>/ The table is contained in a file called "SYNONYM.TAB" in the DataCD folder of the PC*MILER installation (usually C:\ALK Technologies\PCM260\NA\ DataCD, or for PC*MILER|Worldwide, C:\ALK Technologies\PCM261\World\ DataCD).

BEACH/BCH/BCH./BEAC/BEA/ BLUFFS/BLFS/BLF/BLUF/BLUFS/ CAMP/CP/CP./ CENTER/CTR/CTR./CEN/CENT/CNTR/ CITY/CY/CY./CIT/CI/CTY/ EAST/E/E./EST/EAS/ FALLS/FLS/FLS./FALL/FAL/ FORT/FT/FT./FRT/ SAINT/ST/STE/SAINTE/ST./STE./ ST/SAINT/SAINTE/STE./STE/ST./

Note that there is one forward slash [/] separating each of the abbreviations. For example, in the first line, "BEACH" is the translated name and "BCH/ BCH./ BEAC/ BEA" are the possible abbreviations. PC*MILER only uses the Synonym Table when an input city name is not found. For example, if you were to enter "ST LOUIS, CA", PC*MILER will make the translation to "SAINT" based on the Synonym Table.

3.11.1 Modifying the Synonym Table

You can easily modify the Synonym Table to include more abbreviations, just add lines based on the guidelines below using any standard text editor (in Windows, Microsoft® Notepad or Microsoft® Wordpad work well). Additional lines must follow these guidelines: Each line in the file can contain abbreviations for only one translated name.

The first word in the line must be the translated name or a ZIP/postal code. This word can be any length.

All abbreviations for the translated name must be separated by a forward slash [/] following the translated name. Each abbreviation can be any length and can include spaces.

The total length of each line must be less than 80 characters, and the total number of lines cannot exceed 2,000.

Each line must end in a forward slash.


3.12 Border Crossings (U.S. only)

You can enter a state border crossing as a stop on a route using the PC*MILER border crossing naming convention. To quickly locate all possible border crossings between two states, use the [*] wildcard character. For example, to generate a pick list of all Pennsylvania/New Jersey border crossings, enter:

!njpa*, nj

Pick List of NJ/PA Border Crossings

NOTE: A pick list will only be generated if Provide Pick List is checked in the Tools menu > Multiple Name Instances option. Border crossings have the following syntax:

!XXYY Name, XX

where XX is the two-letter abbreviation of the state that is first in alphabetical order, YY is the abbreviation of the state that is second in alphabetical order, and Name is the route name of the route that crosses the border.

In cases where the road name is different on either side of the border, the road name used is the one that lies within the state first in alphabetical order. Border crossing names that are more than 32 characters long in a pick list will be interrupted by a set of ellipses (…). When highlighted, the complete place name will appear at the bottom of the pick list, in a scrollable display area.


3.13 Highway Junctions (North America only)

PC*MILER allows you to access highway junctions between major road types in the United States, Canada, and Mexico. (Note, however, that there are some highway junctions which are truck-inaccessible. These junctions will not be recognized as stops.) To enter a highway junction, use the Spelling Helper. Type “+” (a plus sign) followed by a comma and the state abbreviation. For example, enter

+, in

to generate an alphabetical list of all highway junctions in Indiana. Scroll the pick list of choices, highlight your choice, and click OK.

Pick List of Highway Junctions in Indiana

NOTE: A pick list will only be generated if Provide Pick List is checked in the Tools menu > Multiple Name Instances option. The format for junction names is as follows: the first route name is the lower numbered one, the second route name is the higher numbered one, and the route names are followed by the abbreviation of the state in which the junction is located. An example of this is:

+I 469 IN 37, IN

In cases where two junctions by the same highway pair occur within the same state, the junctions are designated by a location direction (N,S,E,W) relative to the location of the other junction.


For example: +US231 IN 66W, IN is located one mile west of +US231 IN 66E, IN

3.14 Latitude/Longitude Points

PC*MILER enables you to enter latitude/longitude points as stops on a route. These points can be entered in degrees minutes seconds direction format (e.g. 0401750N,0742131W) or decimal degrees (e.g. 40.123N,100.333W). Lat/long points will be labeled in the RouteMap window just like other stops.

REMINDER: When you pass your cursor over the map without pressing the mouse button, its latitude/longitude position is automatically tracked and appears in the status bar in the lower left corner of the program window. In Pick Stops mode, lat/longs can be entered by clicking on the map. Click the Pick Stops button on the toolbar to turn on this mode.

Latitude/Longitude Point on the Map (in North America, with PC*MILER|Streets installed)

Degrees-minutes-seconds format: In degrees-minutes-seconds format the latitude and longitude are each 8 character strings in the following format:

Characters 1-3 specify the degrees (be sure to include leading zero if required)

Characters 4-5 specify the minutes

Characters 6-7 specify the seconds

Character 8 is either ‘N’, ‘n’, ‘W’, or ‘w’ with N’s for latitude and W’s for longitude


Latitude and longitude must be separated by a comma WITHOUT A SPACE. In general the format for a point is: dddmmssN,dddmmssW. Decimal degrees format: In decimal degrees format, latitude and longitude are strings of up to 8 characters representing a decimal number with up to 3 decimal places. No leading zeros are required. The decimal point counts as one of the characters. Latitude and longitude must be separated by a comma WITHOUT A SPACE. In general the format for a point is: dddd.dddN,dddd.dddW. Converting between formats: To convert from degrees-minutes-seconds to decimal degrees use the following formula: dddmmssN ddd + mm/60 + ss/3600. Degrees-minutes-seconds format: In degrees-minutes-seconds format the latitude and longitude are each 8 character strings in the following format:

Characters 1-3 specify the degrees (be sure to include leading zero if required)

Characters 4-5 specify the minutes

Characters 6-7 specify the seconds

Character 8 is either ‘N’, ‘n’, ‘W’, or ‘w’ with N’s for latitude and W’s for longitude

Latitude and longitude must be separated by a comma WITHOUT A SPACE. In general the format for a point is: dddmmssN,dddmmssW. Decimal degrees format: In decimal degrees format, latitude and longitude are strings of up to 8 characters representing a decimal number with up to 3 decimal places. No leading zeros are required. The decimal point counts as one of the characters. Latitude and longitude must be separated by a comma WITHOUT A SPACE. In general the format for a point is: dddd.dddN,dddd.dddW. Converting between formats: To convert from degrees-minutes-seconds to decimal degrees use the following formula: dddmmssN ddd + mm/60 + ss/3600.

3.15 Highway Exits (U.S. only)

PC*MILER includes all Interstate-to-Interstate exit numbers. It also includes all Interstate exits leading to non-Interstate highways. To enter a highway exit as a stop in the route entry window, you can enter “^” (Shift-6) followed by a comma and state abbreviation to bring up a pick list of all


highway exits in that state. For example, to generate a pick list of all exits in New Jersey, enter:

^, nj

Pick List of Highway Exits in New Jersey

NOTE: A pick list will only be generated if Provide Pick List is checked in the Tools menu > Multiple Name Instances option. You may also enter an exit directly. For example, you could type “Î 80 E x273, pa” to enter Exit 273 off Interstate 80 East in Pennsylvania. No spaces are necessary, but the east/west designation must be included. So, for example, valid entries would be:

Î-90 w x35, ny Î 90w x35, ny Î-90wx35, ny

3.16 Truck Stop Locations (U.S. and Canada only)

The PC*MILER database contains truck stops that can be accessed like other places in the PC*MILER database, and can be entered as stops on a route.

NOTE: The truck stop database also includes updated Comdata GeoFUEL truck stop locations. The syntax for a truck stop starts with an "at" symbol [@], then the truck stop name, and the state or province in which the truck stop is located.


To generate a pick list of truck stops in a particular state using the Spelling Helper, use the [@] symbol, a comma, and the state/province abbreviation. For example, for truck stops in Georgia you would enter:

@, ga

Pick List of Truck Stops in Georgia

NOTE: A pick list will only be generated if Provide Pick List is checked in the Tools menu > Multiple Name Instances option. Or to speed up a search for a known truck stop, use the first letter of the truck stop's name, for example, enter:

@c*, ga to generate a pick list of all truck stops in Georgia beginning with the letter "C" that are in the PC*MILER database. You may also pick a truck stop off the map using the mouse (see section 3.2.12). To find truck stops within a specified radius of a location, use the Location Radius search tab in the route entry window (see section 3.19). Truck stops/fueling stations are represented on the map by gas pump icons ( ). These icons can be seen when you are zoomed in to detail level 11 or higher – look in the title bar of the RouteMap window to see the current detail level. (To hide them, keep clicking the Less Detail button up to the minimum level of detail.) Truck stops that are more than 32 characters long will be interrupted in the pick list by a set of ellipses (…). When highlighted, the complete place name will appear at the bottom of the pick list, in a scrollable display area.


3.17 CAT Scale Weigh Stations (U.S. & Canada only)

CAT Scale weigh station locations may be entered as stops on a route. To enter a weigh station, you can type its location in the Stop field preceded by a pound sign (#). An example is:

#Petro Stopping Center, NJ To bring up a pick list of all CAT weigh stations in a particular state, enter a pound sign followed by a comma and the state abbreviation. For example:

#, nj

NOTE: A pick list will only appear if Provide Pick List is checked in the Tools menu > Multiple Name Instances option.

NOTE Also: Users can import newer CAT Scale locations by downloading a file from www.catscale.com. Instructions are provided on the website. You may also pick a CAT weigh station off the map using the mouse (see section 3.2.12). To find CAT weigh stations within a specified radius of a location, use the Location Radius search tab in the route entry window (see section 3.19).

Pick List of CAT Weigh Stations in New York

3.18 State Weigh Stations (U.S. only)

You can also search for and enter state weigh stations as stops. To search for all weight stations in a particular state, use a dollar sign ($). For example:

$*, nj


will bring up a pick list of all state weigh stations in New Jersey.

Pick List of State Weigh Stations in New Jersey

NOTE: A pick list will only be generated if Provide Pick List is checked in the Tools menu > Multiple Name Instances option. You can also pick a state weigh station off the map using the mouse (see section 3.2.12). To find state weigh stations within a specified radius of a location, use the Location Radius search tab in the route entry window (see section 3.19).

3.19 Location Radius

PC*MILER includes a Location Radius tool for easier rate determination and trip planning. Using the Location Radius tab in the route entry window, you can find every place, postal code, custom place, intermodal ramp, and/or point of interest within a specified radius around any location. To use this tool, click on the Location Radius tab, then follow the steps below:

1. Enter a location in the City field and press <Enter> to validate the stop as

you would when entering a stop on a route (for example, a pick list of postal codes will be returned if more than one is available for the location you entered). If PC*MILER|Streets is installed, an address can also be entered.

To quickly enter a location from the stop list in the City or Address tab, just highlight it on the list and click the Location Radius tab.

Any format that can be used for stop entry will be accepted here (city/state, postal code, latitude/longitude, custom place, point of interest, etc.). To quickly enter a stop from the stop list in the City or Address tab, just highlight it on the list and click the Location Radius tab.


2. Select which types of places to include in your search by clicking the appropriate Place Types check boxes. If POIs is checked, a category of POIs can be chosen from the list to the right to narrow the search.

Searching for Postal Codes Within 50 Miles of Iowa City, IA

3. Enter a number of miles for the radius, then click Find. A pick list of all matching places will appear in a separate window.

Pick List of Search Results (Postal Codes Within 10 Miles Selected) You can select one, several, or all matching places to add as stops to the active trip. Highlight the one(s) you wish to select, holding down the Shift or Ctrl key to pick multiple places (use <Ctrl-A> for all). Then click the Add Stop(s) button.


If a stop was highlighted on the stop list, the matching places you select will replace it. To plot the selected matching places on the map, click Plot Points. The plotted points will appear as small red squares.

Plotted Points on the Map To clear points from the map, you can either 1) click Clear in the route entry window Location Radius tab, 2) close the route window containing current trip, or 3) click Find to initiate a new search. Click Save to save the results of your search in a .txt text file for later reference. The default location for the file will be the Pmw260\NA\Options or Pmw261\World\WW\Save folder in your PC*MILER or PC*MILER|Worldwide installation folder. To copy all or part of the results to the Windows clipboard for pasting into another application, highlight your selection and press <Ctrl-C> on the keyboard.

NOTE: The maximum number of matching places that can be displayed after

you execute the search is 15,000. In some cases you may need to specify a smaller radius to get a complete list of matches. The title bar of the search results window will show how many places are displayed.

3.20 Running a Route

For a route to be generated, there must be a valid origin and at least one valid destination entered in the route entry window. To generate the route, click on the Run button in the route entry window (or press the <F10> key or choose Run from the Route menu).


Generated Route in the Route Entry Window The default route types per region are listed below (see section 8.9 – 8.10 on changing routing options):

For North America: Practical, Borders Open, Highway Only, Use Ferry Distances, Tolls Discount - US$, Hazmat - None

For All Other Regions: (PC*MILER|Worldwide only) Practical, Borders Open, Use Ferry Distances

Distances can be calculated in tenths, hundredths, or thousandths of miles or kilometers. Open the Tools menu and select Distance Display to set this option. To set the unit of distance (miles vs. kilometers) use the Options or Default Options dialog box (see sections 8.9 and 8.10). When processing is finished, mileage, cost, and time estimates will appear to the right of each stop on the list. If an arrival or departure time was entered, the ETA at each stop will also be calculated. From left to right, the columns are:

Miles (or Km) – Shows the distance for each leg of the trip.

Total – Shows the cumulative mileage at each stop.

TotalCost – Shows the cumulative estimated cost at each stop, including tolls if PC*MILER|Tolls is installed. This cost is calculated by multiplying PC*MILER’s default cost per mile by the number of miles. The cost per mile settings can be customized using the Options or Default Options dialog box – see sections 8.9.2 and 8.10.

Hours – Shows the cumulative estimated driving time for the trip.

Tolls – (Only if PC*MILER|Tolls is installed) Shows toll costs for each trip leg. (For toll cost totals, generate a State Distance Summary or Comparison report – see sections 8.1 and 8.5.)

ETA/ETD – If an arrival or departure time was entered, this column shows the departure time at the origin (this time is an estimate if an arrival time was entered) and estimated arrival time(s) at each stop.


To the right of the SPLC box, you will see a color bar that displays the color of the route as it is drawn on the RouteMap. The color bar enables you to quickly match a route window with its route on the RouteMap when multiple routes have been generated. In the title bar of the route window, you will see a summary of the options that are active for this route. These may be the PC*MILER default options or they may have been selected manually in the Options dialog box (see section 8.9).

NOTE for PC*MILER|Streets Users: By default, routes are calculated with

the “Use Highway Only” option turned on. This option can affect distance calculation, and may be turned off. See section 8.9.1.2 for more information.

3.21 Generating Multiple Routes

For comparison purposes, you may want to route through different locations while keeping the routes you already generated. You can do this by simply opening a new route entry window for each route you run. Use the New Route command in the File menu or click on the New Route button on the toolbar. To duplicate an existing route in a new window for editing, see section 3.23. You may keep up to eight route entry windows open simultaneously. The active route window will have a highlighted title bar at the top. Each open route will be drawn in a different color in the RouteMap window when it is open. Routes are identified in the Route Legend (select Legends from the Map menu and check Route Legend if this legend is not visible) and their corresponding route color is highlighted in the route entry window. Reports can be run for each generated route; each report will appear in a separate window. Using the Windows menu can help you find and activate a route or report window when you have multiple windows open. You’ll see all open routes and reports listed at the bottom of the menu. Select one to bring it forward.

NOTE: You may want to use the Split Screen display mode described in section 3.22 below to organize multiple windows.


3.22 Split Screen View Option

The Split Screen display mode groups multiple route entry windows, open reports, and the RouteMap window into their own areas in the PC*MILER program window. This feature can eliminate the need to manually reposition and resize windows when comparing routes and reports. To turn on Split Screen mode, either select Split Screen View in the Windows menu or click the Split Screen View button on the toolbar. To turn it off, uncheck the menu option or click the activated toolbar button to toggle it off. To close all open windows, you can close them individually or select Close All in the File menu.

NOTE: The RouteMap window cannot be minimized in Split Screen mode. You must turn Split Screen mode off before minimizing it.

NOTE Also: The Split Screen view works best when the PC*MILER application window is maximized. Not every window type needs to be open for the Split Screen view to work. As windows are opened and closed, grouped windows will be resized in their own areas to accommodate the changes. When multiple reports are open, they will be placed one behind another and tabbed. Note that the scroll bar for the route windows is on the right edge of the program window unless the RouteMap and at least one report are open. Some layout scenarios include:

Split Screen With Multiple Route Windows Split Screen View With All Window Types Open

Scroll Bar for Multiple Route Windows


3.23 Duplicating a Route for Easy Comparison

To duplicate a route, choose Duplicate Route from the File menu either before or after running the route. A new route entry window opens that contains all the stops from the original route. This option makes it easy to compare different route types (for example, Shortest and Practical) for the same route.

3.24 Framing a Route on the Map

To frame a route on the map, simply click the Frame button in the route entry window after the route has been generated. For more on framing routes and geographic areas, see section 9.19.

3.25 Customizing Location Names

PC*MILER gives you the capability to assign your own names to locations in the PC*MILER database. To do this, choose Manage Custom Places... from the Tools menu or press <F2> to bring up the Custom Place Manager dialog box. Enter your custom name in the Custom Name field and the PC*MILER location in the Location field, then click Add. There is no limit to the number of characters allowed in the custom name. The PC*MILER name in the Location field can be in any format that is valid for stop entry, or may be picked from the map (see section 3.2.12).

NOTE: If you are entering a SPLC, be sure to check the box labeled “SPLC”

before entering the code.

Custom Place Manager (Address data shown above can be entered only if PC*MILER|Streets data is installed)


If you need spelling help in the Location field, you must first make an entry in the Custom Name field and then enter at least the first two letters of a city name followed by a comma or space and the state/province/country abbreviation. (Note that trying to get spelling help when the Custom Name field is empty will result in an “invalid entry” error message.)

NOTE: The same custom name cannot be used more than once. Any custom point on the Custom Name list can be entered as a stop on a route. There are two ways to do this:

Type the name into a route entry window, or

In the Custom Place Manager, highlight the name on the list and click Pick Stop to enter it as a stop in the most recently active route window.

Custom names are marked with an asterisk (*) in the route entry window and on all reports and the real name of the place is in parentheses. Custom names and locations that are more than 32 characters long will end with a set of ellipses (…). To delete a place from the Manager, highlight it on the list and click on Delete. Use the Delete All button to delete all custom places. Any changes to the list of custom places are saved when you exit PC*MILER. An unlimited number of custom places may be created.

NOTE: Canadian postal codes and SPLC can be entered as custom places, if you purchased the necessary add-on data modules. Custom places using Canadian postal codes and SPLC are created in the same manner as ZIP codes. However, SPLC customers must be sure that the SPLC box in the Custom Place Manager is selected before entering the SPLC.

3.25.1 Converting Custom Place Files from Older Versions

Custom places that were saved in older versions of PC*MILER can be transferred and converted to PC*MILER Version 26 or 26.1 using the steps below.

IMPORTANT: You should convert your old custom places to the new format following the steps below before using the Custom Place Manager to create new places in Version 26. If you have already created new places in Version 26, you’ll need to contact Technical Support – see section 14.1.

NOTE Also: After you complete the steps below, it could take up to 5 minutes to start PC*MILER when a large number of files need to be updated.


From Version 23, 24 or 25 to Version 26: The instructions use Version 25 or 25.1 as the previous version – substitute your own previous version number. 1. Close PC*MILER if it is open.

2. In Windows Explorer, select and copy all files EXCEPT version.dat* in the NA (or World) \Options\ user_places\user folder in your PC*MILER Version 25 or 25.1 installation folder (usually located in C:\Program Files\ALK Technologies\PMW25x).

3. Paste the files you copied into the NA\Options\user_places\user or (for Worldwide users) World\WW\Save\user_places\user folder in your PC*MILER Version 26 or 26.1 installation (usually located in C:\ALK Technologies\PMW26x).

* It is very important to avoid copying and pasting the version.dat file, because POI’s won’t be recognized in Version 26 if this file is copied and pasted.

The next time you run PC*MILER Version 26 or 26.1, your custom places will automatically be updated for compatibility.

From Version 22 to Version 26: To convert custom places from Version 22 (or 22.1) to Version 26 (or 26.1), follow the steps below: 1. Close PC*MILER if it is open.

2. In Windows Explorer, navigate to the PC*MILER Version 22 or 22.1 installation folder (usually located in C:\Program Files\ALK Technologies\ PMW22x), open the NA (or World)\Options\user_places\user folder, and delete the poi.set file.

3. Now move up to the NA (or World)\Options folder. Select and copy all files with the filename “ao*.*” (i.e. all files with a name that begins with “ao”).

4. Paste the files you copied into the NA\Options\user_places\user or (for Worldwide users) World\WW\Save\user_places\user folder in your PC*MILER Version 26 or 26.1 installation (usually located in C:\ALK Technologies\PMW26x).

The next time you run PC*MILER Version 26 or 26.1, your custom places will automatically be updated for compatibility.


3.25.2 Exporting Custom Places PC*MILER gives you the ability to export saved custom places in a .csv (“Comma Separated Value”) Excel file or a tab-delimited text file. This feature enables you to integrate custom places into new version releases, as the export file can be easily imported into a new version’s database (see section 3.25). It may also help users audit the information currently stored in the database. To access the Export feature, select Manage Custom Places from the Tools menu to open the Custom Place Manager, then click Export All. All custom places in the database will be exported.

Export Custom Places Dialog Box

In the dialog box that opens, you’ll need to do the following: 1. Select a file type in the Save as type pick list. To save your export file as a

comma-delimited Excel file, choose “.csv”, or choose “.txt” to save as a tab-delimited text file.

NOTE: If some of your custom places are defined as lat/long locations, you may want to select the tab delimited text file format rather than an Excel file format because the comma between the latitude and longitude in .csv files is interpreted as a new column. However, columns can easily be adjusted in the saved file if you prefer an Excel file.

2. Assign a file name.

3. Select a target location where the export file will be saved. The default location is the NA\Options or World\WW\Save folder in the PC*MILER 26.x installation (usually located in C:\ALK Technologies\PMW260 or PMW261).

4. Click Save to create the export file.


Sample export files are shown below:

Sample Excel File of Custom Places (Columns Adjusted)

Sample Tab-Delimited Text File (Column Widths Adjusted)

3.26 Creating Custom Latitude/Longitude Points

You can create custom places in the PC*MILER database by using the Custom Place Manager (see section 3.25) to assign a name of your choosing to a latitude/longitude point. For instance, you could type “My House” in the Custom Name field, and “40n,100w” in the Location field. After you add this name to the list, you’ll be able to enter “My House” as a stop on your route. Another way to do this is to click on any place or point on the map in the RouteMap window while the Custom Place Manager is open. The latitude and longitude for the point you selected will be entered in the Location field. You can then type your custom name in the Custom Name field and click Add to add it to the database.


3.27 Importing Custom Places

NOTE: To import places with addresses, you must have the PC*MILER| Streets data module installed.

NOTE Also: See section 3.14 for the correct way to format latitude/longitude

points. See section 3.2 for all other stop entry formats that are accepted by the Import Custom Place Wizard.

Using the Import Custom Place Wizard, you can import sets of custom places which were created in an environment independent of PC*MILER. You can also enter whole sets of imported places as stops in the route entry window, enabling stop entry of large sets of custom places which otherwise would have to be manually typed into a route entry window. The Import Custom Place Wizard loads tab-delimited text or Microsoft Excel 4.0 records, tries to match each record to a place or address range in the database, converts them to a format that PC*MILER can use, and then 1) adds the custom names to the PC*MILER database and 2) enters them in a route window as stops on a route if this option is selected. (PC*MILER|Worldwide only) If the PC*MILER|Worldwide data module is installed, files containing custom places in different world regions can be imported, including custom and location names with special characters. If a file contains places from more than one world region, the region may be specified for each place to avoid importing an incorrect location. The following are acceptable formats for places in the input file: 75001 FR (postal code and state/country) 75001 FR EU (postal code, state/country and region) 75001 FR Paris (postal code, state/country and city) 75001 FR Paris EU (postal code, state/country, city, and region) Here are several lines from two sample files of custom places that are suitable for importing:

Sample Excel File


Sample Text File Showing Tab Characters

NOTE: Please see the NOTEs in the instructions for Step 2: Create a File Format below for more on how to format your import file to successfully import custom places. The import process includes six basic steps, described on the following pages: Step 1. Open a file of custom place names (.txt or .xls file)

Step 2. Create a file format using column headings

Step 3. Set options for processing

Step 4. Process the file (this process is referred to as “geocoding”)

Step 5. View and edit the results

Step 6. Add the custom place set to the PC*MILER database and/or enter the set of places as stops in a route entry window.

STEP 1: Open the Input File

1. To begin, select Import Custom Places from the Tools menu. 2. In the Open Custom Places File dialog box, navigate to the drive and directory

where your data file is located. 3. Next, you must specify the type of file you are importing by making a selection

in the Files of type drop-down list box. For file type, choose between tab delimited text (.txt) or Excel 4 files (.xls). Please note that Excel files from any version of Excel higher than 4.0 cannot be imported. Files created using more recent versions of Excel must first be saved in Excel 4.0 format from within Excel.

4. Select the file to be imported, then click Open.


Open Custom Places Dialog

STEP 2: Create a File Format

When you open a data file, the Import Custom Places Wizard is activated. The Wizard will organize and process the data in your file. When the Wizard first opens, the table at the bottom of the window displays the records in your data file. Each column heading will tell PC*MILER what type of data is in that column. Initially, all columns are labeled Skip, meaning that PC*MILER cannot interpret what type of data is in each column. Left-mouse click on each column heading and choose an appropriate category from the pop-up menu. Possible data categories are: Name (your custom names), Address (if PC*MILER|Streets data is installed), City, State, LatLong, ZipCode, Region, and Skip. Highlight a category on the menu, then click again to select it. Each of the categories can be applied to only one column, with the exception of Skip. Label a column Skip if the data in it should not be read (e.g. memos or descriptions) or if it is blank. To adjust column width in the table for better visibility, move your cursor over the column margin between two headings. When the cursor changes to an arrow, hold down the left mouse button, drag the margin to the desired width, then let go. For an input file that is a text file, the Delimeter option establishes where each new column should start in the file you are importing. (If the input file is an Excel file, columns will import as they appear in Excel.) The data elements in your import file can be separated by a Tab (this is the default option) or any other character of your choosing. However, you cannot combine different types of separators. To use a delimiter other than a tab, click Other, then type the character you want to use in the Other Delimiter box and click Reformat. Then scroll the table to check it. In order for PC*MILER to process your records, they must be aligned correctly in the table.


Import Custom Place Wizard with Skip Headers (Address data shown above can be imported only if PC*MILER|Streets data is installed)

If the first line of the data file that you imported contains column headings, check First row contains column headings in the Column Order section of the window and that first row of information will be ignored and excluded from the table. You will still need to specify columns that PC*MILER can recognize as described above. A custom name column and at least one location column must be specified for the import process to work. The location can be specified by labeling City and State columns, a LatLong column, or a ZipCode column. (Location information can be determined from any of these entries, exactly like when a stop is entered in the route entry window.) The import will only process one type of location, in this order of precedence: LatLong, Zip, or City and State. If you label more than one type of location, the types that are of lower precedence will be ignored.

NOTE: If you want to import a file that has different types of locations (postal code, city and state, and/or latlong) on different rows, and/or different combinations of types (such as postal code and state), first use the =citytolatlong() function in PC*MILER|Spreadsheets to convert those types consistently to LatLong, then import that file specifying a Name column and that LatLong column as the only location. See the PC*MILER|Spreadsheets User’s Guide for instructions on how to use the =citytolatlong() function.


Import Custom Place Wizard – With Column Headers (Address data shown above can be imported only if PC*MILER|Streets data is installed)

ADDITIONAL NOTES: The more information you include, the more certain you will be to find a unique match. Import Custom Places will import a file that has city and state combined into a single column (label this column "City"), or zip code, city and state combined into a single column (label this column "Zipcode"). A county name may optionally be included at the end of either one. A space should separate the ZIP code from the city, a comma should separate the city from the state, and a comma should separate the state from the county. For example, any of the following are acceptable: City Princeton Princeton, NJ Princeton, NJ, Mercer ZipCode 08540 08540, NJ 08540 Princeton, NJ 08540 Princeton, NJ, Mercer If you are importing custom places outside of the USA and Canada, please be aware that postal codes are not unique, the same postal code may exist in multiple countries and may cover multiple cities, with their own lat/longs, within the same country. In order to successfully import custom places that are postal codes


ouside of USA and Canada, you will have the most success if you specify as much country, city and county information as possible. Feel free to combine this information into a single column labeled "Zipcode", such as the following: ZipCode 22021, GR 22021 Akovos, GR 22021 Akovos, GR, Arkadhia If you are importing custom places outside of North America and are using something other than a latitude/longitude for location, before importing you will need to change the region to one of the regions outside of North America (Route menu > Options...), and you may also need to change the country code format to correspond to the country code system you are using (Tools menu > Country Abbreviations…).

To save time in the future, your current column settings may be saved. When the column headers are set the way you want them, click Save Column Order at the bottom of the window. Give a name to your template in the prompt that appears.

The name of your template can be up to 128 characters long. It may contain spaces, and any type of character. After typing a name, click OK. In the future, to apply a saved template to data displayed in the table, select the template name from the Column Order drop-down list box.

STEP 3: Set Geocoding Options Clicking Options in the Geocode File window opens the Geocoding Options dialog box. These settings determine which of the records in your import file will be processed, how multiple cities that have the same name will be handled, and – if PC*MILER|Streets data is installed – how exact the matching will be when your address data is compared with locations in the database. If you are satisfied with the default settings for these options, you can skip this step. (If PC*MILER|Streets data is installed) When Accept exact matches only is selected (this is the default choice), locations with addresses will only be accepted if a 100% exact match is found in the PC*MILER database.


Geocoding Options Dialog Box If Accept match on road name is selected, points with an "incorrect" address number (one that doesn’t have a match in the database) but "correct" street name will be accepted and added to the PC*MILER database based on the road name. For example, if the database contains “50-100 Washington Street” and an address is “48 Washington Street”, it will be accepted. Under Geocoding Options, the Use Hwy Only option should be checked if address data in the input file is to be ignored. When an import location includes City and State columns without an accompanying postal code, the Multiple City Only Matches option tells PC*MILER whether to search for a postal code. If Use Default is checked, the first matching postal code for that city in the database will be selected (this option is checked by default). If this box is not checked, the record will be treated as a non-match with the database and won’t be accepted. The options under Records to Process determine how many and which rows of data in the table will become custom places. Select All to have all the data processed, or Selected to process only some of the records. If you choose Selected, enter the range of records to be processed. Click on the Save button to make these the default settings. Click OK to save your geocoding criteria and return to the list of custom places, or click Cancel to discard your changes.

STEP 4: Process the File While your records are being processed, the progress of the data matching and its success rate will be displayed and updated on your screen.


At the top of the Results window these calculations will be displayed: Total Records - The total number of records that have been processed.

Total Geocoded - The total number of records that have been successfully matched with a location in the PC*MILER database. Beside this number (in parentheses) is the percentage of the total records that have been matched.

Seconds/Record - The average time spent on processing each record.

Elapsed Time - The time elapsed since the start of the record matching process.

The Confidence percentages indicate four levels of confidence in the accuracy of the data matching for each record as follows: 1 Exact = 100% An exact match was made.

2 Good = 80-99% Reasonably confident, and picks a stop from the database. (Applies when street-level data is imported, not available outside the U.S. and Canada)

3 Fair = 50-79% Inexact match, but does pick a stop from the database. (Applies when street-level data is imported, not available outside the U.S. and Canada)

4 Fail = < 50% There is no possible match, and no stop is picked. The Num Records column indicates the total number of records which fall into each of the above categories. % of Records is the percentage of the total records that fall into each category. You can stop the processing of data at any time by clicking the Cancel button. The results of your search up to the point at which you canceled will not be discarded, they will be displayed in the Results window, described in Step 5. When processing has finished, you can expand the Results window to see detailed information about each record that was processed (see below).


STEP 5: View and Edit the Results

When the data matching process is complete, you will see the results in the Results window. This window lets you to view the results, add the geocoded records to the PC*MILER list of Custom Places, and set guidelines for adding these records. Expand the size of the window if necessary for a better view of its contents. You can click OK at any time in the Results window to close the Import Custom Place Wizard, but closing the window will mean losing your import results.

Import Custom Places Wizard – Results Window (Address data shown above can be imported only if PC*MILER|Streets data is installed)

In the Accept column, accepted records have a plus sign in front of them (+) to indicate that they were successfully matched with a location in the PC*MILER database. Records without a plus sign were not matched in the database. The records in each column can be sorted. (They will sort either alphabetically and/or numerically, depending on the contents of the column.) Click on a column heading to sort the column. Click again to toggle between ascending and descending order. Several columns in the Results table display information about the success or failure of each record as it was processed. (If you cannot see all the columns, scroll horizontally using the scroll bar, adjust the column widths, or expand the window itself.) These columns are:


Accept – If a cell in this column contains a plus sign (+), the record will be imported as a custom place into PC*MILER. If the cell is empty, the record will not be imported.

(If PC*MILER|Streets data is installed) Whether or not a matched record is labeled as Accepted depends on your Address Matches setting in the Geocoding Options window (see Step 3). If you selected Accept exact matches only, only those matches with a 100% confidence level will be labeled as accepted. If you selected Accept match on road name, any record returned as a match will be labeled as accepted.

To change the acceptance status of a matched record, click on the record’s Accept cell to toggle the plus sign. It is also possible to change the acceptance status of an unmatched record. (See the description of the Edit Custom Place dialog box in section 3.27.1).

Conf - This column shows the confidence level of each record’s match:

1 = 100% confidence

2 = 80-99% confidence (Applies when street-level data is imported, not available outside the U.S. and Canada)

3 = 50-79% confidence (Applies when street-level data is imported, not available outside the U.S. and Canada)

4 = Lower than 50% confidence

Error - If a record was not a 100% confidence match, this column will tell you why.

Match - This column displays the city or address that was a match in the database.

Choose where you want to send your selected records by setting the Add selected Places to options at the bottom of the window. Check Custom Place Manager if you want to add the records as custom places in the database, or clear the check box if not. Check Route Entry Window to enter these places as stops in a route entry window. (See section 3.25.2 below to specify whether the stops are entered in a new window or the active route window.) At least one of these options must be selected. Select one of the two Include options to determine which records will be added. If Accepted [+] is selected, all records categorized as such will be added. If All Geocoded is selected, all the records that were matched with a database stop at confidence level 1 or 2 (see above) will be added. To edit a record, highlight it and then click on the Edit button (see section 3.25.1 for more information).


Click the Options… button to open the Custom Place Manager Options dialog that enables resolution of various data conflicts and errors when importing custom places (see section 3.25.2).

To save the information in the Results window as either a text file or an Excel file, click the Export button.

STEP 6: Add Your Custom Places

When you are satisfied with all the settings in the Results window, click Add to import the custom places. If the selected places were transferred to a route entry window, that window will open. (See section 3.27.2 below on selecting whether a new or existing window is used.)

Route Entry Window With Imported Places As Stops If you selected to have the custom places imported into the PC*MILER database, the Custom Place Manager will open and you will be able to see your new custom places added to the list. Click OK in the Manager to save your imported custom places. If you click Cancel, the custom places you imported will be discarded.

Custom Place Manager With Imported Places Listed


3.27.1 Editing Custom Place Records To edit or verify a record, highlight the line you wish to see in the Results window and click Edit, or simply double-click the line. In the Edit Custom Place dialog box, you’ll see all matches that were found in the PC*MILER database for that location listed and displayed on a map.

Edit Custom Place Dialog Box To zoom into a match on the map, double-click it on the list; or you can use the zoom tools above the map to zoom in to or away from the selected match. A zoom control and compass can be used for additional map navigation. To return to displaying all matches, click the Show All Matches button above the map. Under the map, the fields on the left show the name and data included in the highlighted record. These fields can be edited. On the right, all matches are listed and the Selected Match field shows the complete record in the PC*MILER database for the match that is highlighted on the list. To search for a wide range of possible matches, you can enter the first few characters of a faulty postal code or city/state name and then click Find All Matches. For example, type “085” in the LatLong, Postal Code, or City, State field to get a list of all postal codes that begin with “085”. (Note that if there is an address in the Street Address field, you should delete it before performing the search for best results.) Another editing option is to pick a point from the map by right-clicking the map and then selecting Pick Stop from the menu. All fields will be populated with the address and lat/long information for the new point. Note that you can repeat this


action to pick a new point, but the only way to recover the original match(es) is to cancel out of the dialog box.

TIP: You can select multiple records to edit in the Results window using the Shift or Ctrl key. You can only edit one record at a time, but when you click OK to add your edit, the Edit Custom Place dialog will remain open and the next record you selected will appear. Click OK to exit the dialog box and save your edits, or Cancel to cancel the edits.

3.27.2 Custom Place Manager Options

Clicking Options… in the Results window will open the Custom Place Manager Options dialog box. This dialog enables resolution of various data conflicts and errors that may occur when importing custom places. The Duplicate Custom Places option determines how PC*MILER handles a custom place that has the same name as an already existing custom place. If Override existing place is selected, your new custom place will override the one already in the database. If Do not override existing place is selected, the older custom place will remain intact, and your new custom place will be discarded. If Prompt for each duplicate is selected, each time a conflict is found a message will appear that asks which record should be retained.

Custom Place Manager Options Dialog Box


The Existing PC*MILER Places option determines what happens when record data somehow conflicts with what already exists in the database (i.e. if you entered 08540, the ZIP code of Princeton, NJ, with the city/state Los Angeles, CA). If Override existing place is selected, your new custom place will override the one created in PC*MILER. If Do not override existing place is selected, the existing place will remain intact and your new custom place will be discarded. If Prompt for each conflict is selected, a message will appear each time a conflict is found that asks which record should be retained. When Prompt on errors is selected, records that have errors will be brought to your attention (such as illegal characters), and you will be asked if you want to keep or discard them. If this option is not selected, the faulty records will automatically be discarded.

The Adding places to route entry window option tells PC*MILER which window to add selected places to when Route Entry Window is selected in the Results window. If Add to topmost window is selected, the selected places will be added to the route entry window that is currently active. If Create a new window is selected, a new route entry window will be opened, and the selected places will be added to it. Click the Save button to make these the default settings in the Import Custom Place Wizard. Click OK to apply the edits you made to the current file, or Cancel to discard the changes. You will be returned to the Results window (see Step 5).


Least Cost Routing

Costing has always been an important use of PC*MILER. Among ALK customers there has been a growing interest in using PC*MILER to help with the trade-off of toll costs, costs per mile, and costs per hour in determining a “least cost” route.

In response to the needs of our customers, ALK began to research the relevant costing issues using several cost factors (typical miles per gallon, cost per gallon, fuel cost per mile, other cost per mile, and labor cost per hour for an 18-wheeler) and found that:

a slower (less “practical”) route is the least-cost route 58% of the time,

regardless of diesel price, provided the truck can still make its delivery window and its pickup window for its next load;

if the least-cost route is chosen, there is the potential to save 0.6/% - 0.9% in costs, on average1;

when diesel prices are high, the least-cost route is more likely to be a “shorter” route compared to when diesel prices are low; and

the absolute amount of savings from choosing a least-cost route is insensitive to diesel price.

Of the 90 origin/destination pairs used in ALK’s study2, the O/D with the largest difference in cost, regardless of diesel price, was Chicago, IL to Washington, DC. At a fuel price of $2.71/gallon, the savings if the “least cost” route was chosen would be $79, or 7.8% 3:

Chicago, IL to Washington, DC

Route Miles Hours Cost

Total Tolls Fuel Time Maint

Prac 697.1 11.60 $1,010 $147 $315 $465 $84

Prac|Toll 776.8 12.90 $961 $0 $351 $517 $93

Short 689.9 12.10 $994 $115 $312 $485 $83

Short|Toll 700.1 13.23 $931 $0 $316 $531 $84

Least-cost difference 3.0 1.63 -$79 -$147 $1 $66 $0

4 Ch

apte

r

Chapter 4: Least Cost Routing 107

Would a customer in the above scenario actually save $79 in cost if they chose the “least cost” route? That would depend on a lot of factors that are external to the route:

where the driver is in their hours of service cycle

the delivery time window for the truck and driver’s current load

the pickup time window for the truck and driver’s next load

alternative opportunities to match a different truck and driver to the next load (for a dispatcher of company drivers) or to choose a different next load (for an owner-operator)

On the basis of all the above findings, ALK has developed a new Least Cost routing feature that considers user-specified values for miles per gallon, cost per gallon, fuel cost per mile, other costs per mile, labor cost per hour, and stop costs – and includes a parameter for a greenhouse gas emission estimate. Least Cost routing generates a series of alternative routes with distance, time and cost estimates, and lets the dispatcher or driver (or an external system, such as a truck dispatch optimization system) choose an optimal route, considering factors such as those cited above that are external to the route. If PC*MILER|Tolls is installed, toll costs are factored in as well. ______________________________ Reference Notes: 1 - These results are for 48' equipment. It is expected that the potential savings for 53' equipment will be

lower, due to fewer opportunities for legal alternative routes. 2 - The O/D pairs used for the study connect the centers of the 10 largest metro areas in the U.S. 3 - Sources of “average” data used in the study were default values for drivers paid by the hour, along with

values from a recent American Transportation Research Institute (ATRI) study (An Analysis of the Operational Costs of Trucking), the U.S. Energy Administration, and typical miles per gallon for an 18-wheeler.


4.1 Using Least Cost Routing

To calculate Least Cost routing, follow the steps below:

STEP 1: In a new route entry window, enter an origin and at least one destination.

Origin and Destination Entered for Least Cost Routing

STEP 2: Click the Options button in the route entry window, then click the Cost/Time tab in the Options dialog box.

Options Dialog Box, Cost/Time Tab

You’ll see several fields where you can enter your own settings that affect Least Cost routing: Fuel Cost Per Gallon, MPG (Miles per Gallon), Other Cost Per Mile (enter the sum of your own miscellaneous/maintenance costs here), and

Chapter 4: Least Cost Routing 109

Labor Cost Per Hour. Also notice the Greenhouse Gases field. You may run Least Cost routing using current defaults, or you can add your own parameters.

NOTE: The Fuel Cost Per Mile value is dependent on the values that are set for Fuel Cost Per Gallon and Miles Per Gallon; Stop Costs and Break times are the same for all route types and do affect Least Cost because they affect the Total Cost; and whether a Border Wait time calculation is used may depend on the “Borders Open” setting in the General tab and therefore does not affect Least Cost routing directly.

NOTE Also: The Vehicle Profile option in the Route menu lets you set up your own profiles for particular vehicles or groups of vehicles that include time/cost and vehicle dimension settings. See section 8.11.

STEP 3: When the parameters are as you want them in the Options dialog box, click OK.

STEP 4: Back in the route entry window, click the Least Cost button to run the route. A series of windows will be generated in the following positions in Split Screen display mode: route windows for all Least Cost routes will be in the upper left quadrant (they may not all be visible – you can scroll the list or use the Windows menu to see those that are hidden); the RouteMap window will show all generated routes in the upper right quadrant; and a Comparison Report listing all calculated totals for each route will fill the bottom portion of the screen, as shown below.

Least Cost Route Windows in Split Screen View

Route Entry Windows for All Calculated Routes

RouteMap Window

Comparison Report Lists Totals for All Calculated Routes


NOTE: Internally, PC*MILER calculates six route types for Least Cost routing, but if the total cost is the same for two or more of these routes, not all routes will be displayed in route windows or in the Comparison Report. Route types that PC*MILER calculates for every route are: Practical, Practical with Toll Discouraged, Shortest, Shortest with Toll Discouraged, Fastest, and Fastest with Toll Discouraged. If additional reports are generated for individual routes, tabs will appear behind the Comparison Report. Each tab will tell you which route the report belongs to and the name of the report. Clicking a tab will bring the corresponding report forward. To see a route window that is hidden, use the scroll bar in the upper left quadrant or select it from the list of all generated routes at the bottom of the Windows menu. In the Split Screen view, the content of the RouteMap window and route entry windows can be manipulated as in the normal display mode, but the RouteMap window and route windows cannot be resized or minimized. To turn Split Screen mode off after Least Cost routing has been generated, toggle the Split Screen button on the toolbar or uncheck Split Screen View in the Windows menu. To close all route windows at once, select the File menu > Close All > Routes.

HINT: To pan the map, try using the Drag Map button on the toolbar. To run another Least Cost route calculation without leaving the Split Screen, you can simply delete all stops from any route entry window (select Delete All Stops in the Edit menu), then add new stops and click Least Cost. The new routes will be calculated and all windows will then reflect the Least Cost calculations for the new origin and destination(s).


Time-Based Routing

In recent years, ALK Technologies has become aware that a number of our customers are interested in considering time of day, day of the week, and time zones when calculating and reporting routes, distances, travel times, and toll costs. Up to and including Version 26, PC*MILER default routes, distances, travel times and toll costs are calculated based on:

average road speeds by state/province, urban/rural, and class of road;

height, length, width, and weight restrictions that apply during the majority of the commonly traveled seasons of the year, days of the week, and times of day;

seasonal roads being open during shipping and receiving seasons, but not to through traffic;

and peak-period toll costs for the most recently updated quarter of the release year.

These fundamental routing criteria work well for the many purposes of our users, and will always be foundational to ALK’s industry-leading PC*MILER products. The time-based feature enhancements described in this chapter were added in PC*MILER Version 25 and now offer more precise travel time estimates to those users who are interested. New PC*MILER capabilities related to time-based routing allow users to:

specify a departure or arrival date and time for more realistic transit times;

calculate truck-specific toll costs based on the time of day (PC*MILER|Tolls

must be installed);

and calculate more accurate transit times based on industry-leading historical traffic data.

Time-based routing can be run with or without the use of traffic data to increase the precision of travel time calculations. When time-based routing is used, ETA/ETD information appears in the route entry window, Detailed Route Report, and Driver’s Report.

5 Ch

apte

r


5.1 Route Generation With ETA/ETD

Time-Based Routing Options in the Route Entry Window

Beginning in Version 25, optional time and date settings in the route entry window can now be used to generate time-based routing that determines estimated times of arrival (ETA) and departure (ETD) based on a user-specified departure or arrival day and time. An ETA is calculated for every stop and toll plaza on the route (PC*MILER|Tolls must be installed to access toll information). Follow the steps below to generate time-based routing. 1. Select the Tools menu > Time Zone Display > and choose the desired option.

This setting affects how dates/times are reported, not how they are calculated.

Local: Reported ETA/ETD will conform to the time zone where each stop or toll plaza is located (applies in all world regions).

System: ETA/ETD at stops and toll plazas will be reported based on the time zone setting on the host computer.

Specific: Select a time zone by region (options will reflect the world region selected in the Options dialog). ETA/ETD at all stops and toll plazas will be reported using this time zone (available only for NA and Europe).

Optional Date/Time Settings and “Use Traffic Data” Checkbox

Column Displaying Calculated ETA/ETD

Chapter 5: Time-Based Routing 113

2. In the route entry window, enter the following information:

Depart/Arrive:

Select Depart (to set the departure day/time at the trip’s origin) or Arrive (to set the arrival time at the trip’s last stop). If this setting is changed after a route is calculated, the ETD and ETA’s will automatically recalculate. If this field is blank, time-based routing won’t be used for the trip.

Date or Day of the Week:

Use the button to the right of the Depart/Arrive setting to toggle between day of the week or date (in Month/Day/Year format). Then click the arrow on the drop-down list to the right of the button to select a day of the week or a date, depending on how the button is toggled. Alternatively, you can type abbreviations such as “T” for Tuesday or “1” for January.

Day of the Week Pick List Picking a Date From the Calendar

NOTE: To change the defaults for the Depart/Arrive and Day of Week/Date settings to those you want to use frequently, select the Route menu > Default Date and Time > and choose the desired setting:


Time of Day:

A time of day must also be entered. Click on the hour, minute, or AM/PM characters to highlight them, then type directly in each field or click the small up/down arrows to the right or use the arrow keys on your keyboard to change this setting. To change the time format from AM/PM to 24 Hours (“military time”), select Tools menu > Hour Format Display > and choose the desired option:

3. Now add at least two locations (an origin and destination) to the stop list and

click Run to generate the route. Estimated arrival and departure times at all stops on a route will be shown in the mileage report in the route entry window after the route has been generated. If a target Arrival time was entered, the necessary ETD from the origin to meet that target is calculated. Note that the calculated ETA/ETD shown below reflect driving times only. Stop durations, break times and border wait times may be entered in the Options dialog box, Cost/Time tab.

Generated Route With ETA/ETD (Stop durations, break times and border wait times not included in time estimates)


5.2 Using Traffic Data for More Precise Time Estimates

NOTE: A subscription to PC*MILER’s Traffic Features must be purchased to access traffic data in PC*MILER, and you must have an Internet connection to use these features. (U.S. and Canada only) Time-based routing can be generated with or without using traffic data. Conversely, traffic data may be used whether or not an arrival or departure day/time has been entered. Using traffic data will increase the precision of time estimates. If you choose not to use traffic data, travel times and ETA’s will be calculated in the same manner as in previous versions of PC*MILER, based on average road speeds by class of road in each state/province. Road speeds can be customized in the Options dialog box, see section 8.9.4. To calculate a route’s ETA/ETD using traffic data, check the Use Traffic Data checkbox in the route entry window. The option will remain active until it is unchecked (to set the default for all route entry windows, see section 5.2.1 below). Traffic data is collected by road segment. With the Use Traffic Data option selected, travel times and ETA’s will be calculated based on historical, typical and/or real-time traffic data, depending on the arrive/depart and day/time settings. “Historical” data reflects how average traffic patterns affect road speeds on the road segments used by the generated route. (An “average” pattern is created using a historical time slice: 7 days in a week, with each day divided into 15-minute time slices.) “Typical” data uses road speeds that would occur if there were no traffic on those road segments. “Real-time” data is just that: current traffic patterns that are fed into the system in real-time. If Depart is selected and the day/time is within 15 minutes of the current time, real-time traffic data will be used for the first 15 miles and Historical data will be used for the remainder of the route. When Arrive is selected, Historical data is always used. If day/time information is unknown (Depart/Arrive is blank), Typical data will be used.

NOTE: The three types of traffic data can be displayed in the RouteMap window – see Chapter 6.

5.2.1 Use Traffic Data By Default To make the Use Traffic Data option active by default in every new route entry window, use the Default Options dialog box (Route menu > Default Options…). The Use Traffic Data button in the Road Speeds tab performs the same function


as the checkbox in the route entry window, and the status of each is dependent on the other. (If you activate the route window checkbox, the button in Options will be activated and vice versa.) Custom road speeds cannot be entered and are not available when Use Traffic Data is active.

Default Options Dialog Box, Road Speeds Tab

5.3 Time-Based Routing in Reports

Estimated arrival and departure times at all stops on a route are shown in the mileage report in the route entry window after the route has been generated, in the ETA/ETD column to the far right. This column is inactive when an arrival or departure day/time has not been entered. ETA/ETD information also appears in the far right column of the Detailed Route Report if a day/time was entered for the route (see section 8.2 for a detailed description of this report). This report column will show the estimated times of arrival at every stop and toll plaza on the route. If a target arrival time was entered, the estimated departure time from the origin will be shown. If a departure time was entered, that time will be shown at the origin. In the Drivers Report (see section 8.3), if a route was run using real-time traffic data, a Delay column will appear just to the right of the Time column. (Real-time traffic data is used for the first 15 miles of a generated route if “Use Traffic Data” is turned on, unless a time is entered and Day of Week is selected rather than a date – in that case, historical traffic data is used for the whole route.) The “delay” time identifies delays caused by the current traffic conditions on the first 15 miles of the trip.


5.4 Time-Based Toll Cost Reporting

(Installation of PC*MILER|Tolls required) Prior to Version 25, PC*MILER calculated toll costs based exclusively on peak hour rates while factoring in vehicle dimension settings that affect those rates. Beginning in Version 25, when an arrival or departure time is entered in the route entry window, truck-specific toll costs can be calculated even more precisely because time-of-day variations are factored into toll rates when and where they occur, including peak and non-peak tolls. See Chapter 7, Getting Toll Costs, for more on generating routes with toll costs.

NOTE: When calculating ETA’s, the toll costs will always be calculated in the local time as the planned route crosses the toll booth. If you wish to report the date/time of the toll collection in the local time that was used for tolls calculation, you need to set the time zone setting to Local Time in the Tools menu. This is the current default for PC*MILER when you install the program out of the box. If you change the time zone display setting to a system or specific time zone, the date/time of the toll collection will be reported in the time zone specified by that setting.


Traffic Display

PC*MILER Version 26 gives users the option to purchase access to traffic data for roads throughout the U.S. and Canada that can be used for more precise time-based routing, as described in Chapter 5. This data can also be used to display historical, typical or real-time traffic patterns in the RouteMap window. (Note that an internet connection is needed for real-time data and for subsequent updates to the historical and typical traffic data.) For general instructions on using the RouteMap window, see Chapter 9.

Traffic Display Showing Level of Congestion – Lincoln Tunnel, New York, NY PC*MILER’s new traffic display feature lets users instantly visualize traffic data on the map in any location throughout the continental United States to help with route planning, analysis, and diagnostics.

NOTE: An internet connection is required for the display of real-time traffic patterns. If you are not connected to the Internet and request traffic data to be displayed, you won’t see any traffic flows on the map, and the Traffic legend will show the default text: “Actual: Last Update: 12:00 AM”.

NOTE Also: The traffic display options described in this chapter do not affect how traffic data is used in time-based routing.

6 Ch

apte

r

Chapter 6: Traffic Display 119

6.1 Traffic Display Options

To access the traffic display and set options for it, select Traffic… in the Map menu. The Traffic Display window can be left open and moved around anywhere on the screen as you work in PC*MILER.

Traffic Display Window When traffic display is turned on and your computer is connected to the internet, you will see traffic data displayed on the map at zoom level 5 and higher within the area you are zoomed into. (The current zoom level is shown in the title bar of the RouteMap window.) To turn on the display, select either Congestion or Speed at the top of the Traffic Display window. When you change an option in this window, the map will immediately redraw to reflect the new data. Options in the Traffic Display window are the following:

Show: Select Congestion to show the amount of congestion (relative to Typical – see Time options description below), or Speed to show absolute traffic speeds. Select Off if you don’t wish to see traffic displayed on the map.

Time:

Select Now to see real-time data displayed (internet connection required).


Select Historical to see past traffic patterns. The Historical option displays average traffic based on patterns created using a historical time slice: 7 days in a week, with each day divided into 15-minute time slices. The Historical display depends on the day and time selected (see below).

The Typical option pertains only to road speeds (not congestion) and represents road speeds that are typical when there is no traffic congestion.

Historical Day and Time:

Using the radio buttons and slider bar or arrows, indicate a day and time of day for which historical data will be displayed.

If you close the Traffic Display window, the selected options will remain in effect (unless you turn the traffic display on or off using the Map Features dialog box).

6.2 Traffic Display on the Map

Real-Time Traffic Display – Holland and Lincoln Tunnels, NewYork, NY The traffic display can be seen on the map at a zoom level of 5 or higher (the zoom level is shown in the title bar of the RouteMap window).

Chapter 6: Traffic Display 121

To turn the Traffic legend on or off, select Legends > from the Map menu. As with the other legends in the map window, you can click on this legend and drag it to where you want it. The settings in the Traffic Display window determine which Traffic legend – Traffic Congestion or Road Speeds – appears on the map. In the example above, congestion is displayed and the Traffic Congestion legend shows the colors used to draw traffic patterns. Both legends shown below include update times, indicating the display of real-time data.

Traffic Legends – Real-time Display The legends below pertain to a Historic traffic display, and show the day of the week and time that are set in the Traffic Display window.

Traffic Legends – Historic Display

In the Road Speeds legend, distances are in miles by default. This setting can be changed in the Options or Default Options dialog box (see 8.10 and 8.11). By default, the Traffic legend does not automatically appear on the RouteMap when you open PC*MILER. If you would like it to always appear, use the Save Preferences option in the Tools menu (see section 8.17).

NOTE: If you are working with a real-time display, it may take anywhere from a few seconds to a minute or so for the display to update, depending on the speed of your Internet connection and when updated traffic information becomes available.


Getting Toll Costs

If ALK’s PC*MILER|Tolls add-on module was purchased with PC*MILER, you can generate accurate, up-to-date toll costs for U.S. and Canadian lanes with these costs integrated directly into the routing database and reported turn-by-turn per trip. Columns for toll costs appear in the Detailed Route Report, State/Country Summary Report, and Comparison Report, and tolls can be reported in the currency of choice – either U.S. or Canadian dollars. Accurate toll cost calculations can optimize productivity in multiple departments of your organization by assisting in the routing, rating, and reconciliation processes. Now you can determine whether it’s more cost-effective to take a toll route, or a non-toll route with a few additional miles, before routing a vehicle. PC*MILER|Tolls generates up-to-date, truck-specific toll costs for toll roads, bridges, tunnels, and border crossings for U.S. and Canadian toll authorities. The data that PC*MILER|Tolls provides includes: Both cash and discount toll program transactions.

Range (ticket) and barrier (coin drop) data in addition to two-way tolls, one-way tolls, and tolls that vary by direction.

Quarterly toll data updates to ensure accuracy when calculating toll costs throughout the year. (PC*MILER|Tolls users receive notification by email when quarterly updates are available, or may use Check for Updates in the Help menu to ensure they have the most current data.)

Time-of-day variations factored into truck-specific toll rates when and where they occur, including peak and non-peak tolls, if time-based routing is active in the route entry window. (See Chapter 5 for a detailed description of how to use time-based routing.)

Toll rates for smaller 2-axle vehicles when automobile routing is generated.

Future expected changes to toll rates included as available.

Thirty-five (35) discount toll programs throughout the U.S. and Canada (states in which each program apply are listed on the next page).

GENERAL NOTE on TOLL RATES: Unless vehicle dimension settings

are customized in the Options dialog (see section 8.9.3), PC*MILER|Tolls calculates toll costs for an 80,000 pound, 5-axle vehicle. Reported toll amounts are accurate and up-to-date, but not always exact due to several factors: first, several – though not many – toll roads have rates that are based on weight (for

7 Ch

apte

r

Chapter 7: Getting Toll Costs 123

example, the Detroit-Windsor Tunnel charges $.03 per 100 lbs. gross weight in both directions); second, some toll charges (in various states) are time-of-day driven, and in this case, tolls will be calculated using the highest (peak) rate unless PC*MILER’s new time-based routing is used; and third, future and proposed toll rates are incorporated into the database where appropriate and these rate changes may occasionally be cancelled at the last minute.

NOTE: Those who purchased the EZPass service in West Virginia or New Jersey should choose the “EZPass-WV” or “EZPass-NJ” program option when calculating toll costs.

States Where Each Discount Program Applies:

Discount Program Valid In Discount Program Valid In

407 ETR Transponder ON Canada I-Zoom IN A25 Transponder* QC Canada K-Tag KS BreezeBy OR Laredo Trade Tag TX C-Pass FL LeeWay FL Cruise Card GA MACPASS NS Canada E-Pass TX NC Quick Pass* NC

E-Pass Canada NS Canada NEXPRESS TOLL*

MI ON Canada

EXpressToll CO Palmetto Pass(PAL PASS)

SC

EZ Tag TX Peach Pass* GA

EZPass DE, IL, IN, ME, MD, MA, NH, NJ, NY, OH, ON, PA, RI, VA, WV

PikePass OK

EZPass-NJ NJ Quickpass BC Canada EZPass-WV WV Smart Tag VA

FAST LANE MA and all E-ZPass-equipped facilities

StraitPASS PEI Canada

FasTrak CA SunPass FL GeauxPass LA TollTag LA, TX Good To Go WA TxTag TX GO-PASS CO Wabash Pass IN I-Pass IL

* New in Version 26.

The following discount programs have been discontinued in the database: Discontinued Program

State Versions Available

Version Discontinued

Reason

B-Pass NB 17-25 26 Toll discontinued M-Tag MD 17-23 24 Replaced by EZPass


NH Tokens NH 17, 18 19 Replaced by EZPass

O-Pass FL 21-23 24 Absorbed into SunPass

Ready Toll OH 17, 18 19 There is no discount associated with this program, it’s simply a “debit card” used to pay tolls

Transpass ME 17- 23 24 Replaced by EZPass

NOTE: Toll costs on the New York State Thruway for “5-axle 48’ Trailer”

and “5-axle 53’ Trailer” vehicles are now accurately reported. The N.Y. Thruway lists separate toll rates for these vehicle types and now PC*MILER|Tolls has been calibrated to report the correct rate depending on the routing option selected. If the Vehicle Dimension length is set to 53’ in the Options dialog box, the corresponding 5-axle 53’ Trailer toll cost will be reported.

NOTE Also: Some toll exits in the U.S. and Canada have recently become “electronic only”; for example, starting December 1st, 2008, the 183A toll road in Texas has become cashless. The way to pay for this toll road is either by TXTag (their electronic toll payment method) or Pay By Mail. Pay By Mail is for those who don’t have the electronic discount program – their license plates get photographed and a bill is mailed to the owner. Commonly referred to as “video tolling” or “video billing”, the rates for this payment method are higher to cover processing costs. See Appendix H for a list of all electronic-only toll roads. All Pay By Mail and video toll rates are considered as “Cash” in PC*MILER toll rate calculations.

7.1 Turning On Toll Cost Calculation

Toll costs can be calculated along with mileage, cost and time estimates when you generate any PC*MILER route with at least an origin and a destination using any available route type or option, including Hub routing. To turn on toll calculations for an individual route, open the Options dialog box (click the Options button in the route entry window or select Options from the Route menu), then click the Tolls tab and make sure Tolls On is checked. To keep tolls calculation on for every route, use the Default Options dialog box (select Default Options in the Route menu, see section 8.10). Toll costs can be calculated with or without discount programs taken into account. Check Use Discount Programs to have discounts applied when tolls are calculated, then check all discount programs that should be applied. To switch to Canadian dollars as the currency for toll calculations, choose CDN$ and type in the current conversion rate to the right. Whenever toll calculations


are turned on, the currency in use is shown in the title bar of the route entry window along with the discount program status.

NOTE: Settings in the Tolls tab not only affect PC*MILER, but also determine which discount programs will be in effect whenever you use PC*MILER|Connect, PC*MILER|Spreadsheets, or PC*MILER|BatchPro to calculate tolls.

Options Dialog, Tolls Tab

When toll calculations are turned on, you’ll see a Tolls column in the route entry window on the far right. Toll fees for each leg (not cumulative) will be listed in addition to mileage and cost/time estimates. For total cumulative toll costs, run a State Summary Report or Comparison Report (see sections 8.1 and 8.5).

Toll Calculation by Trip Leg in the Route Entry Window

Discount Status & CurrencyTolls Column


The default Tolls settings are:

Tolls On is checked Use Discount Programs is checked Currency is US$ Conversion Rate is 1.018 All Discount Programs are checked

7.2 Customizing Toll Costs By Weight and Axle

Jurisdictions in the U.S. and Canada that have toll roads class their toll rates either by vehicle weight or by a vehicle’s number of axles. Beginning in PC*MILER Version 22, setting the vehicle’s dimensions in the Vehicle Dimensions tab of the Options dialog box enables toll cost reporting based on vehicle weight and number of axles. The available toll rates by axle are from 2 (two axle dual rear wheel vehicles only) up to 14 axles, including multi-trailer rates and automobile routing. For toll rates categorized by weight, each toll road authority publishes its own definition of weight classes, and PC*MILER categorizes and reports these toll rates based on the published weight category and range provided. For those who are new to the arena of toll cost reporting, the jurisdictions that charge toll costs by weight and those that charge by axle are identified below. This information is important to know if you intend to use PC*MILER to generate toll costs that are customized by weight and axle.

Jurisdictions Charging Tolls by Vehicle Weight: MI, NJ, NS, ON, PA

Jurisdictions Charging Tolls by Axle: AK, AL, BC, CA, CO, DE, FL, GA, IL, IN, KS, LA, MA, MD, ME, MI, MN, MO, NB, NC, NE, NH, NJ, NS, NY, OK, OR, PA, PEI, QC, RI, SC, TX, UT, VA, VT, WA, and WV

To enter the weight and/or number of axles for a vehicle, click the Options button in the route entry window that will be used to generate mileage and toll costs, then click the Vehicle Dimensions tab. You can do this either before or after entering an origin, destination, and (optionally) stops on a route. In the Vehicle Dimensions tab, only the weight, axle number and multiple trailer settings affect toll cost reporting. (See section 8.9.3 for more on vehicle dimensions for routing and the default settings; and section 8.11 on custom vehicle profiles.) Enter these parameters as follows:

Weight: Weight may be entered in pounds or kilograms (select English or

Metric at the top of the dialog). The weight parameter is calculated in


tens of pounds or tens of kilograms, therefore any weight that is entered should be rounded up. Weights up to 132,000 lbs. or 59,874 kg. may be entered. Weights less than 9,000 lbs./4,082 kgs. will generate routing appropriate for automobiles and small vans. See section 8.9.3 for more on how PC*MILER handles vehicle weight, and section 8.11 on custom vehicle profiles.

Axles: Select a number from the drop-down pick list. Note that 2 axle

includes two axle dual rear wheel vehicles only. Multiple Trailer (MT): Check if vehicle is a long combination vehicle with

multiple trailers. (See Important Note below.)

Options Dialog, Vehicle Dimensions Tab

IMPORTANT NOTE: Twin trailers with 7 or more axles are not allowed on the Massachusetts Turnpike east of Exit 14. If you enter 7 or more axles and check “Multiple Trailer (MT)”, PC*MILER will return a $0 toll rate for that section without a warning. When done, click OK to close the Options dialog, then generate your route. PC*MILER will calculate the appropriate route and report the corresponding toll costs according to the vehicle dimensions you set. If custom information is not entered in the Vehicle Dimensions tab, the default values will be used. The default values are based on a typical Class 8 vehicle with a weight of 80,000 lbs./36,287 kg. and 5 axles.


NOTE: Users have the option to set up profiles for individual vehicles or for specific vehicle types that include vehicle dimensions and time/cost settings (the same ones that are found in the Options dialog box). See section 8.11 for a full description of this option.

7.3 Tolls and Plaza Names in the Detailed Route Report

Toll costs are calculated by trip leg in the Detailed Route Report. To generate this report, click the Detailed button on the toolbar or press <F5> on your keyboard. For more on this report, see section 8.2.

Detailed Route Report To assist users in toll cost reconciliation, toll plaza names have been added to the database. Some plazas listed in this report have multiple sub-plazas at the same location, but PC*MILER assigns one name to all of them. For a list of toll authorities and names where sub-plazas exist, see Appendix G. Abbreviated plaza names are now reported in the Detailed Route Report, in a new column titled “Toll Plaza”. If the Toll Plaza column is blank in the report, either the agency does not have a transponder program or the agency has a transponder program but the toll plaza abbreviations used on that agency’s invoices could not be determined at this time.

Toll Costs by Trip Leg and Toll Plazas


The format of the plaza names is as follows: the agency abbreviation, the entry plaza abbreviation, and the exit abbreviation. In cases where the entry and exit plazas are the same (barrier toll), the plaza abbreviation will be shown only once.

7.4 Getting Toll Totals in the Comparison Report

The PC*MILER Comparison Report calculates total toll amounts, along with mileage and estimated time and cost, for two or more trips. To generate this report, click the Comparison button on the toolbar or press <F4> on your keyboard. The two routes shown below in this sample report are identical except that the Toll Discouraged route option was turned on for Route 3.

Comparison Report Showing Toll Discouraged Routing Option

7.5 Toll Information in the State/Country Distance Report

The PC*MILER State/Country Distance Summary Report automatically calculates toll totals at each stop, by state, and by trip if tolls were calculated. A breakdown of toll costs by the type of discount program applied is also available. To obtain this breakdown, select Show Toll Discount Info in the Report menu before or after the State/Country Distance report is generated. Discount program information will appear in the state/country summary section at the bottom of the report, in the Tolls column (see the example below). To generate this report, first run the trip in the route entry window, then press <F6> on your keyboard or click the State button on the toolbar. See section 8.1 for additional information about this report. The location of toll cost data in the report is shown below.

Toll Total For Each Trip


State/Country Distance Reports – Display of Toll Costs and Discount Program Information

Toll Amounts by State/Country

Toll Total For the Trip

Discount Information – “Show Toll Discount Info” must be turned on in the

Reports menu.

Toll Total at Each Stop


Additional Options & Features

This chapter covers advanced options and features available in PC*MILER, including reports and report customization, copying and saving reports, route parameter editing, hazardous material routing options, route optimization, hub distance generation, trip saving and retrieval, and saving a workspace.

8.1 State/Country Distance Summary Report

After running a route, you can click on the State button on the toolbar (or press the <F6> key or select State/Country from the Report menu) to display a table summarizing mileage by state, province, and country traveled.

State/Country Distance Summary Report The State/Country Distance Summary report lists leg and total distances and cost and time estimates in columns from left to right. The last two columns show leg and cumulative greenhouse gas estimates in pounds or kilograms of carbon dioxide equivalent per gallon/liter of fuel. (Values that affect cost, time, toll and greenhouse gas estimates are set in the Options dialog box.) At the bottom of this report, distances are broken down into toll/free, empty/loaded, and ferry mileage by state/country.

8 Ch

apte

r


If PC*MILER|Tolls is installed and toll calculation is turned on in the Options dialog box, a Total Tolls column to the left of the greenhouse gas columns will list cumulative toll costs for each leg of the trip. The State/Country summary at the bottom of the report will include a breakdown of toll costs by state. A breakdown of toll costs by the type of discount program applied is also available. To obtain this breakdown, select Show Toll Discount Info in the Report menu before the State/Country Distance report is generated. You will see the discount breakdown in the Toll($) column in the State/Country summary section.

State/Country Distance Summary Report for a European Route (Available With PC*MILER|Worldwide Only)

8.1.1 Order of States in the State/Country Distance Summary Report

In the State/Country Distance Summary Report, the states and countries are normally displayed in alphabetical order (this is the default order). To display them in the order in which the route travels through them, click on the Options button in the route entry window and choose Route Order under Order Report. States/countries will now appear on the report as they would in a driver log.

8.2 Detailed Route Report

After generating a route, click on the Detailed button on the toolbar (or press the <F5> key or select Detailed from the Report menu) to display a Detailed Route Report for the active route that includes direction of travel, roads, interchanges, stops, scheduled break times, empty/loaded status at each stop, on-duty stop times and costs, leg and cumulative times and distances, and toll costs (if PC*MILER|Tolls is installed and toll calculation is turned on). The report displays additional information depending on the options selected when the route was run. Values that affect cost and time estimates and toll costs are set in the Options dialog box.

Chapter 8: Additional Options & Features 133

TIP: Double-click a line in this report to see that route segment on the map.

The columns from left to right in this report give you the following information for each route segment: state/country, toll or free road, turn direction, route (including exit number where available), segment distance, driving time, interchange point, leg mileage and time, cumulative trip mileage and total trip time. If PC*MILER|Tolls is installed and toll calculations are turned on in the Options dialog box, leg toll costs and the corresponding toll plazas will be shown in two columns on the far right. If day/time information was entered for the route, there will be an additional Stop Time column to the far right. This column will show the estimated time of arrival at every stop and toll plaza on the route. If a target arrival time was entered, the estimated departure time from the origin will be shown. If a departure time was entered, that time will be shown at the origin. The column header for the Stop Time column will reflect the Time Zone Display setting in the Tools menu.

Detailed Route Report

A dollar sign ( $ ) to the left of the directional column marks segments that are toll roads. Alerts such as height, weight, 53-Foot restrictions, and geofence warnings are noted where they exist, appearing before the pertinent road segment in the report. (See section 1.7.5 for more on 53-Foot restrictions in reports.) A red exclamation point ( ! ) appears in the route window when such alerts are generated in the Detailed report for a route.


NOTE: Due to the way PC*MILER identifies locations and calculates routes

and distances, occasionally a toll barrier won’t be reported in the Detailed Route Report. When this happens anywhere on a route, an alert will appear at the very bottom of the report stating that this has occurred. You can then check all route segments marked with a dollar sign to find the omission. At the point where a route begins to use a road segment that travels through a geofenced area, a warning like this will appear that includes the name of the road, the name of the geofence set, and the name of the individual geofence:

Warning * US-1 * : New Jersey : NewBrunswickNJ

If time/cost settings were designated, the Detailed Route report will also include a time and cost for each stop, the empty/loaded status for each leg, a border wait time, and the time at which a break should be taken if the number of on-duty hours allowed between breaks was specified for the route. Stop times and costs, empty/loaded mileage, a border wait time, and break time information are calculated using input you may enter or edit in the Options dialog box (see section 8.9). If one of the Hazardous Material route types was used (PC*MILER|HazMat installation rquired), the Detailed Route Report will include a Restriction column (shown below). Any restricted road segments on the route will be labeled with the appropriate hazmat restriction type in this column. (PC*MILER uses these route segments in its calculations only if no other alternative is possible, or the alternative is extremely impractical.) Routes designated as preferred for hazardous materials will not be indicated in the report.

Detailed Route Report Showing HazMat Restriction Column (PC*MILER|HazMat Installation Required)


8.3 Drivers Report (Driving Instructions)

Select Drivers Report from the Report menu or click the Directions Report toolbar button to generate easy-to-read detailed driving instructions, including break times, turn direction and distance between turns. This report includes all alerts that appear in the Detailed Report.

Drivers Report

If the route was run using real-time traffic data (the Use Traffic Data checkbox in the route entry window was checked) and the departure time for the trip is within 15 minutes of the current time, the Delay column just to the right of the Time column identifies delays caused by the current traffic conditions on the first 15 miles of the trip.


8.4 Language Translation of Reports

The PC*MILER State/Country Distance Summary, Drivers Report, and Detailed Route Report can now be generated in 28 languages, including English, French, Spanish, or Portuguese. In the Tools menu, choose Report Language > and select a language. Note that you do not have to restart the application to generate reports in the new language, but to properly read the text in reports your operating system must be running in that native language setting. The default setting for all regions is English.

8.5 Comparison Report

Click on the Comparison button on the toolbar (or use <F4> on your keyboard) to generate a Comparison Report that lists the total mileage, cost and time estimates for all generated, currently open routes. Columns from left to right show trip totals for miles, estimated cost, estimated hours, toll costs (if PC*MILER|Tolls is installed and toll calculation is turned on), estimated fuel cost, estimated cost of labor, estimated miscellaneous costs, and estimated greenhouse gas emission (these last four columns are not shown in the resized report window below). Values that affect cost, time, toll and greenhouse gas estimates are set in the Options dialog box. The Visible column (first column) reflects what is displayed in the RouteMap. With both the Comparison Report window open and the RouteMap window open, clicking on the word True changes the setting to False, and also hides the route line on the RouteMap. Clicking False changes the setting to True, and turns the route line back on on the map. The default setting is True for each route.

NOTE: This report lists only the origin and destination of each route. If there

are stop-off points in one route and no stop-offs in another, the mileage discrepancy between these routes could be large. Be sure to check intermediate stops in the route entry window if you see differences in mileage that are larger than expected.

Comparison Report, Practical vs. Shortest Routing


8.6 Road Type Report

Select Road Type from the Report menu to generate a distance breakdown by PC*MILER road category for the active trip. See section 8.9.4.1, Average Road Speeds, for detailed descriptions of these road types.

Road Type Report

8.7 Printing Reports

To print a single report, you can 1) click the Print button in the report window; 2) choose Print Report... from the File menu; or 3) click on the Print button on the toolbar when the report window is active. All reports covered in this chapter can be printed. Note that the mileage report in the route entry window can also be printed. Also see section 8.7.3 on the Print Driver Report File menu option.

8.7.1 Changing the Font in Your Report To change the font in an open report, choose Font... from the Report menu. This will open a dialog box that allows you to change the size and style of the characters in your report as you would in any Microsoft Windows document.

8.7.2 Changing Column Widths in Your Report Because there is no limit to the number of characters allowed in a stop name, road name, or intersection, sometimes the names can be quite long. Often these long names are cut off when a report is generated. By adjusting the width of the columns in a report, you can show information which was previously hidden. To adjust a column width in any report, place your cursor on a tab under the title bar of the report window, positioning it so that the cursor becomes an arrow shape ( ). Then click and drag the tab to create the desired column width.

Report Title Bar (Arrows Point To Tabs)


DID YOU KNOW? You can hide one or more columns in a printed report:

before printing, in the report on your screen, simply drag the divider over an unwanted column so that the next column hides it. Changes made to columns aren’t saved when you close a report, so the next time you open the report the original column formatting will be restored.

8.7.3 “Print Driver Report” Menu Option

PC*MILER gives you the option to print multiple reports at one time for the active route. You can print one or more of the following: a title page, detailed driving directions, an overview map of the whole route, a start place map, intermediate stops map, and a destination map. After running a route, with the route entry window active, choose Print Driver Report from the File menu and then check at least one report to print. You can also enter any text you would like to appear on the title page. Click OK to print.

Print Driver Report Options


8.8 Saving and Copying Reports

TIP: Saving a report to an Excel file will retain all the original formatting (font style, color, spacing). Copying and pasting a report to an Excel file will retain the original columns and rows, but will not retain other formatting such as font style. PC*MILER reports can be saved to disk by choosing Save to File... from the Report menu. Choose the folder in which you want your report file to be saved, and type a name for your file in the File Name field of the Save Report dialog box. If you wish to save the report in Microsoft Excel format, choose the (*.xls) file type under List Files of Type. Click OK to save. In addition, PC*MILER reports can be copied to the clipboard for use with other Windows programs such as Microsoft Excel. To copy a report, choose Copy Report from the Edit menu while the window containing the report is active.

8.9 Using the Options Dialog Box

NOTE: Hazardous material routing (HazMat tab) is covered in Chapter 12. The Options dialog box enables you to change the options and parameters used to calculate a route. Click on the Options button in the route entry window, or choose Options... from the Route menu, to open the Options dialog box. In the open dialog you’ll see these options: General, Cost/Time, Vehicle Dimensions, and Road Speeds. Parameters that can be edited in each tab are described on the following pages. (Users of PC*MILER|HazMat will see an additional HazMat tab – see Chapter 12. Users of PC*MILER|Tolls will see a Tolls tab – see Chapter 7.) When you edit a parameter in the Options dialog box, only routes that are run from the currently active route entry window will use the new parameters. When you open a new route entry window, routes you run in it will use the default options. To change the default options, see section 8.10. Note that if you save a route, the options that were active for that route will be saved along with it.


8.9.1 General Options

Options Dialog Box, General Tab

8.9.1.1 Route Name

(General tab) You can use the Route Name field to assign a name to your route that will appear on the title of the route window, report windows, and map. This prevents confusion when working with multiple route entry windows, and enables you to include a route name in the title of your reports. The default setting for all regions is the route number displayed in the title bar of the open route entry window.

8.9.1.2 Routing

(General tab) The three basic route types that PC*MILER can generate are: Practical, Shortest, and Fastest. (For Fastest routing, PC*MILER|Traffic must be installed and activated.) For routing in the United States and Canada, any of these route types can be run in combination with one or more of three other types of route calculations: Toll Discouraged and (in the U.S.) National Network or 53' Trailer or Twins. Additional options are described below.

NOTE: If 53' Trailer or Twins routing is selected, National Network will automatically be checked as well, but not vice versa. 53' Trailer can route over all National Network highways.


For a detailed description of all route types, see Chapter 1, sections 1.7.1 through 1.7.8. The route type(s) you select will appear in the title of the route entry window. Changing the route type may affect the time and cost estimates that are calculated for any given route. Hub Routing: Check this option to generate mileage from one origin to a virtually unlimited number of destinations which you enter as stops. See section 8.13, The Hub Distance Generator. Borders Open: If Borders Open is checked, PC*MILER will ignore international boundaries in generating the best route. If this option is not checked, the number of border crossings will be minimized; for example, if all your stops are in the “lower 48” United States, the resulting route will stay in the United States even though the most practical or shortest route would normally involve some Canadian mileage. “Open” or "Closed" will appear in the title of each route entry window, indicating which option is selected. Use Custom Roads: If checked, the route you run will take into account the road, state, and override preferences found in the Custom Roads Manager. "Custom" will appear in the title of the route entry window when Custom routing is turned on. See sections 9.12-9.14 and 9.16. This box must be checked for road preferences to be active when running routes. Ovrd Restrictions: In addition to the basic PC*MILER route types, a Heavy and Light Vehicle routing option is provided. Check Ovrd Restrictions (“Override Restrictions”) to generate Light Vehicle routing that always avoids truck-prohibited roads but considers truck-restricted roads for a route. (Preference is normally given to Interstates, major highways, and major thru-roads where possible.) When Ovrd Restrictions is left unchecked, Heavy Vehicle routing is in effect, so both truck-prohibited and truck-restricted roads will always be avoided. In addition, Heavy Vehicle routing takes nationwide 13' 6' height restrictions into account. A heavy vehicle is one weighing at least 80,000 pounds; a light vehicle weighs less than 80,000 pounds. Below is a table showing the North American states/provinces that have a jurisdiction-wide weight limit, with exceptions listed.

State/ Province

Weight Limit*

Exceptions Ref.

SK 76,038 lb (34,500 kg)

- 87,058 lbs (39,500 kg) on designated primary highways year-round and other designated primary highways for 9 months/year, and a maximum distance of 15 kilometers on any secondary provincial [not including municipal] highway or provincial road - 91,466 lbs (41,500 kg) on most roads in winter, i.e. Nov16-Mar14 (except for certain restricted exceptions) - special restrictions on certain listed highways

(1)(2)

MB 76,038 lb (34,500 kg)

- 82,650 lbs (37,500 kg) on designated “A1” highways- 87,058 lbs (39,500 kg) on designated “RTAC” highways

(3)(4)


- Winter weights higher in some cases- “If a delivery needs to be made off of a designated truck route the vehicle is allowed to stray from the truck route via the shortest distance to its destination. Once the delivery has been completed the vehicle must return to the truck route the same way”

* for the PC*MILER default vehicle configuration: 5-axle tractor/48’ long semitrailer combination. Higher limits > 80,000 lbs apply in SK & MB for 6+ axles. Ref: (1) http://www.highways.gov.sk.ca/trucking/ (2) Saskatchewan Vehicle Weight and Dimension Regulations, 1999, page 17, Sec 12(1)(KK) (3) http://www.gov.mb.ca/mit/mcd/mcpd/pdf/normalloading.pdf & http://www.gov.mb.ca/mit/mcd/mcpd/twlm.html (4) Email from Dwight Solon, Director, Motor Carrier Enforcement Programs, Province of Manitoba, 11/03/08

Use Hwy Only: (This option is only available with PC*MILER|Streets and is turned on by default. In previous versions of PC*MILER, this was the “City/Zip Routing” option in the Tools menu.) When checked, routes are calculated using an air distance from the midpoint of the highway segment that is nearest to the destination postal code or city/state. Routes to stops that include a street-level address are calculated to the highway-level road that is closest to the entered address. This functionality matches the base PC*MILER highway product. If this option is not checked, PC*MILER calculates the route and driving distance using local streets between the nearest highway segment and the stop. All stops, whether they contain a street-level address or not, clean up to the nearest road (highway or street level). The default route type settings by region are:

For North America: Practical, Borders Open, Highway Only, Use Ferry Distances, Tolls Discount - US$, Hazmat - None

For All Other Regions: Practical, Borders Open, Use Ferry Distances

8.9.1.3 Region

(General tab) The PC*MILER|Worldwide add-on data module allows you to expand your routing capability to every major region of the world. Click on the scroll arrow to open the Region pick list, then highlight and click on a region to select it. The standard version of PC*MILER includes the North American region only. With PC*MILER|Worldwide installed, North America is the default region. Other options in the pick list include Asia, Africa, Europe, Oceania, and South America. To change the default region from North America to another region, see section 8.10 on creating default options.


8.9.1.4 Vehicle Profile (General tab) Select a Vehicle Profile to use from the drop-down pick list. Each profile includes a vehicle’s weight, dimensions, number of axles, and cost/time settings. This field may be left blank if you are not using a profile. See section 8.9.3 and 8.11 on custom vehicle dimensions, default settings, and creating custom vehicle profiles.

8.9.1.5 Miles/Kilometers and Gallons/Liters Conversion (General tab) You can choose to have PC*MILER report distances in either miles or kilometers, and fuel quantities in either gallons or liters. This will affect trip costs, average road speeds, and the distances shown on reports and in the route entry window when you generate a route. Under Distance in select either Miles or Km. Under Fuel in select either Gallons or Liters. The default settings for all world regions are Miles and Gallons.

8.9.1.6 State/Country Report Order

(General tab) Choose whether the State/Country Distance Summary reports that you generate will have states/countries listed in Alphabetical order by state/country, or in the Route order. The default setting is alphabetical.

8.9.1.7 Use Ferry Distances (General tab) Check Use Ferry Distances to include ferry distances in mileage and cost calculations. When turned off, the ferry portion of a route will not contribute to the mileage and cost. The setting does not affect the actual route on the map and travel time is not affected. By default, Use Ferry Distances is checked.

NOTE: The “Total” column of the State/Country report always includes ferry

distances, even if this option is turned off in the Options dialog box.

8.9.1.8 Report Memo (Customized Reports)

(General tab) The Report Memo field allows you to create custom report headers. The text you type in this scrollable field will appear at the top of all printed reports. To go to a new line when you're typing, press <Ctrl><Enter> (if you press only the <Enter> key as you would in a word processing program, the Options dialog box will close). By default the Report Memo field is left blank.


8.9.2 Cost/Time Options

Options Dialog Box, Cost/Time Tab

PC*MILER calculates a total cost for each route generated. This cost estimate is determined by multiplying a dollar amount per mile by the number of miles. Cost parameters can be edited for empty and loaded miles to better reflect your actual costs, or you may choose to use the PC*MILER default values. The cumulative cost for each trip appears, along with leg and total mileage and time estimates, in the route entry window after a route is generated.

The trip costs that go into the dollar amount per mile have been broken out into fuel costs, labor costs, and “other” maintenance or miscellaneous costs in addition to stop costs in the Cost/Time tab of the Options dialog box. For information purposes only, a greenhouse gas emissions value is also included. You will see these new values reflected in the columns of the Comparison report. The greenhouse gas estimate also appears in the State Distance Summary report.

NOTE: Custom Vehicle Profiles can be defined that include cost/time and vehicle dimension settings – see section 8.11.

8.9.2.1 Fuel Costs (Cost/Time tab) The fuel cost parameters that can be edited are Fuel Cost Per Gallon and MPG (Miles Per Gallon).


NOTE: If the measure of distance is set to Kilometers and/or the unit of measure for fuel is set to Liters in the General tab, you will be entering fuel cost per liter and either MPL, KPL or KPG. Fuel Cost Per Gallon/Liter: All world regions have the same default value for fuel cost, depending on the unit of measure (see note above), as follows:

If Gallons is selected, the default value is $4.0500.

If Liters is selected, the default value is $1.0699.

NOTE: The default Fuel Cost Per Gallon/Liter is based on an ALK study of Least Cost routing (the “average” data were default values for drivers paid by the hour), along with values from a recent American Transportation Research Institute (ATRI) study (An Analysis of the Operational Costs of Trucking), the U.S. Energy Administration, and typical miles per gallon for an 18-wheeler. Miles Per Gallon (MPG)/Liter (MPL): Miles per gallon/liter defaults for all world regions are:

If Gallons is selected, the default value is $6.0000.

If Liters is selected, the default value is $1.5850. Fuel Cost Per Mile: These fields are grayed out because they are reference fields only. Values in these fields are based on the Fuel Cost Per Gallon and MPG, and are used only to calculate the fuel cost total that appears in the Comparison Report (this report is automatically created when Least Cost routing is generated, or it may be run whenever two or more generated routes are active).

8.9.2.2 Stop Costs (Cost/Time tab) The Stop Costs fields enable you to assign a customized time and cost estimate for each individual stop on the route. In the Stop Costs area you also indicate whether the stop time you entered is on-duty or off-duty, whether to include the time and cost estimate for the origin in the totals for the route, and whether the leg between stops is a loaded move or a backhaul. Combined with the trip costs entered for loaded and empty miles, the Stop Costs fields determine the total cost estimate for the trip. (This estimate appears on reports and in the route entry window when you run the route.) As an example, if your route includes eight stops and you assign a 1-hour on-duty stop-off time estimate to each one, the total time estimate for the trip (driving time plus delay time at each stop) will reflect an increase of eight hours. Stops must be entered in the route entry window (whether or not the route has been generated) for the Stop Costs fields to be active. All stops on the route will


appear on a pick list that can be scrolled if necessary using the up and down arrow keys on your keyboard. Click on the scroll arrow to open the pick list, then highlight and click on the stop to which you wish to assign a time and/or cost. Indicate whether the leg preceding the stop should be considered as Loaded (check if "yes"), whether the stop time should be considered On-Duty (check if "yes") and enter the cost and/or time estimate for the stop in the Hours/Stop and Cost/Stop fields. Click on the arrow to open up the pick list again and choose another stop. To include the origin stop time and cost in the totals for the route, check Use Origin Cost and Hrs before closing the dialog box.

NOTE: If a Break Time is entered (see section 8.9.2.5), the points at which

breaks are indicated in the Detailed Route Report will be affected by whether the hours per stop (Hours/Stop field) are On-Duty for each stop.

The default Stop Costs settings for all regions are:

Cost/Stop: 0.0000 Loaded: checked Hours/Stop: 0.00 On Duty: checked Use Origin Cost and Hours: checked

8.9.2.3 Labor and Other Costs (Cost/Time tab) Enter your own Other Cost Per Mile and Labor Cost Per Mile values, or use the default values. Labor and Other cost totals for a route appear only in the Comparison Report (this report is automatically created when Least Cost routing is generated, or may be run whenever two or more routes have been generated). The default values for these settings* in all world regions are:

Other Cost Per Mile (loaded or empty) = $0.1500

Other Cost Per Kilometer (loaded or empty) = $.0932

Labor Cost Per Hour (loaded or empty) = $34.2100 * These default values are based on an ALK study of Least Cost routing (the

“average” data were default values for drivers paid by the hour), along with values from a recent American Transportation Research Institute (ATRI) study (An Analysis of the Operational Costs of Trucking), the U.S. Energy Administration, and typical miles per gallon for an 18-wheeler.


8.9.2.4 Greenhouse Gases Emission Estimate (Cost/Time tab) Enter the pounds per gallon (or liter) emissions as CO2 equivalent in the Greenhouse Gas field, or use the default values. Leg and total greenhouse gas (GHG) emission estimates appear in the State/Country Distance Summary report, and a total GHG estimate appears in the Comparison Report (this report is automatically created when Least Cost routing is generated, or may be run whenever two or more routes have been generated).

The default Greenhouse Gas settings per region are as follows :

North America* – o If Gallons are selected in the Fuel In field: 22.2000 lbs. o If Liters are selected in the Fuel In field: 5.8646 lbs.

All Other Regions: o If Gallons are selected in the Fuel In field: 10.0698 kgs. o If Liters are selected in the Fuel In field: 2.6602 kgs.

* Default settings for North America were provided by the U.S. Environmental

Protection Agency (EPA). See http://www.epa.gov/otaq/climate/420f05001.htm for more information.

8.9.2.5 Additional Time (Cost/Time tab) In the Break Time fields, enter the number of on-duty hours allowed between breaks and how many hours each break should be. The numbers you enter will determine where breaks are indicated along the route in the Detailed Route Report. Calculations of break times take into account whether time spent at each stop is on-duty (check On-Duty to count stop time). The default break time is 0 hours.

In the Border Wait field, enter any expected delay (in hours) due to border crossing. The number of hours you enter will affect time estimates for any trip that includes at least one international border crossing, and will be included in the Detailed Route Report. The default values for all Additional Time fields is zero (0) for all regions.

NOTE: In the Hours and Border Wait fields, thirty minutes is entered as “0.50”.


8.9.3 Vehicle Dimensions Options

Options Dialog Box, Vehicle Dimensions Tab

8.9.3.1 Overview

NOTE: Custom Vehicle Profiles can be defined that include vehicle dimension and cost/time settings – see section 8.11. The vehicle dimension options enable you to generate routes based on custom vehicle dimensions. Building on the foundation of PC*MILER’s previously existing routing database and routing options, users can now generate routing that conforms to the requirements of a vehicle’s height, length, width and weight. If a vehicle weight and/or height is entered, PC*MILER route calculations will take into account restrictions on roads and bridges to ensure that the vehicle’s weight/height is below the restriction(s). Vehicle weight, length and width information is checked against the threshold at which a truck becomes “oversized” and appropriate routing is generated. Additionally, PC*MILER now supports calculation of routes and toll costs for smaller vehicles (vans, pickup trucks, SUVs, automobiles, etc. that are classed less than 9,000 lbs./4,082 kgs.) with a “Full-size van” profile option or your own custom vehicle profile that includes dimensions that meet the required criteria. See section 8.11 on Custom Vehicle Profiles.

NOTE: Oversize permits will allow for “normal” truck routing if you have

purchased the appropriate permits for your oversize vehicle for routing on


assumed 80,000 lb./36,287 kg. roadways. Nonetheless, if the route includes a road segment for which the truck as configured will require a permit, a red exclamation point ( ! ) will appear in the route window and “Oversize Permit Required” will appear on the Detailed and Drivers reports.

8.9.3.2 Units (Vehicle Dimensions tab) Select English (feet, inches, and pounds) or Metric (meters and kilograms) for the options in this dialog. The default settings by region are:

North America: English All other regions: Metric

8.9.3.3 Special Options (Vehicle Dimensions tab) Checking Permit assumes that you have entered a vehicle weight greater than 80,000 lbs. or 36,387 kg. in the Weight field. If a weight greater than 80,000 lbs/36,387 kg is entered in the Weight field, and you have not checked the “Permit” checkbox, the following message box will be displayed: “Trucks with the entered configuration require a permit in the following states: Arizona, Connecticut, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Louisiana, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, North Carolina, New York, Oklahoma, Wisconsin.” This field does not affect routing, it only serves as a reminder that a permit may be required for the vehicle dimensions entered. Multiple Trailer (MT): Check if vehicle is a long combination vehicle with multiple trailers. (See section 7.2 for toll calculation considerations.) By default, both Special Options boxes are unchecked.

8.9.3.4 Vehicle Dimensions (U.S. and Canada only)

IMPORTANT: When editing a value (for example, entering 14' 0" for Height), your change is only valid after you click the OK button at the bottom of the dialog box. Hitting the <Enter> key on your keyboard does NOT validate an entry, even though it closes the dialog box. (Vehicle Dimensions tab) Enter parameters as follows: Height: The maximum vehicle height is 13 feet 6 inches, or 4.11 meters (these are the default values), minimum is >0.


The default Height settings per region are:

North America: English = 13 feet, 6 inches; Metric = 4.11 meters Africa: English = 13 feet, 6 inches; Metric = 4.11 meters Asia: English = 13 feet, 6 inches; Metric = 4.11 meters Europe: English = 12 feet, 6 inches; Metric = 3.80 meters Oceania: English = 13 feet, 6 inches; Metric = 4.11 meters South America: English = 13 feet, 6 inches; Metric = 4.11 meters

Length: This is the trailer length. The maximum trailer length is 53 feet or 16.15 meters, minimum is >0.

NOTE: If the 53' Trailer or National Network routing option is selected in

the General tab and a custom vehicle dimension is also entered in the Length field, both attributes are weighed in the overall calculation but the routing option takes precedence.

The default Length settings per region are:

North America: English = 48 feet, 0 inches; Metric = 14.63 meters Africa: English = 48 feet, 0 inches; in Metric = 14.63 meters Asia: English = 48 feet, 0 inches; in Metric = 14.63 meters Europe: English = 54 feet, 1 inches; in Metric = 16.50 meters Oceania: English = 48 feet, 0 inches; in Metric = 14.63 meters South America: English = 48 feet, 0 inches; in Metric = 14.63 meters

Width: For English units, select 96 or less, 102 or more, or 98. For Metric units select 2.44 or less or 2.59 or more, or 2.48. Note that entering the larger vehicle width category will use National Network routing except where necessary for local deliveries.

IMPORTANT: Every time you specify the Vehicle Dimensions width as 102 in. or more, or the length as 49 ft. or more, or you select a Vehicle Profile with those dimensions or greater (such as the 53' semitrailer or 28' double trailer profiles), the National Network and 53' Trailer or Twins routing options will be checked automatically when you click OK. However, if you then specify the Vehicle Dimensions width as 96 in. or less, and a length of 48 ft. or less, or you select a Vehicle Profile with those dimensions or less (such as the 48' semitrailer or 40' straight truck profiles), the National Network and 53' Trailer or Twins routing options will not be unchecked automatically when you click OK. You must manually uncheck these settings each time. This functionality allows you to generate routes that follow National Network and state-designated oversize networks, even if you are not running 53 ft. trailers, double trailers, or 102 in. wide trailers. However, you need to be aware of this


behavior if you want to switch back and forth between routes for different types of equipment. The default Width settings per region are:

All Regions: English = 96 or less; Metric = 2.44 or less Weight: The vehicle weight parameter is calculated in tens of pounds or tens of kilograms, therefore any weight that is entered should be rounded up. Weights up to 132,000 lbs. or 59,874 kg. may be entered. Weight less than 9000 lbs./4082 kg. will generate routing appropriate for automobiles and small vans (see section 8.9.3.5 below). Minimum weight is 1000 lbs. or 454 kg. See section 8.9.3.3 above for more on vehicle weight. The default Weight settings per region are:

All Regions: English = 80000 lbs; Metric = 36290 kgs Axles: (For PC*MILER|Tolls users only) The number of axles entered here is used only for the calculation of toll costs using the PC*MILER|Tolls add-on module. If PC*MILER|Tolls is not installed, this option will be disabled. See Chapter 7 for toll cost calculation information. The default Axle settings per region are:

All Regions: English By Axles is 5 and By Weight is 80000 lbs.; Metric By Axles is 5 and By Weight is 36290 kg.

8.9.3.5 Vehicle Dimensions for Automobile Routing To generate a route that ignores all commercial truck restrictions (Truck Restricted, Truck Prohibited and Truck Discouraged), you can either 1) use the “Full-size van” vehicle profile (select it from the Vehicle Dimensions pick list in the General tab of the Options dialog box), or 2) enter your own vehicle dimensions that conform to the criteria for automobile routing in PC*MILER. Those criteria are as follows (all criteria must be met):

2 axles; less than 9,000 pounds/4,082 kilograms in weight; less than or equal to 7 feet/2.133 meters in height; less than or equal to 20 feet/6.096 meters in length; less than or equal to 96 inches/2.438 meters in width.

Automobile routing will relax all regulations that pertain to trucks, allowing the route to take advantage of parkways and other roads that heavier vehicles are prohibited from using. PC*MILER will also use toll rates that apply to small vehicles with 2-axles, which often differ from rates that apply to larger 2-axle vehicles. (PC*MILER|Tolls must be installed to access toll costs.)


8.9.4 Road Speeds

Options Dialog Box, Road Speeds Tab

8.9.4.1 Average Road Speeds (Estimated Travel Time) (Click on the Road Speeds tab) PC*MILER calculates time estimates for each generated route. These estimates are computed by summing up the estimated time traveled on each road segment on the route, plus an added stop-off time for each stop along the route if this was set (see Cost/Time Options above). There are twelve road speed classes (six road types, with “urban” and “rural” classifications for each). Each class has an average road speed parameter assigned to it. Spreading the estimated average speed over the various road classes gets a more accurate estimate of the total time traveled based on the quality of the road used. See descriptions of road classes below. For PC*MILER default road speeds for all North American jurisdictions, see Appendix F. To customize road speeds, first select a jurisdiction from the State pick list in the Road Speeds tab, then enter your new road speed(s) by road class. Click OK to save your changes, or Cancel to exit the Options dialog without saving changes. To apply your changes globally to all jurisdictions, click Update All Road Speeds. These changes will affect time and cost estimates in route calculations. To restore all road speeds to the default (factory settings), click Reset All to Default. For PC*MILER default road speeds, see Appendix F.


To use traffic data in time estimate calculations, click the Use Traffic Data button, then click OK to close the dialog box. This is the same option as the check box by the same name in route entry windows. See section 5.2 on using traffic data. Custom road speeds cannot be entered and are not available when Use Traffic Data is active.

Inactive Traffic Data Button Activated Traffic Data Button PC*MILER ROAD CLASSIFICATIONS

Interstate Highways The primary function of these roads is to move high volumes of vehicular traffic over medium to long distances at high speeds

Can be accessed only via access ramps Always have a barrier or median between opposing lanes of traffic Multi-lane

Divided Highways Major arteries that move heavy volumes of traffic at moderate speeds Can be limited access in some areas but may also offer access from local

roads Usually have a barrier or median that prevents movement between lanes of

opposing traffic Medians may have crossovers that are part of the normal traffic pattern Left turns are often restricted, both off of the highway and onto the highway Multi-lane Many but not all U.S. highways are in this class

Primary Highways Move significant volumes of traffic at moderate speeds Most state roads fall into this class

Secondary Roads These roads move moderate volumes of traffic over short to moderate distances

Carry vehicles from local roads to higher class roads

Local Roads Function is to provide access to homes and properties

Ferries Ferry routes (boarding/exit time not included)


8.10 Creating Your Own Default Options

To change the default settings in the Options dialog box to ones that you use frequently, select Default Options... from the Route menu. Enter the desired default settings in the Default Route Options dialog box, which contains the same editable fields as the Options dialog box. Click OK to save your settings. Every time you open a new route, the defaults that you set will be in effect. Note that default options will not be applied to saved routes when you open them.

Default Route Options Dialog Box

8.11 Custom Vehicle Profiles

In addition to setting default route options, PC*MILER also lets users create custom vehicle profiles to enable quick entry of vehicle or fleet attribute sets that you use often when routing. This time-saving feature enables you to set up and save groups of vehicle dimension and cost/time settings for easy access in the future. Using custom vehicle profiles ensures that the defined settings are consistent for the particular vehicle type selected for a route and is especially helpful when using PC*MILER’s new Least Cost Routing.

To use vehicle profiles, select Vehicle Profiles… from the Route menu. In the dialog box that opens, you can select a profile to view, edit, or delete, or you can create a new custom profile. For North America, sample profiles are provided in the pick list for 28' double trailer, 40' straight truck, 48' semi-trailer, 53' semi-trailer vehicles, and full-size van.


NOTE: The “Full-size van” profile is intended for use with vans, pickup trucks, SUVs, automobiles, etc. that are classed less than 9,000 lbs./4,082 kgs. The automobile routing that is generated from this profile ignores all commercial truck restrictions, and if toll rates are calculated, will use toll rates that apply to small vehicles with 2-axles, which often differ from rates that apply to larger 2-axle vehicles.

Vehicle Profiles Dialog Box

The sample profiles can be edited, but not deleted. To view the default settings for a sample profile, click Edit and then cancel out of the Options for Vehicle Profile dialog box when done.

NOTE For PC*MILER|Worldwide Users: When creating, accessing, or

editing a custom vehicle profile, you must perform the additional step of specifying a region. Each vehicle profile is applicable to only one region. To create a new custom profile, click New. A dialog box will open that has two tabs – Cost/Time and Vehicle Dimensions. The editable fields in these tabs are the same ones found in the Options dialog box (see sections 8.9.2 and 8.9.3 for detailed descriptions of these tabs). Enter the desired edits in each tab and click Save Profile to save your changes.

Options for Vehicle Profile –

Cost/Time TabOptions for Vehicle Profile –

Vehicle Dimensions Tab


An unlimited number of custom profiles may be defined. The profiles you create will appear in the pick list of available profiles in the Options and Default Options dialog boxes (General tab). Once a profile is set up, it can be used globally (all new routes will use the selected profile in route calculations) or applied to each new route as appropriate: To apply a profile throughout a Region, choose Default Options… in the

Route menu. In the General tab of the Default Options dialog box, select the profile from the drop-down pick list under Vehicle Profile. Click OK to save.

To apply a profile to a single route, click Options in the route entry window.

In the General tab of the Options dialog box, select the profile from the drop-down pick list under Vehicle Profile. Click OK to save. Repeat for each new route.

IMPORTANT: Every time you specify the Vehicle Dimensions width as

102 in. or more, or the length as 49 ft. or more, or you select a Vehicle Profile with those dimensions or greater (such as the 53' semitrailer or 28' double trailer profiles), the National Network and 53' Trailer or Twins routing options will be checked automatically when you click OK. However, if you then specify the Vehicle Dimensions width as 96 in. or less, and a length of 48 ft. or less, or you select a Vehicle Profile with those dimensions or less (such as the 48' semitrailer or 40' straight truck profiles), the National Network and 53' Trailer or Twins routing options will not be unchecked automatically when you click OK. You must manually uncheck these settings each time. This functionality allows you to generate routes that follow National Network and state-designated oversize networks, even if you are not running 53 ft. trailers, double trailers, or 102 in. wide trailers. However, you need to be aware of this behavior if you want to switch between routes for different types of equipment. By default, custom profiles are not used. Sample vehicle profiles are provided in the Vehicle Profile pick list (Options and Default Options dialog boxes) as follows:

North America: 48' semitrailer, 28' double trailer, 40' straight truck, 53' semitrailer, full-size van

Africa: none Asia: none Europe: 16.5m articulated, 12m straight truck, 18.75m road train Oceania: none South America: none


8.12 PC*MILER Intermodal Analysis

NOTE: To use the PC*MILER Intermodal Analysis tool, you must have Microsoft® Excel and PC*MILER|Spreadsheets installed on your PC. For full functionality you will also need an installation of PC*MILER|Rail-Connect.

PC*MILER Intermodal Analysis

PC*MILER Intermodal Analysis enables users to calculate alternative rail intermodal routes for truck shipments between an origin and a destination in North America, allowing quick comparisons of truck vs. intermodal mileage, fuel consumption and carbon emissions. To access it, go to the folder on your computer where PC*MILER is installed and open …\ALK Technologies\ PMW26x\EXCEL\PCMILER Intermodal.xls. The “Enable Macros” setting must be turned on (click Enable Macros at the prompt). The Introduction worksheet gives you the steps for setting up the needed Excel Add-Ins and instructions for using the Intermodal Analysis tool. Please read through and follow all the provided instructions. The Input tab is interactive and is the main worksheet for the application. In this tab you enter an origin and destination, find and select intermodal ramps, and set several optional parameters. All output routes are shown in the Results tab.


NOTE: In conjunction with the new PC*MILER Intermodal Analysis tool, a new Points of Interest dataset includes map icons that represent small, medium and large intermodal ramps throughout the United States and Canada. All ramps within a specified radius of any U.S. or Canadian location or SPLC can be found using the Location Radius tool – see section 3.19.

8.13 The Hub Distance Generator

PC*MILER enables you to generate mileage from one origin defined as the "Hub" to an unlimited number of destinations at the same time.

To generate a route in Hub mode, use the Options button in the route entry window to invoke the Options dialog box. Click on the checkbox for Hub Routing then click OK. All subsequent routes run in the current route window will be in Hub mode. The Detailed Route Report and State/Country Distance Summary Report are both available for hub routing.

Hub Routing with Trenton, NJ as the Hub

8.14 Custom Route Preferences

PC*MILER enables you to customize routes to avoid or favor selected road segments, whole roads, and whole states or jurisdictions. You can also designate some truck-restricted roads as accessible. Users of the PC*MILER|HazMat add-on module may also choose to override hazardous material routing restrictions. Instructions for custom routes are found in sections 9.11-9.16.

8.15 Saving and Retrieving Trips

Routes generated in PC*MILER can be saved for later retrieval, either before or after they are generated. This is particularly useful for trips you run frequently. To save a route either before or after processing, choose Save Route... from the


File menu or click on the Save Route button on the toolbar to bring up the Save Route dialog box.

NOTE: When route files from previous PC*MILER versions are opened as trips, they are automatically converted to Version 26 format.

Save Route Dialog Box This dialog is a standard Windows dialog box. Choose the folder in which you want the file containing your route to be placed, assign a file name and type to the file, then click Save. There is no limit to the number of characters a file name can contain. The route type can be “.r21” for trips that will be retrieved from within PC*MILER, or “.in” to save trips for batch processing using PC*MILER|BatchPro (see section 8.16 below) or for use with PC*MILER|FuelTax. All route options will be saved together with the route, but saved route files do not retain mileage, cost and time information.

To load a previously saved file, choose Open Route... from the File menu, or click on the Open Route button on the toolbar. This will bring up a dialog box similar to the one you used to save your route. Select your saved file from the File Name pick list and click Open. As mentioned above, all settings used to create the file will be restored, but you will need to rerun the route to see reports and a RouteMap display of the route.


8.16 Saving, Appending and Loading Routes in Text Format

To save a set of points to use with PC*MILER|BatchPro™ for batch processing, you must save your route in PC*MILER text format. To do this, choose "PCM-DOS Files (*.in)" from the Save as Type pick list in the Save Route dialog box (see section 8.15 above). The File Name pick list displays any existing saved routes that have the file type you selected. If you choose an existing file name, you will be asked if you want to overwrite the existing file. If you select “No”, the stops in the route you are saving will be appended to the stops in the existing file.

8.17 Saving Your Workspace Settings

Your current workspace settings can be saved so that the next time PC*MILER is started they will be the same. To save your workspace, select Save Preferences from the Tools menu to bring up the Save Preferences dialog box.

Save Preferences Dialog Box, Map Tab Open Workspace settings in this dialog include the size and position of open windows (use the Windows tab), and the currently active map window settings – show/hide legends, pick mode, show/hide features, level of detail, and frame mode (use the Map tab).

NOTE: Default options will be saved on exit regardless of whether Save settings upon exit is checked. In the Map tab and/or the Windows tab, check the settings from the Map menu and/or the window settings that you want to save (click on a checkbox to place or


remove the checkmark). Check Save settings upon exit to have the selected settings saved every time you exit. To save the current settings immediately, click on the Save Now button.


Using the RouteMap™ Window

The PC*MILER RouteMap window is like an "electronic road atlas". All the routes generated by PC*MILER are automatically displayed on a map in the RouteMap window. This enables you to examine routes in detail, visually evaluate routing alternatives, and perform a variety of "what-if" analyses. This chapter describes the many options available through the RouteMap graphic interface.

The RouteMap Window

9.1 First Run a Route

To use the RouteMap, first generate a route: enter an origin, a destination, and any intermediate stop-off points in the route entry window and then click the Run button or press the <F10> key on your keyboard.

Ch

apte

r 9

Chapter 9: Using the RouteMap Window 163

PC*MILER will automatically create a graphic display of the route you just ran. If the RouteMap window is minimized, you will need to maximize or restore it in order to see the current routes on the map (see below). Up to eight routes can be displayed at the same time on the map, with each route drawn in a different color to differentiate them. The Route Legend on the map and a color bar in the route window show the color used for each route (see section 9.17 on legends). Note that the color bar won’t appear in the route window until the route is generated. To restore the RouteMap window to previously-used dimensions, do one of the following:

Double-click on the minimized RouteMap window title bar, or click the standard Windows Restore button on it.

Click on the Map button on the toolbar.

Select RouteMap from the bottom of the Windows menu.

Click your cursor on the title bar of the minimized RouteMap window and select Restore in the menu that pops up.

To maximize the size of the RouteMap so that it fills the whole PC*MILER application window, do one of the following:

Click on the title bar of the minimized RouteMap window and select Maximize from the menu that pops up.

Click the Maximize button on the minimized RouteMap window.

NOTE: If you are working in Split Screen mode, you will not be able to minimize the RouteMap window, you must turn Split Screen mode off first. (You can then turn it back on, the map will remain minimized.)

9.2 Zoom and Frame Features

The RouteMap window features 18 possible zoom levels. You will see the current zoom level in the window’s title bar (e.g. “Detail Level 14 of 18”). When the view is zoomed in closer, the detail level is higher. There are several ways to zoom your view of the RouteMap in and out. To zoom into a specific area, just place your cursor on the map, press and hold the left mouse button, then drag a box around the area.


To zoom directly to a stop you have entered in the route entry window, highlight it on the stop list, then do one of the following:

double-click the highlighted stop;

click the Zoom to Stop button on the toolbar;

or choose Zoom to Stop from the Map menu.

The map window will open and the stop will be framed on the map. Other ways to zoom your view of the map are:

use your mouse’s scroll wheel: rotate the mouse wheel up to zoom in and down to zoom out;

click the Zoom In and Zoom Out buttons on the toolbar;

choose Zoom In or Zoom Out from the Map menu;

or use the slider bar and compass in the upper left corner of the map as follows: either 1) click, hold and drag the zoom control to move up (zoom in) or down (zoom out); or 2) click the plus sign or minus sign to move up or down one zoom level. To pan north, south, east or west, click the directional arrows on the compass.

The level of detail (number of road segments and place names) will increase incrementally as you zoom in when Detail > Default is checked in the Map menu (see section 9.20 for more on detail levels). The zoom level and detail level are displayed in the title bar of the RouteMap window; for example, “Detail Level 5 of 18 [+1]” means the zoom level is 5 and the detail level is one level up from the default. To frame the active route on the map, do one of the following:

click the Route button on the toolbar;

go to the Map menu > Frame > and select the route from the bottom of

the menu;

or in the active route window, click Frame.

Compass

Zoom Control

Zoom In

Zoom Out


9.3 Scroll Bars in the Map Window

The PC*MILER RouteMap window includes scroll bars that are hidden from view until activated. To activate, touch any edge of the map window with your cursor and a translucent scroll bar will appear. Click on this scroll bar to move the map incrementally in the direction indicated by the arrow, or click and hold to pan your view.

Map Showing Scroll Bar

9.4 Drag Map or Pan To Shift the View

There are several ways to pan your view of the map in any direction. Drag the Map:

Select Drag Map in the Map menu or click the Drag Map button on the toolbar. With your cursor (now in the shape of a hand) in the map window, press the left mouse button down and hold, then drag in the desired direction. The map will redraw the new view.

To turn this feature off, after dragging the map to the desired location, click Drag Map in the Map menu again. Pan:

One way to pan the map is: select Pan in the Map menu, then select any direction from the sub-menu. You will see the map view shift in the chosen direction. Other ways to pan are using the scroll bar (see section 9.3 above) or the compass (see section 9.2).

Scroll Bar with directional

arrow


9.5 Hiding, Displaying and Layering Map Features

You can control what features are displayed and in what order features are drawn using the Map Features dialog box. Choose Features... from the Map menu to bring up the Map Features dialog box.

Map Features Dialog Box All the features listed in this dialog box can be displayed or hidden. Check all features that you want to display on the map. (Clicking a checkbox next to a feature on the list either adds or removes the checkmark.) Use the Show All and Hide All buttons to check or uncheck all listed features. Click on the Reset button to return to the default setting. Additionally, the order in which the features listed in the top list are drawn on the map can be changed to make selected features more visible (for example, raising “Routes” to the top of the list will draw routes on top of all other features, making them stand out more). The Raise, Lower, To Top, and To Bottom buttons can be used to manipulate the draw order. The order of the features in the bottom list cannot be manipulated, but these features can be shown or hidden.


Clicking OK closes the Map Features dialog box and redraws the map.

NOTE: When a feature in the bottom list is highlighted, the raise and lower buttons will be disabled to show that the order in which these features are drawn can’t be changed.

TIPS: Truck Restrictions: Note that by default “Truck Restrictions” is turned off in the map display. If you want to see all truck-restricted roads highlighted on the map, check this feature. Then refer to the Road Legend to see the color of the highlight that is used in the active map style for these roads.

Points of Interest: If your map is too cluttered with points of interest, uncheck “POIs” to hide them.

9.6 Map Styles

PC*MILER gives users the option to choose one of eight map styles for the RouteMap window. Each style features a different color scheme and overall appearance. Available styles are Classic, Contemporary, Default, Modern, Black and White, Night, Road Atlas, and Satellite. To change the map style, select Styles… from the Map menu (this option is also accessible using the right mouse menu on the map), then highlight a style on the list in the Map Styles dialog box and click Apply. If the RouteMap window is open, you will see the appearance of the map change as the new style is applied.

Map Styles Dialog Box


9.7 Satellite Image Layer on the Map (North America only)

To have a photographic satellite image superimposed onto the PC*MILER map in the RouteMap window, select Map Menu > Styles… and then select Satellite from the list. (The Styles option is also accessible using the right mouse menu on the map.) To see the satellite images, the map must be zoomed in to at least Detail Level 10. (The zoom level is displayed in the title bar of the RouteMap window – as you zoom in, the detail level increases). If the zoom level is not sufficient, a message will be displayed in the left bottom corner of the map stating that this is the case. Satellite maps also require Internet connectivity on the computer where PC*MILER is installed, and a similar message will be displayed if there is no Internet connection detected.

Portion of Chicago, IL on the RouteMap with Satellite Image Superimposed

9.8 Right Mouse Menu in the Map Window

A right mouse Map menu is available to give you quicker access to map features. To use it, place your cursor in the map window and click the right mouse button, then make a selection in the menu that opens. This menu duplicates the Map menu in the PC*MILER program window.


9.9 Using the Mouse To Turn Map Labels On/Off

Individual cities and road segment labels can be turned on and off in the map by using the mouse. To label a road segment with a shield or to hide a shield, first click on the Label Roads button or choose the Pick/Label command in the Map menu and then choose Label Roads from the sub-menu. Now you can click on any route segment on the map to make a label appear, or click on a label to make it disappear. You will see a blue highlight on the segment you are labeling as you click on it. Use the Clear Labels button on the toolbar or Clear Labels from the sub-menu of the Pick/Label command in the Map menu to delete all route shields that you added manually.

NOTE: If you zoom out from an area that you have custom labeled as described above, the labels will disappear as the level of detail decreases. When you zoom back in again, your labels will reappear.

9.10 Using the Mouse To Pick Stops

PC*MILER gives you the ability to enter stops in the route entry window directly from the RouteMap window without typing. You can use the mouse to select any point on a highway, labeled city, unlabeled location, intersection, truck stop, or latitude/longitude point. (See section 3.2.12 for a description of this feature.)

NOTE: There are some highway junctions which are truck-inaccessible.

These junctions won’t be recognized if you try to enter them as stops.

TIP: Pass your cursor over the map without pressing the mouse button. Notice that its latitude/longitude position is automatically tracked and appears in the status bar in the lower left corner of the program window.

9.11 Drag Routing

Once a trip has been generated, any point along the generated route on the map can be dragged onto another road in order to re-route the trip. To drag a route, first select Drag Route from the Map menu. Next, in the RouteMap window, click on the route and hold down the cursor, then drag to the desired location and let go. You will see green highlighting on the route while the change is being processed. This action will create a via point at the location to which the route was dragged, marked by a gray waypoint flag on the map, and the trip will be re-routed to accommodate the new via point.


Original Route

New Route Created by Dragging

New Via Point


9.12 Picking Roads to Avoid or Favor

IMPORTANT: The roads you designate will only be avoided or favored when the Use Custom Roads box is checked in the Options dialog box. Click the Options button in the route entry window, then check “Use Custom Roads” under “Routing”. When this option is turned off, road preferences will remain in the database but will not be activated for a route until the next time this option is turned on. To view, edit, or print a list of all road preferences in the database, use the Custom Roads Manager (see section 9.16).

NOTE: When Fuel Optimization is used, any current Custom Road

designations won’t be considered in the generated route and directions. You may wish to indicate road segments that PC*MILER should avoid or favor when generating a route, as described below. An avoided road segment is effectively treated as if it were closed unless no other link can be used for the route. Favored road segments will be used unless it is not practical to do so. To designate whole roads or whole states to avoid or favor, see sections 9.16.2 and 9.16.3 (U.S. and Canada only). To select a road segment to avoid or favor, first click on the Avoid Roads or Favor Roads button on the toolbar (or from the Map menu, choose Pick/Label > Avoid Roads or Favor Roads). Then, on the map, click on the road segment to be avoided/favored (zoom in for a closer view if necessary). The selected road segment will be marked with red highlighting if it is to be avoided or green highlighting if it is to be favored. You may need to click on several adjoining segments to cover the entire area you wish to designate. To cancel an existing preference, click on the road segment again with the Avoid Roads or Favor Roads button selected on the toolbar. All user-created road preferences are saved in the Custom Roads Manager (select the Tools menu > Custom Roads Manager – see section 9.16). A comment may be added to each avoid/favor record, either by typing a comment in the Add Comment dialog box that appears on the map when a road segment is clicked (see section 9.14) or by entering it directly in the Custom Roads Manager. NOTE: The PC*MILER long-distance “backbone” contains the roads that PC*MILER uses for its default Practical and Shortest routes over long distances. If a favored road is not in the PC*MILER long-distance backbone, it will not be used for long-distance routes even if it is favored, unless an intermediate stop on that road is inserted into the route. NOTE: You can convert saved road preferences from previous versions of PC*MILER using the Custom Roads Conversion Utility (see section 9.16.4).


Custom Roads Manager, Avoids Tab

Avoid and Favor Designations Near Indianapolis, IN

9.13 Overriding Truck-Restricted Roads

NOTE: A road that is flagged as “truck-discouraged” (versus “truck-restricted”) in the PC*MILER database cannot be overridden only by using the method described below. In addition to overriding the road, you must designate it as favored to make it fully truck-accessible (see section 9.12 above). To determine if a road is truck-discouraged, refer to the Road legend on the map for the color of the highlighting used to indicate a truck-discouraged road. See

Favored Road Segment in Green

Avoided Road Segments in Red


section 14.5, Frequently Asked Questions, question 2, for a description of the truck-discouraged road category. If you have questions about truck restrictions that are not answered in this User’s Guide, please contact each jurisdiction directly.

NOTE Also: You can set PC*MILER to override heavy truck restrictions by

default in the Default Options dialog box – check Ovrd Restrictions.

IMPORTANT: The roads you override will only be accessible when the Use Custom Roads box is checked in the Options dialog box. Click the Options button in the route entry window, then check “Use Custom Roads” under “Routing”. When this option is turned off, road preferences will remain in the database but will not be activated for a route until the next time this option is turned on. To view, edit, or print a list of all road preferences in the database, use the Custom Roads Manager (see section 9.16).

PC*MILER normally routes around all truck-restricted roads. However, some of these restrictions may be overridden, making the roads accessible. (This assumes that you have been granted permission to use these roads from the controlling authority, or that you are going to be using special equipment.) To see truck-restricted roads highlighted on the map, turn on the Truck Restrictions layer in the Map Features dialog box (see section 9.5 on how to use this dialog). This will cause a “Restricted” category to appear in the Road legend, indicating the color of the highlighting used for these roads.

Truck Restricted Roads, Chicago, IL To override a restricted road, first click on the Override Restriction button on the toolbar, or select Pick/Label > Toggle Overrides from the Map menu. Then


click on each segment of the road on the map until the whole road is redrawn (the color of the new highlighting will depend on which map style is selected). Be sure to override all segments included on the route; otherwise the entire road will be treated as inaccessible. All user-created road preferences are saved in the Custom Roads Manager (select the Tools menu > Custom Roads Manager – see section 9.16). A comment may be added to each restriction override record, either by typing a comment in the Add Comment dialog box that appears on the map when a road segment is clicked (see section 9.14) or by entering it directly in the Custom Roads Manager. To undo an override, click on the road again with the Override Restriction button activated, and the road will be restored to its original truck-restricted status. Or delete it from the Restriction Overrides tab of the Custom Roads Manager (see section 9.16 on using the Custom Roads Manager).

9.14 Adding a Comment To a Road Preference Record

Each time you click on a road segment to designate a routing preference (avoid/favor, restriction override, or hazmat permit), a small dialog box will open in the upper left corner of the RouteMap displaying the name and length of the segment and the nearest town or city. You have the option to enter a note regarding the preference in the Add Comment field. If OK is clicked after the note is added, the note you enter will appear in the Custom Roads Manager. If OK is not clicked, the comment won’t be saved but you can still add a comment in the Manager at a later time (see section 9.16 below). If you do nothing, the dialog box will close on its own as soon as another action is initiated.

Custom Roads “Add Comment” Dialog Box


9.15 HazMat Routing on Maps (North America, Europe, and Oceania)

When you generate a route using the PC*MILER|HazMat add-on data module, the map that is generated will show which route segments are prohibited or designated. Prohibited segments will be drawn in shades of red, designated segments will be drawn in shades of green. See Chapter 12, Hazardous Material Routing, for a full description of HazMat mapping features.

9.16 Using the Custom Roads Manager

The Custom Roads Manager lets you see all routing preferences that have been designated in the RouteMap window and stored in the database. It also allows you to create and edit geofence sets, create custom sets of roads, add or edit comments to a saved preference, zoom to a preference on the map, and to designate whole roads (U.S. only) or whole states (North America only) to avoid or favor. To open this dialog, choose Manage Custom Roads… from the Tools menu or press <Alt><F2>.

Custom Roads Manager Whenever a road segment is altered in the map display, this change is automatically reflected in the appropriate tab of the Custom Roads Manager. To view the location of an Avoid, Favor, Restriction Override, or Hazmat Permit preference, simply double-click it in the applicable tab of the Custom Roads Manager. The map window will open and frame the indicated preference directly on the RouteMap.


To add a comment to any preference, type directly in the applicable cell in the Comment column. To delete a preference from the database, highlight it in the applicable tab and click on Delete. To clear the entire list in a tab, click on Delete All. These changes are automatically reflected on the map as well.

9.16.1 Sets of Custom Road Preferences

The Sets tab enables you to manage multiple sets of roads to be avoided, favored, and overridden by allowing you to create and save custom sets of preferences. You may find that custom sets are a useful tool for working with special equipment you operate, or for seasonal routing requirements. Sets can include road segment avoids/favors, and hazmat and truck restriction overrides. See section 9.16.1.1 below on how to create, activate, edit, and manage sets. See section 9.16.1.2 on using sets.

NOTE: Many states and provinces in the north central part of the North American continent have seasonal weight limits that apply either to all commodities or to particular commodities (such as grain) at certain times of year (harvest season, winter, spring thaw, etc.). In these areas, the carrier typically works with the shipper to adjust how much material is loaded into the truck in order to max out the limit for the season in question, rather than adjust the route traveled. So (for example) more grain would be loaded into the truck during harvest season or winter than during spring thaw. That is the only way to have a legal load when an origin or destination is on a road with a seasonal limit. In addition to legal considerations there are also practical physical considerations since many loading and unloading points in that part of the country are on unpaved surfaces, and to overload a truck during spring thaw risks the truck getting stuck during pickup or delivery. In PC*MILER, we have coded the weight limit that applies to general commodities during most seasons of the year. For situations where the low-limit road is used as a through route rather than for pickup or delivery, the Sets feature described below can be used to create avoid/favor/restriction override “sets” for each season of the year for each commodity. Custom routing must be turned on in the Options dialog box; then use the set that applies for a specific commodity at the appropriate season of the year.


9.16.1.1 Creating, Editing & Managing Sets To Create a Set:

1. Select Manage Custom Roads… from the Tools menu to open the Custom Roads Manager.

2. Click the Sets tab and click New.

3. Enter a name for the new set in the Set Name field that appears.

4. Enter a file name in the File Name field. (The file name is saved to the NA\Options folder in your PC*MILER installation folder; or for Worldwide users, the World\WW\Save folder.)

5. Click OK. You will see the new set in the list of available sets to the left.

Sets Tab, Custom Roads Manager

Note the following four guidelines for creating new set and file names:

Set names cannot be longer than 50 characters, and must be comprised of letters and/or numbers.

Spaces are not allowed in either the set or file names, but underscores (“_”) are permitted.

You cannot include the file extension as part of the file name.

You cannot use a set or file name that already exists. To Add Preferences To a Set:

1. In the Sets tab, check the set in the Available sets list to make it active.

2. Uncheck all the other sets.

3. To add whole roads to be avoided or favored to the set, use the Roads tab. To add road segments to be avoided/favored or overridden, click OK to close the Custom Roads Manager, then pick road segments from the map (see sections


9.12 - 9.14 and 12.3). All road preferences that are designated while a set is active will be added to the currently active set until another set is selected. (When multiple sets are active, however, this does not apply.)

To Delete Preferences From a Set:

1. In the Custom Roads Manager Sets tab, check the set in the Available sets list to make it active.

2. Uncheck all the other sets.

3. In the appropriate tabs, delete unwanted preferences using the Delete or Delete All button.

4. Click OK to close the Custom Roads Manager and save the changes.

To Remove a Set:

To remove a set, highlight it on the list of available sets and click on Delete.

9.16.1.2 Using Sets When routes are generated, the custom road preferences that are included in the set(s) that are checked in the Custom Road Manager will be used if Use Custom Roads is checked in the Options dialog box (see section 8.9.1.2). These preferences will also be visible in the Avoid, Favor, Restriction Overrides, and Haz Permits tabs and on the RouteMap. Conversely, if a set is inactive, its preferences are not visible on the map or in the corresponding tabs and are not used when generating routes.

When more than one set is checked, all preferences in the active sets are visible on the map and listed in the corresponding tabs. However, you cannot add or delete roads to be avoided, favored, or overridden at this time. Road designations must be added or deleted when only one set is active. When multiple sets are active, the Favor Roads, Avoid Roads, Override Restriction, and Adjust for Hazmat Permit buttons will be grayed out on the toolbar and in the Map menu.


9.16.2 Avoiding or Favoring Whole Roads (U.S. and Canada only)

NOTE for PC*MILER|Streets Users: You cannot designate a local street by name to be avoided or favored; a local road can only be avoided/favored by designating it on the map as part of the road segment that includes it – see section 9.12.

To designate a whole road to avoid or favor, click on the Roads tab in the Custom Roads Manager. Only U.S. interstates (‘I’ or ‘US’ names), state highways and county highways may be designated.

Select a state from the drop-down pick list, then type the road name in the Road field (e.g. US 1) without a state abbreviation. Click one of the arrows under the Road field to add this road to either the Avoids or Favors list. To shift a road from one list to the other, you must first delete it (highlight it and click the Delete button) and then add it to the other list. To see how the name of a particular road appears in the PC*MILER database, you can zoom to that road on the map and place your cursor over the road without clicking. Some highway labels may include a common name along with the road number; for example, “Pennsylvania Turnpike (I 276)”. In these cases, use the road number from within the parentheses, e.g. “I 276” in this example.

Roads Tab, Custom Roads Manager

9.16.3 Avoiding or Favoring Whole States (North America only)

To avoid or favor a whole state, click the State tab. Next, you must check Enable State Avoids/Favors at the top of the tab to activate this feature. (In addition, “Use Custom Roads” must be checked in the Options dialog when you run the route.) Then pick a state from the pick list and click one of the arrows to assign it to the Avoids or Favors list. To transfer a state from one list to the


other, first delete it (highlight it and click the Delete button) and then add it to the other list.

States Tab, Custom Roads Manager

9.16.4 Converting Custom Road Files from Older Versions

Saved custom road preferences from PC*MILER versions 22.0 or higher can be imported using PC*MILER’s file conversion utility. From the Tools menu, select Convert Custom Roads… . Click Import and navigate to your existing Avoid.dat or Permit.dat file. This file is usually located in the NA\Options folder in your PC*MILER installation folder; or for Worldwide users, the World\WW\Save folder. After you find the file, click Open and your saved road preferences will be imported. Once the import process is complete, clicking on any listed road segment in the Conversion Utility dialog will zoom to that segment on the map where you can edit your preferences further if necessary.

IMPORTANT NOTE for Versions 22-26: Because of recent enhancements

to the PC*MILER database that incorporate express, local, north/south and east/west lanes, etc., some of your avoid/favor/override designations from a previous version may need to be edited link-by-link to be sure the designated preference will operate in both directions. In the Custom Roads Manager, open the Avoid, Favor, Restriction Overrides or Haz Permit tab to see a list of your preferences. Then zoom in to the maximum level (12) on each listed link on the map (you can double-click each link to do this) and make sure that lanes in both directions are marked with the desired designation.


9.16.5 Geofencing PC*MILER now provides tools that enable you to create and customize geofences on the map. A geofence defines a geographic area, visible on the map, that will either generate an alert when a route enters it or will be avoided by the route. Geofences are managed and saved in the Geofences tab of the Custom Roads Manager. See Chapter 11 for a detailed description of this feature.

9.16.6 Hazardous Material Routing Permits

Users of the PC*MILER|HazMat add-on data module will see a Haz Permits tab in the Custom Roads Manager. This tab lists all roads that have been manually designated as permitted for PC*MILER routes using the Adjust for Permits function (see section 12.3, Changing the Status of Hazmat-Prohibited Roads). To remove a road from the list of permitted hazmat roads, highlight it on the list in the Haz Permits tab and click Delete. To clear the entire list, click Delete All. As you delete each road, it will return to prohibited status as indicated in the RouteMap window. The list of permitted roads in the Haz Permits tab can be exported to a Custom Roads report – see section 9.16.7 below.

9.16.7 Export Data to a Custom Roads Report Beginning in Version 26, PC*MILER includes the capability to export data from the Custom Roads Manager into a report in text file format. Custom settings from the Avoids, Favors, Restriction Overrides, Haz Permits, and Geofences tabs may be exported. To create a report from any of the above-mentioned tabs, open the tab and then click the Export button. The report will be created in its own window. To print the report, click Print in the report window. Custom roads reports will include the type of customization (avoid, favor, restriction override, or permit), the corresponding road segments including the route number or street name and length of each segment, the date on which the customization was added, and a comment if one was entered by the user. Each printable report will appear in its own window as shown below. Column widths in the window can be adjusted: simply place the cursor over a tab marker under the title bar of the report window – the cursor will change to an arrow shape ( ) – then click and drag to the desired width.


Custom Roads Report, Generated From the Avoids Tab

9.17 Legends

Legends that appear on the map can be hidden or shown using the Legend option in the Map menu – legends that are checked in the menu will be displayed. Any legend can be moved around on the map – simply click on it, hold down the left mouse button, and drag it to the desired location. Available legends are: Road Legend: Shows how PC*MILER road classes appear on the map;

appears whenever roads are displayed. (Roads are normally displayed, unless this feature is turned off in the Map Features dialog box.)

Road types that are included in each classification in the Road Legend are:

Interstate Multi-lane toll free and urban highways

Divided Divided highways, urban access roads

Primary Non-divided highways

Ferry Ferries

Secondary Non-divided highways, urban access roads, ferries

Ramp Ramps

Local Truck-discouraged roads (as defined by PC*MILER)


Toll Toll roads and urban highways

Discouraged* Not compatible for trucks, as determined by PC*MILER

Restricted* Most kinds of truck prohibited, as determined by the controlling governmental authority – appears in the Road Legend only if “Truck Restrictions” is checked in the Map Features dialog box. * For more on truck-discouraged vs. truck-restricted roads, see section 14.5, question 2.

Designated Designated 53' road network (these roads have either “State Oversized”, “Oversized Access”, or “National Network” designations on them) – appears in the Road Legend only if “Designated Truck Routes” is checked in Map Features.

Route Legend: Appears if at least one route window is open; provides a key to the color(s) used to draw each generated route on the map. Routes are listed in the order they were generated.

Scale of Miles: A standard component of most maps; provides the scale of miles/kilometeres unless it is turned off in the Map menu.

Restrictions Legend: If the PC*MILER|HazMat add-on data module was installed, a Restrictions legend will be available.

Traffic Legend: For Traffic Features subscribers only, this legend appears if the Traffic Display option in the Map menu is turned on and shows the


significance of the colors used for traffic flows on the map, along with update times (for real-time data) or day/time information (for historic data).

9.18 infoUSA Points of Interest on the Map (U.S. only)

PC*MILER now offers as a standard feature the ability to search, display and route to millions of points of interest (“POI”) from infoUSA’s U.S. business database. Truck stops, weigh stations, business locations, rest areas, and many other landmarks are included. POI are represented on the RouteMap by icons that indicate a POI category as shown below.

Airport Geographic Features 1 Police Station

Attractions Government Railway Station

Auto Dealership Grocery Store Rent A Car

Bank Guest House Rest Area

Border Crossings Highway Exit Restaurant

Bridges & Tunnels Hotel or Motel Retail

Bus/Taxi/Limo Intermodal Ramp ‐ Large RV Services

CAT Scales Intermodal Ramp ‐ Medium Schools & Universities

City Hall Intermodal Ramp ‐ Small Sports & Recreation

Custom Places LCV Lot 2 Travel & Transportation

Diesel Exhaust Fluid Marina Truck Services

Emergency & Medical Municipal Vehicle Repair

Entertainment Other Weigh Station

Event Facility Parking Different POIs grouped together at same location

Ferry Terminal Parks

Gas Station Places of Worship


To search for groups of POI by category, use the Location Radius feature (see section 3.19). POI may also be picked as stops using Pick Stop (see section 3.2.12.) To see the name of a POI on the map, pass your cursor over it. You can also double-click the icon to bring up address information:

TIP: If the map is too cluttered with points of interest at a particular location, select Features… from the Map menu and uncheck “Places” to hide them. _____________________________________________ 1 Geographic Features icons identify the location of naturally-occurring features on the earth’s surface, grouping those features together as follows:

Arches Benches Cliffs Flats Islands Oilfields Ridges Swamps

Arroyos Bends Craters Gaps Isthmus Pillars Slopes Valleys

Basins Canals Crossings Glaciers Lavas Plains Springs Wells

Bays Capes Dams Guts Levees Ranges Streams

Beaches Channels Falls Harbors Mines Rapids Summits 2 Most LCV lots require gate permits and are reserved for authorized, certified and registered companies only. Before you plan on utilizing these areas or using them in route calculations, please make sure you’ve obtained the proper permits.

9.19 Framing Geographic Areas, Routes, or Stops

The Frame option in the Map menu selects an area of the map to frame in the RouteMap window. Available areas depend on which map region is selected. Auto Frame Route automatically frames each new route as it is generated.

Click the All Routes button on the toolbar to frame all generated routes. To frame just one route, choose Frame > and select the route from the bottom of the sub-menu. Another way to frame a single route is to click the Frame button in the route entry window that was used to generate it.

To frame a stop on a route, highlight it in the route entry window and click the Zoom to Stop button on the toolbar.


Framed Routes in the RouteMap Window

9.20 Miscellaneous Map Menu Options

Redraw: Initiates a redraw of the current display.

Detail >: Changes the number of links and place names that are drawn on the map without affecting the zoom level. To add detail to the map, select Detail > More or click the More button on the toolbar. To remove detail from the map, select Detail > Less or click the Less button on the toolbar.

Detail > Default will return to the default number of links and place names. The Default setting automatically increases the amount of detail when you zoom in on a particular area.

NOTE: To label specific roads without changing the level of detail shown on the whole map, use the Pick/Label command in the Map menu or the Label Roads button on the toolbar (see section 9.9). Continue to add or remove more detail as needed by either using the Map menu or clicking repeatedly on the toolbar buttons. The zoom level and detail level are displayed in the title bar of the RouteMap window; for example, “Detail Level 5 of 18 [+1]” means the zoom level is 5 and the detail level is one level up from the default. When the map has reached its maximum or minimum level of detail, the corresponding button and menu option will be inactive.


Stop Labels >: Determines how the names of your stops will appear in the map, and contains three options in its sub-menu:

- Name Only labels stops with their names alone.

- Number Only labels stops with their orders in the trip. The route’s origin is labeled “O”. The final stop is labeled “D” (for destination). The intermediate stops are labeled in the format “S#”, so that, for example, Stop 1 would be labeled as S1.

- Name & Number labels stops with both their names and orders in the trip. The route’s origin is labeled “O:”, followed by the stop name. The final stop is labeled “D:” (for destination), followed by the stop name. The intermediate stops are labeled by their stop number, followed by the stop name, so that, for example, Stop 1 may be labeled as 1: Princeton, NJ.

Tooltips >: When Route Distance is checked, placing the cursor over a route

on the map invokes a tooltip that shows the distance at that point from the origin and final destination of the route.

9.21 Printing a Map

To print a map that is currently displayed in the RouteMap window, choose Print Map... from the File menu or click on the Print button on the toolbar while the RouteMap window is active.

9.22 Copying a Map to the Clipboard

Maps can be copied to the clipboard for retrieval in other Windows programs. To do this, choose Copy Map from the Edit menu while the RouteMap window is open and active. When the RouteMap window is not active, the Copy command in the Edit menu will say Copy Report.

9.23 Saving Map Settings

Map settings can be saved for future use manually, or you can choose to have them automatically saved when you exit PC*MILER. Choose Save Preferences from the Tools menu to bring up the Save Preferences dialog box. See section 8.17 for more information.


Using ALK’s RouteSync™

RouteSync by ALK Technologies is an add-on to PC*MILER that provides a direct link between two of ALK’s existing industry-standard products: PC*MILER routing, mileage and mapping software in the back office and CoPilot Truck – ALK’s truck-specific GPS navigation system – in the vehicle. PC*MILER, synced with CoPilot Truck in the cab via RouteSync, now offers the transportation and logistics industry a unique tracking and route management capability. PC*MILER route compliance ensures that CoPilot Truck will follow user-defined routing (Practical, Hazmat, Toll Discouraged, etc.) that includes vehicle dimensions and custom avoid/favor routing preferences. RouteSync is an ideal fit for motor carriers, private fleets and owner operators who need to maintain operational consistency between PC*MILER operations and accounting functions in the back office and their vehicles. It offers a flexible approach to minimizing the mileage variance between actual and planned routes.

10.1 Background

PC*MILER is ALK’s routing, mileage and mapping software that’s used by 98% of the top motor carriers and 96% of the top freight transportation firms in North America. The U.S. Department of Defense (DoD), the General Services Administration (GSA) and the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) also rely on PC*MILER as their worldwide distance standard. Accuracy and reliability have positioned PC*MILER as the industry-standard software for the transportation and logistics industry. CoPilot Truck is ALK’s industry-leading GPS navigation system for truck-specific routing, offering an easy-to-use, intuitive interface with spoken turn-by-turn directions and easy to follow, non-distracting guidance displays. Unlike standard car navigation systems, its routing takes into account known truck restrictions to provide safe, reliable routes on truck-legal roads. CoPilot Truck calculates routes based on vehicle size and load type to avoid commercial truck restrictions, including vehicle dimension limits, low bridge heights and clearances, left-hand and dangerous turns, U-turns, and hazardous materials restrictions. ALK’s RouteSync integrates these two products, now allowing PC*MILER-optimized routes to be sent directly to CoPilot Truck running on numerous mobile devices.

10 Ch

apte

r

Chapter 10: Using ALK’s RouteSync 189

From the back office, RouteSync can be used in the following ways:

Send route information and trip options to CoPilot Truck

Send a PC*MILER route’s lat/long sequence to CoPilot Truck

Tell CoPilot Truck how strictly its in-cab directions should follow the exact route calculated by PC*MILER for a trip

Track a vehicle’s route in real-time for up-to-the-minute actual vs. planned route comparisons

Receive real-time Out-of-Route warnings and a trip summary of OoR events and miles on each trip

Send avoid/favor routing preferences to all or selected vehicles.

10.2 Getting Started With RouteSync

To begin using RouteSync, you must first sign in to the RouteSync account you set up when installing and activating PC*MILER. After signing in, you can start sending invitations to CoPilot Truck-equipped vehicles to begin communication. (Note that CoPilot users must be registered with CoPilot Live Messaging to be connected via RouteSync.) As soon as a vehicle’s driver accepts your invitation, you’ll be able to send routes and route options to that vehicle and receive alerts from CoPilot. Follow these steps to get started: 1. Open PC*MILER and select RouteSync Sign In from the Tools menu. The

Account Sign In prompt will pop up:

2. Enter the email address and password that were used for activation when

PC*MILER with RouteSync was installed. You have the option to have PC*MILER save your email and password to speed up future sign-ins (check “Save my username and password”). You can also choose to bypass this sign-in step in the future (check “Automatically Sign In”).


3. The first time you sign in to RouteSync, you will be prompted to validate the new RouteSync account:

At the same time you will receive an email sent to the address you used to sign in, containing an activation link for your RouteSync account. You’ll need to open that email and click on the activation link; or alternatively, browse to the web page specified in the email (shown below) and enter your email and activation code manually.

4. Once your RouteSync account has been activated successfully, you should see

a Welcome message at the top of the web page. You can now go back to the Account Validation Required message box in PC*MILER and click Sign In.

The status bar at the bottom of the PC*MILER application window will display the RouteSync connection status. If the sign-in attempt was successful, you will see a green icon and “RouteSync Connected”:

5. Now you can start inviting CoPilot-equipped vehicles to be managed through RouteSync. To send a new invitation, click View Vehicle List in the RouteSync tab of the PC*MILER route entry window:


6. In the Vehicle List, click Add Vehicles:

7. At the prompt, enter an Email Address for a CoPilot Truck user who is registered with CoPilot Live Messaging. Optionally, you can also enter a Vehicle Nickname for identification (this can be any name you choose, and may be edited at any time in the future). Click Add to send the invitation.

8. If the email address identifies an existing Live Messaging user, a Live message requesting tracking access will be sent and the CoPilot user will have the option to accept or decline the tracking request.

9. When the driver accepts, you will see the email and vehicle name (if entered)

appear in the Vehicle List. Now two-way communication is established with the vehicle you added. At any time you can click Update Vehicles to update the list with the current status of all managed vehicles.


10. If CoPilot is offline or the driver has not yet accepted an invitation, the invitation will remain Pending on the Vehicle Invitations list (click the Vehicle Invitations button to see the list). To delete an invitation, highlight it on the list and click Delete.

CoPilot Truck

Vehicle List in PC*MILER

Vehicle Invitations in PC*MILER


10.3 Sending Routes and Options from PC*MILER to CoPilot

The two general types of input that CoPilot Truck can receive from PC*MILER – managed routes and unmanaged avoid/favor routing preferences – are described below in sections 10.3.1 and 10.3.2.

10.3.1 Managed Routes By sending a route to CoPilot, the sender requires the driver to adhere precisely to that route – in other words, the route is managed. The route and the driver’s adherence to it are governed by a small number of options found in the RouteSync tab in the PC*MILER route entry window. The location of a vehicle on a managed route can be displayed on the PC*MILER RouteMap and updated every five minutes. To send and track a managed route from PC*MILER to a vehicle equipped with CoPilot Truck with Live Messaging, follow the steps below.

1. Run a PC*MILER Route In PC*MILER, open a route entry window. In the City or Address tab, enter and run the route you wish to send.

2. Select a Vehicle

In the RouteSync tab of the route entry window, click the down arrow under Select Vehicle and select a vehicle from the drop-down pick list. (The pick list should already be populated with vehicles. If it is not, see section 10.2, steps 6-8, on how to add CoPilot users to the list.) When you select a vehicle, its Last Known Position will be displayed under the pick list if it is available. You can click View Vehicle List to see a list of all vehicles that are currently connected via RouteSync and their online/offline status and last known position.


If a vehicle is offline, the route that you send will be received when CoPilot Truck comes back online in the vehicle.

3. Add the Vehicle Location to the Planned Trip

Click the Set As Origin button to set the vehicle’s last known position as the planned route’s origin, replacing the original origin. In this case, the entire trip becomes managed and the Out-of-Route miles get reported on a per trip basis.

Alternatively, you can click the Add Before Origin button to insert the last known position of the vehicle before the planned trip’s origin. In this case, the leg from the truck’s last known position to the trip’s origin will be unmanaged.

4. Enter Vehicle Dimensions and Weight

In the RouteSync tab, the vehicle dimensions and weight that will be used for the route are displayed under Vehicle Options. Click Use CoPilot Settings to query CoPilot for its vehicle options. When the query is returned, the vehicle options in CoPilot will replace the current PC*MILER options. If necessary, you can then choose to modify the new options before sending the route to CoPilot.


5. Select Route Compliance Level

Under Route Compliance, you can select how strictly CoPilot should try to return to the original route once the driver is out-of-route:

Strict: This is the default compliance level. CoPilot will try to navigate back to the original route at all costs, even if it means the driver needs to turn around and drive back to rejoin the prescribed route.

Moderate: CoPilot will try to navigate back to the original route but will take into account the driver’s current position in relation to the destination; i.e. CoPilot will try to rejoin the prescribed route as it navigates towards the destination, but along a route that is more reasonable than what the Strict compliance level would follow.

Minimal: At this level, the original prescribed route is not taken into consideration. The route taken may still rejoin the original route, but its first objective is to navigate to the destination from the driver’s current position.

6. Set Distance for OoR Alert

By default, an out-of-route alert is generated when the CoPilot-equipped vehicle reaches a point .2 miles away from the planned route. To adjust this distance, type in a new distance under Alert.

7. Send the Route

Click the active Send to Copilot button in the bottom left corner of the RouteSync tab to send the trip to CoPilot. After the Send To CoPilot button is


clicked, you will initially see “Sending Route…” at the bottom of the route window as the data transfer is processed. A “Route Received…” response will be displayed in PC*MILER when CoPilot echoes that the route has been received.

“Route Received” Status Message

The CoPilot user will receive an onscreen alert that a managed route has been sent and may choose to click OK to accept the route, or Details to see driving instructions.

Managed Route Alert in CoPilot

As soon as the driver interacts with the alert, the route will be accepted. If the driver does not interact with the alert, after 20 seconds the trip will automatically be accepted. The status message in PC*MILER will change to “Route Accepted” and at this point CoPilot Truck will begin navigation along the PC*MILER-compliant route that was sent.


“Route Accepted” Status Message

10.3.2 Sending Avoids/Favors As Unmanaged Options Avoid/favor routing preferences may be sent via RouteSync to an individual vehicle to modify an existing trip, or they can be sent to multiple vehicles. These preferences are considered to be unmanaged options because once they are received and accepted in CoPilot they are retained until the next time they are edited and they will affect any routes that are run subsequently, regardless of whether the route is a PC*MILER-managed route or one that the driver initiated independently. Avoid/favor preferences that are sent via RouteSync can include only road segments and sets of road segments that are enabled in the Sets tab of the Custom Roads Manager in PC*MILER. Whole road and whole state preferences cannot be included. Follow these steps to send avoids/favors: 1. To send avoid/favor preferences, first you must create them in PC*MILER

(see section 9.12 on how to do this). 2. When the preferences are set the way you want them, click View Vehicle List

in the RouteSync tab to open the Vehicle List.

3. Highlight one or more vehicles by clicking them on the list. The list has a multiple selection property (you can hold down the <Ctrl> or <Shift> key to simultaneously select multiple vehicles).

4. Click Send Avoids/Favors to send.


5. When a vehicle receives the avoids/favors, a status message will appear in CoPilot and the favored and avoided roads will be highlighted on the CoPilot map.

10.3.3 Editing, Updating and Tracking Vehicles RouteSync allows the PC*MILER user to view, edit and update vehicle information, control the display of vehicles on the PC*MILER RouteMap, and choose whether to allow RouteSync-connected vehicles to hide from position tracking.

10.3.3.1 Viewing, Editing and Updating Vehicles

Click View Vehicle List in the RouteSync tab of the PC*MILER route window to see a scrollable list of all vehicles that have accepted to be managed.

Vehicle List, Scrolled To Show Last Message Column


Vehicles in the Vehicle List are listed by their associated CoPilot ID under Truck Name. For each vehicle, PC*MILER displays an online/offline Status in the first column and the last known position. For trucks that are offline, the date/time when the truck went offline is shown. The last column in the Vehicle List records the last message that the dispatcher received from a truck, including a timestamp and message description.

Allow Vehicles to Hide:

Checking “Allow Vehicles to Hide” allows CoPilot users to choose to hide their current location. A driver may want to do this if, for example, he or she is using CoPilot on a phone during time off. When vehicles are hidden, they are still visible on the Vehicle List and are available to receive managed routes and avoids/favors but their position cannot be tracked

Delete Vehicle:

You can delete a CoPilot ID and not track that CoPilot user any longer by highlighting it on the list and clicking Delete Vehicle. The list has a multiple selection property (hold down the <Ctrl> or <Shift> key when selecting multiple vehicles) that enables you to delete more than one vehicle at a time. The driver does not receive an alert from this action.

Update Vehicles:

To refresh the information in the Vehicle List, click Update Vehicles.

Edit Vehicle:

Click Edit Vehicle to edit the vehicle name. The email address that identifies the CoPilot device cannot be edited.


Zoom to Selected Vehicle:

Click Zoom to Selected Vehicle to zoom to the vehicle’s last known position on the PC*MILER RouteMap (Display Vehicle Locations on Map must be checked at the bottom of the window). The vehicle is represented on the map by a round green or red icon – green for online or red for offline status.

Update Frequency:

To set how often the information in the list will be automatically updated, click the down arrow in the “Update every…” pick list at the bottom of the window and choose an interval from the choices provided. By default the list automatically updates every 5 minutes.

10.3.3.2 Vehicle Display on the RouteMap

Two Online Vehicles on the RouteMap

The last known position of every vehicle in the RouteSync Vehicle List can be viewed on the PC*MILER RouteMap. To view all vehicles on the map: 1. Go to the RouteSync tab in a PC*MILER route entry window.

2. Click on Vehicle List.


3. At the bottom of the Vehicle List, check “Display Vehicle Locations on Map”. (This option is checked by default.)

Once this option is checked, you can then select any vehicle on the list that is online and click the Zoom to Selected Vehicle button to zoom to that vehicle’s last known position on the map. In the RouteSync tab you can zoom to the last known position of the vehicle selected in the Select Vehicle pick list by clicking on Show Vehicle on Map.

10.4 CoPilot Truck OoR Output to PC*MILER

An out-of-route alert is automatically triggered whenever a vehicle’s position departs .2 miles from the managed route it received via RouteSync. Another alert is generated when the vehicle rejoins the planned route. These alerts appear on the CoPilot user’s screen, and are also sent via CoPilot Live messaging to the PC*MILER user at the email address that is registered with RouteSync.

Rejoined Route Alert in CoPilot

Additionally, when a vehicle reaches its destination, a RouteSync Summary of OoR Events is triggered and sent to the PC*MILER user. This summary lists all OoR events that occurred on the trip and shows the total OoR mileage for the trip.


Summary of OoR Events in Email Message


Geofence Options

PC*MILER now provides tools that enable you to create, modify and work with geofences. A geofence defines a geographic area that will either generate an alert when a route enters it, or will be avoided by the route. Its use has many different applications, such as:

Drawing zones around a warehouse to identify delivery/billing zones

Alerting dispatchers when a vehicle enters an area that it wasn’t authorized to enter – for example, leaving the country

Avoiding or warning about steep grades, mountain passes susceptible to snow closures, tunnels requiring escorts, etc.

Avoiding or warning if an asset has crossed into a high crime or high accident area

Avoiding or warning about areas where bad weather is expected or has occurred: heavy snowfalls, floods, hurricane evacuation areas, etc.

The geofence tools in PC*MILER allow users to:

Create and modify the characteristics of a geofence:

- Define its size and shape as a circle, rectangle, or a user-defined polygon

- Give the geofence a unique name (with the exact text that will appear in report warnings)

- Delete the geofence

Identify points and roads that fall within the boundaries of a geofence

Group geofences into sets and assign and modify the characteristics of a set:

- Create and uniquely name a set with the name that will appear in report warnings

- Define the border color, border width and fill color of the geofences in the set

- Define the set properties: off (not active), warning only, or avoid and warn

- Delete the set

Ch

apte

r 11


11.1 Creating a Geofence

TIP: A geofence that covers a very large area (for example, a whole state) will draw very slowly on the map and will affect other map functions that involve a map redraw. To avoid or favor a whole state, it is suggested to use the Custom Roads Manager – see section 9.16.3. Follow these steps to create an individual geofence:

1. Open the RouteMap window and bring the targeted area into view using the zoom tools (the scroll wheel on the mouse, the Zoom In and Zoom Out buttons on the toolbar, or the right-mouse menu zoom tools).

2. Once the desired area is in view, select the type of shape you’d like to use to set the perimeter of the geofence. There are three ways to set the shape type:

From the Map menu select Geofencing > and choose a shape type: Create Rectangle, Create Circle, or Create Polygon (this is a free-form shape tool).

Or, in the top toolbar, select one of these icons:

Or right-click on the map, select the Geofencing menu option and then select a shape type.

3. Back in the map window, drag the shape tool around the desired area.

Depending on which shape you chose, the cursor will change to one of the following:

When drawing a rectangle: When drawing a circle: When drawing a user-defined polygon:

For a rectangle and circle, as you drag the shape tool around the desired area, you’ll see the shape appear on the map. If you are not satisfied with the area that is covered, delete the geofence (see section 11.3 below) and redraw the shape. To create a user-defined (polygon) geofence, select the polygon shape and then click all the points of the perimeter on the map. When finished, click on the first point again to close and confirm the polygon’s shape. See sections 11.6 and 11.7 on identifying points and roads that are included within the boundary of a geofence.

Chapter 11: Geofence Options 205

4. To name and assign properties to the geofence, in the Tools menu select Manage Custom Roads > Geofences tab.

5. In the Available Geofences list, you will see a generic name assigned

(“Geofence_#”) to the geofence you just created on the map. (If more than one geofence was drawn before the Custom Roads Manager was opened, the numbering will reflect the order in which they were drawn.) To assign a unique name to this geofence (for example, a geographic location), simply click on the defaulted name and change the name in the field above the list.

NOTE: Don’t press <Enter> after typing in the designated fields in the

Custom Roads Manager, as this will close the dialog box.

Custom Roads Manager – Geofences Tab

6. A geofence must belong to a set before a warning status and display properties can be assigned to it. In the New Geofence Set field, type the desired name for this set and click Add Set. The set name will appear in the pick list under Geofence Sets. Go back to the Available Geofences list, highlight the geofence you want to add and click the right arrow to add it to the set.

NOTE: There is no limit to the number of individual geofences that can be created and added to a geofence set using the steps above, or to the number of sets that can be created.


11.2 Customizing Geofence Sets

The properties of each geofence set can be customized so that all geofences in the set will have the same appearance and activity status. Individual geofences cannot be customized. To customize the appearance of a set, click on the set name in the Geofence Set list, then click the blocks of color under Modify Geofence Set to select the desired colors for the fill color and the border. Use the Border Width slide bar to set the thickness of the perimeter border. When you press and hold the mouse button on the slider, you will see the width in whole points at that position on the .slide bar.

To designate the behavior of geofences in the set, select one of the options:

Off: Geofences are not active. They do not affect the Detailed Route Report and are not visible on the map.

Warning Only: Geofences are visible on the map, and a warning will appear in the Detailed Route Report at the points where the route begins to travel on a road segment that is part of a geofenced area. The warning will include the road name, geofence set name, and geofence name, for example:

Warning * US 69 *: Montana Geofences: ButteMT

Avoid + Warning: Geofences are visible on the map. The route will avoid road segments within the geofenced area if “Use Custom Routing” is checked in the Options or Default Options dialog box. A warning will appear in the Detailed Route Report in cases where the route has to enter the geofence (for example, if the destination is within the geofenced area).

Click Apply to save your edits. You won’t see these custom settings take effect on the map until you close the Custom Roads Manager window.


Detailed Route Report with Geofence Warning

11.3 Deleting Geofences and Sets

Follow the steps below to delete an individual geofence or geofence set. To delete an individual geofence using the Custom Roads Manager:

1. Go to Tools menu > Manage Custom Roads > Geofences tab.

2. Under Geofence Sets, select the set that includes the geofence you want to delete.

3. In the list of geofences belonging to the set, highlight your choice and then click the left arrow button to move it to the Available Geofences list.

4. Under Available Geofences, highlight the geofence and click the Delete Geofence button below.

5. Click OK to close the Custom Roads Manager and save your edit.

To delete an individual geofence directly from the map:

Open the RouteMap window and zoom to the location of the individual geofence you want to delete. The geofence you want to delete must be visible on the map (“Geofences” must be checked in the Map Features dialog box). There are three ways to complete the delete process directly from the map:

In the main window toolbar, click the Delete Geofence button and then click your cursor anywhere within the boundaries of the geofence.

In the Map menu, select Geofencing > Delete Geofence. Then, in the RouteMap window, click your cursor anywhere within the boundaries of the geofence.


Right-click on the map and select Geofencing > Delete Geofence from the menu. Then click your cursor anywhere within the boundaries of the geofence.

NOTE: When in “Delete Geofence” mode, your cursor will change to look

like this: To exit from delete mode, click the Delete Geofence toolbar button. To delete a geofence set in the Custom Roads Manager:

1. Go to Tools menu > Manage Custom Roads > Geofences tab.

2. Under Geofence Sets, select the set to be deleted and click Delete Set. If you delete a set that has geofences assigned to it, those geofences will not be deleted – only the set name and its properties will be deleted, and the individual geofences will be moved back onto the Available Geofences list to be reassigned or deleted (they will also not be visible on the map).

11.4 Editing Geofence Sets

To remove a geofence from a set and reassign it to another set, do the following: 1. Go to Tools menu > Manage Custom Roads > Geofences tab.

2. Under Geofence Sets, select the set that includes the geofence you want to remove.

3. In the list of geofences belonging to the set, highlight your choice and then click the left arrow button to move it to the Available Geofences list.

4. Use the Geofence Sets pick list to select another set.

5. Under Available Geofences, highlight the geofence you removed from the previous set and click the right arrow to move it to this new set.

6. Click OK to close the Custom Roads Manager and save your edit.

11.5 Geofence Behavior on the Map

By default, geofences that are created will initially appear on the map with light gray fill and a thin red border. Fill color and border width can be edited as described in section 11.2. When a geofence or set of geofences is either inactivated (“Off” is selected in the Custom Roads Manager) or deleted, it will no longer be visible on the map.


There are also two settings in the Map Features dialog box that affect the geofence display on the map: if Avoids & Favors is unchecked, the blue highlighting that designates road segments inside each geofence will be hidden; and if Geofences is unchecked, the geofence shapes will be hidden but the blue highlighting on road segments will still be visible. All geofences are affected by these settings.

11.6 Identify Points Within a Geofence Boundary

To determine if particular points lie within a geofence boundary, follow the steps below.

Geofence Identification Tab in the Route Entry Window 1. Open a route entry window and click on the Geofence Identification tab.

2. Enter a location in the City field, with or without an Address. Any PC*MILER location is acceptable, including lat/long points and custom place names.

3. Under Search Within, select to search All geofence sets for the location, or within A specific geofence set. Choose a set from the drop-down pick list if you want to search within a specific set.

4. Click Search. All geofences that include the location will be listed under Matching geofences. If the point is not within the boundary of any geofence, a “No matches found” message will appear.

5. Click Reset to clear the search before entering another location.

NOTE: If you enter a city name without an address, PC*MILER will use the city center of that town.


11.7 Generating a Geofence Report

To create a report that shows all road segments included within the perimeter of a geofence, do the following: 1. Select Manage Custom Roads… from the Tools menu or press the <Alt-F2>

keys to open the Custom Roads Manager.

2. Click the Geofences tab.

3. Click the Export button.

4. You will be asked to save the file. Select a file type – *.txt (text file) or *.csv (comma separated value file) – and enter a file name, then select a target location. The default location is the NA\Options folder of the PC*MILER installation (usually C:\ALK Technologies\PMW260\NA\Options); or for Worldwide users, the …\PMW261\World\WW\Save folder.

To open the report, navigate to the folder where it was saved. If the report was saved as a *.txt file, it will open in Notepad. If it was saved as a *.csv file, it will open in Excel. In either case, the report can be printed using the File menu in the report window. This report includes the following data: the name of the geofence, the set that the geofence belongs to, the corresponding road segments included in the geofence, and the date the geofence was added. A sample *.txt report for two geofences is shown below.


Geofence Report in *.txt Format

11.8 Using the Geofences Conversion Utility

If you created and saved geofences in the previous version of PC*MILER, you can easily import those files into Version 26 using the new Geofences Conversion Utility. To do this, follow these steps: 1. Select Tools menu > Convert Geofences… .

2. In the Geofences Conversion Utility, click the Import… button.

3. In the window that opens, navigate to the PC*MILER 25 installation folder (usually C:\ALK Technologies\PMW250 or 251). In that folder, navigate to NA (or World)\Options\geofences, then select the file geofenceindex.dat and click Open.

4. Back in the Conversion Utility window, you will see your saved geofence files being copied into Version 26.

Geofence Location, Set Name, Date Created, Shape, and Defining Lat/Longs

Each road segment listing includes Segment, Length, Nearest Town, Date and Set Name

List of road segments in both geofences begins here.


5. A status bar at the bottom of the Conversion Utility will display the progress of the import process. When the status bar says “Processing completed”, the geofence files have been imported and you can close the dialog box.

Importing the “geofenceindex.dat” File

Geofence Conversion Utility, Processing Completed


Hazardous Material Routing

If the separate PC*MILER|HazMat data add-on module is installed, routing can be generated in North America, Europe and Oceania for various types of hazardous materials and dangerous goods using any PC*MILER route type. To select a hazardous materials option, open the Options dialog (click on Options in the route entry window) and click on the HazMat tab.

Options Dialog Box, Hazardous Routing Tab (North America Region)

Route options in the Options dialog when North America is selected as the region include: General, Corrosive, Explosives, Flammable, Inhalants, and Radioactive. When Europe or Oceania is the selected region, the options are: General, Explosives, Flammable, and Harmful to Water. To calculate normal (non-hazmat) PC*MILER routes, select None (this is the default setting). PC*MILER calculates routes for hazardous materials based on over thirty different road categories. Table 1 below shows how each PC*MILER hazmat route type handles each Department of Transportation (U.S. and Canadian) hazmat road category. Table 2 shows U.S. DOT Hazmat classes and the corresponding PC*MILER route type.

NOTE: The “General” option should be used for any hazardous material that presents a danger during transportation and is not corrosive, explosive, flammable, inhalant, or radioactive. Common examples include: oxidizers (such as compressed oxygen tanks), combustible liquids (such as diesel fuel), and poisons (such as pesticides).

12 Ch

apte

r


TABLE 1: PC*MILER Hazardous Material Route Types and Road Categories

favor = routing will prefer these segments no change = routing will not be altered in any way avoid = routing will go around these segments whenever possible discourage = a lesser degree of avoidance, used when a state or road authority allows hazmat only at certain times of day, with

prior notification, by permit, or in limited quantities, and for tunnels not otherwise classified

(continued on next page)

Chapter 12: Hazardous Material Routing 215

NOTE: U.S. hazardous material routing restriction/designation information taken from The National Hazardous Materials Route Registry provided by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA); and various other state and federal sources. Canadian hazmat/dangerous goods routing data derived from government and municipal sources in each Province and Territory, and includes restrictions for major Canadian bridges and tunnels.

NOTE: Canadian dangerous goods routing data is derived from government and municipal sources in each Province and Territory, and includes hazmat restrictions for major Canadian bridges and tunnels.


TABLE 2: U.S. DOT Hazmat Classes and Corresponding PC*MILER Hazmat Route Types The table below shows how the wording used for PC*MILER hazmat routing options, which is derived from industry-standard placarded descriptions of hazardous materials, corresponds to the U.S. Department of Transportation Hazmat classifications.

U.S. DOT Hazmat Classes (corresponding PC*MILER routing options are bolded):

Class 1: Explosives – Explosive Class 2: Compressed Gases 2.1: Flammable Gas – Flammable 2.2: Non-Flammable Compressed Gas – General 2.3: Poisonous Gas – Inhalant

Class 3: Flammable and Combustible Liquid – Flammable Class 4: Flammable Solids 4.1: Flammable Solid – Flammable 4.2: Spontaneously Combustible Material – Flammable 4.3: Dangerous When Wet Material – General Class 5: Oxidizers – General Class 6: Poisons 6.1: (part) Inhalation Hazard – Inhalant 6.1: (balance) – General 6.2: Infectious Substance (Etiologic agent) [“Biohazard”] – General Class 7: Radioactive Materials – Radioactive Class 8: Corrosive Liquids – Corrosive (“Caustic” in PC*MILER 22 and earlier) Class 9: Miscellaneous – General

12.1 Routing Multiple Hazmat Classes

For routing a single shipment containing multiple hazmat classes, the following procedures are suggested: 1. First, determine the weight of each commodity and check the U.S. DOT

(PHMSA) rule to see if that combination is permissible and if so, which placard(s) are to be used.

2. Then, for each placard, look up the PC*MILER|Hazmat routing options in the table above.

a. If all the placards correspond to one routing option, use that option. b. If the placards correspond to multiple routing options, then run the route

for each option, and: i. If all the routes are the same, that common route is the route to be used. ii. If the routes are different, then there may or may not exist a legal route

for that combination of commodities for the specified origin/destination (this will occur only rarely).


12.2 Hazardous Material Routing on Maps

With the PC*MILER|HazMat add-on data module installed, hazmat-prohibited and -designated roads will be highlighted in the RouteMap window provided this feature is checked in the Map Features dialog (see TIP below). The Restrictions legend shows the highlight color for various designations (to show/hide this legend, go to the Map menu > Legends).

Map Showing Hazmat Restrictions & Restrictions Legend

TIP: If you do not want hazmat routing to show up on maps, the highlighting can be hidden from view by turning off the Hazardous Material feature in the Map Features dialog box. Select Map Features…. from the Map menu to bring up this dialog and uncheck Hazardous Material, then click OK to save.


12.3 Changing the Status of Hazmat-Prohibited Roads

Customers who have obtained permits can change the status of hazmat prohibited roads. To do this, with hazmat designations turned on in Map Features as mentioned in section 12.2 above, click on the Adjust for Permits toolbar button (or from the Map menu, choose Pick/Label > Adjust for Permits), then in the RouteMap window click on the prohibited road(s) that you wish to make accessible for routing. The adjusted route segments will change color (the color will depend on which map style is currently active).

All user-created road preferences are saved in the Custom Roads Manager (select the Tools menu > Custom Roads Manager – see section 9.16). A comment may be added to each record, either by typing a comment in the Add Comment dialog box that appears on the map when a road segment is clicked (see section 9.14) or by entering it directly in the Custom Roads Manager.

HazMat Restriction Override Shown on the RouteMap

The custom road settings you create can be removed by clicking again on the same road with the Adjust for Permits button active, or by using the Custom Roads Manager (see section 9.16.6, Hazardous Material Routing Permits).

Restrictions Override near Greenville, RI


12.4 Hazardous Material Routing in Reports

If Hazardous Material Routing data was installed with PC*MILER, the Detailed Route Report will include a Restrictions column. If a route is generated using one of the hazardous material route types, restricted route segments in the Restrictions column will be labeled with the appropriate HazMat restriction type. (These route segments are used in PC*MILER route calculations only if no other alternative is possible, or the alternative is extremely impractical.) Routes designated as preferred for hazardous materials will not be indicated on the report.

Detailed Route Report Showing Hazmat-Restricted Portions of Route

HazMat Restrictions – New Jersey Turnpike and

George Washington Bridge


Fuel Optimization

If you purchased ALK’s PC*MILER|Fuel Optimization add-on module (in the U.S. and Canada only) and have set up an account on www.fueladvice.com, you can easily generate optimized truck-specific fuel and trip plans based on daily fuel prices. The routes that you generate using PC*MILER|Fuel Optimization will tell you where to make fuel purchases as well as how much fuel to buy at a given location.

NOTE: You need to have an Internet connection to use this feature.

IMPORTANT: Please note that when Fuel Optimization is used, any current

Custom Road designations won’t be considered in the generated route and directions.

13.1 Setting Up a Fuel Optimization Account

FuelAdvice®.com has partnered with ALK Technologies to provide you with our PC*MILER fuel optimization service. You’ll need to be connected to the Internet and follow the instructions for setting up an account on www.fueladvice.com. As soon as your account has been set up, you can begin using the service.

13.2 Using PC*MILER|Fuel Optimization

To access PC*MILER|Fuel Optimization features, follow these steps:

1. In the Tools menu, select Fuel Optimization Setup > PC*MILER Setup.

2. Enter the User Name and Password that you created for your account on www.fueladvice.com.

13 Ch

apte

r

Chapter 13: Fuel Optimization 221

The following fields should already be filled out for you. If not, please enter:

Business Partner – ALK

Fuel Service URL – https://www.fueladvice.com/FuelOptimization

Sign On URL – https://www.fueladvice.com/Setup_Account.htm?bp=ALK

3. Next, open a route entry window and enter stops for the trip you wish to optimize. (You’ll notice that as soon as an origin and one destination is entered, the Fuel Optimization button will be activated.)

4. When the trip is ready to run, click the Fuel Optimization button.

5. In the dialog that opens, you can optionally enter a Vehicle ID associated

with the trip. If you have created a record containing the fuel tank capacity and miles per gallon fuel consumption rate for this vehicle (or “Power”) on the FuelAdvice website, you only need to enter a Level (the fuel level at which the vehicle should refuel).


6. If a record has not been created on www.fueladvice.com for the vehicle in use, leave the Vehicle ID field blank and enter the Fuel Capacity, Level and MPG.

7. Click Submit to continue. PC*MILER will generate the route and add fuel

stops at optimal re-fueling locations during the trip.

NOTE: There are over 50 fueling networks available such as Flying J, Love’s, Speedway, etc. These options can be reviewed on the www. fueladvice.com web site.

8. To see details of the optimized fuel plan, in the Report menu at the top of the

main window select Fuel Optimization. This report lists the suggested locations for purchasing fuel, and for each location shows how much fuel to purchase and the cost of the fuel.

Fuel Stops

Chapter 13: Fuel Optimization 223

NOTE: Fuel costs are reported in U.S. dollars, as this is the default currency of the data provider. Fuel data is updated daily by the data provider.

13.3 Fuel Stops in PC*MILER Reports

Fuel purchase stops that are generated using PC*MILER|Fuel Optimization are integrated into PC*MILER reports such as the Drivers Report and Detailed Route Report (see Chapter 8, Options and Additional Features), as shown in the examples below. Note, however, that purchase amounts and prices are not included in these reports – this information can only be obtained by running a Fuel Optimization Report.

Detailed Route Report


Drivers Report


Technical Support & Contact Options

14.1 Technical Support Options

ALK Technologies offers one year of free unlimited technical support to all registered users of PC*MILER. If you're having a problem with the program, please check section 14.5 (Frequently Asked Questions) before contacting us. To print additional copies of this User’s Guide, click the Windows Start button, then go to Programs > PCMILER 26 (or 26.1) > PCMILER 26 (or 26.1) and select the .pdf file from the sub-menu. If you do not have Adobe Acrobat Reader installed, see section 2.12. If you have any questions about PC*MILER or problems with the software that cannot be resolved using this User’s Guide, contact our staff: Phone: 609.683.0220, ext 552 Fax: 609.252.8108 Email: [email protected] Web Site: www.pcmiler.com Hours: 9:00am – 5:00pm EST, Mon-Fri

When calling, ask for PC*MILER Technical Support. Please be sure to have your PC*MILER Product Key Code, version number, Windows version number, and hardware configuration information (manufacturer, speed, and monitor type) available before your call. Please include this information in your message if you are contacting us by email.

14.2 PC*MILER Sales Contact Information

Phone: 800.377.6453, ext 1 609.683.0220 (outside the U.S.) Fax: 609.252.8108 Email: [email protected] Web Site: www.alk.com/support Address: ALK Technologies, Inc. 457 North Harrison Street Princeton, NJ 08540 USA

14 Ch

apte

r


14.3 Database Support

ALK Technologies' North American Highway Network and Worldwide Highway Network – the primary databases used by PC*MILER products – undergo constant revision. Revisions include the addition of new roads, upgrades of improved sections of highway, and addition of new Key Cities. ALK Technologies is dedicated to maintaining a highway and (in North America) street-level network of the highest quality and welcomes user input and comments. If you encounter any problems related to mileage, routing or highway names, please go to Email > Data Correction to submit the issue. You can also print a copy of the route listing highlighting the problem (such as incorrect road name, mileage, city name, postal code) and send it to:

PC*MILER Products Division ALK TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

457 North Harrison Street · Princeton, NJ 08540 · USA FAX: (609) 252-8108

Email: [email protected]

14.4 PC*MILER Updates

A new, updated release of PC*MILER is offered on an annual basis. An updated release of PC*MILER|Worldwide is provided annually several months following the PC*MILER for North America release. Updates may include revisions to the software, updates to the North American and Worldwide Highway Network databases, and updates to the SPLC and ZIP/Postal code databases. To order your update contact ALK Technologies, Inc. or your PC*MILER dealer. Between version releases, updates and patches are periodically made available on the ALK website as the need arises. These may include corrections to any reported errors in the software or data, quarterly data releases (for applicable products), or mid-year enhancements. ALK strongly recommends checking for the most current updates regularly. This is recommended for all users, but particularly important for PC*MILER|Tolls users. Two ways to check for these new updats are described below. Note that you should choose one method only, it is not necessary to download an update both through the Updater Tool in PC*MILER and from the web site, the same files are downloaded from either location.

NOTE: For those with Proxy Servers, it’s best to go directly to ALK’s website at www.alk.com/support to download all updates and patches.

Chapter 14: Technical Support & Contact Options 227

USING the UPDATER TOOL:

Provided you have an internet connection, follow the steps below: 1. Close all open instances of PC*MILER and its connectivity products. If a

third-party program that accesses any PC*MILER component (for example, PC*MILER|Connect or PC*MILER|Mapping) is running, it must be closed before updating.

2. Open PC*MILER and select Check for Updates from the Help menu. There may be a delay while the updater searches for available update files.

3. Follow the instructions on your screen. If there are available update files, you will be asked to download them and then, in a separate Winzip window, to extract them. Note the version number of the update so that you can check if the update installed properly (see below). While the files are being extracted, the progress of the procedure will be shown.

4. For Workstation Installations Only: PC*MILER must be restarted on each workstation to keep in synch with the server and install the updates.

INSTALLING UPDATES MANUALLY:

Updates may also be installed manually from the Updates & Patches page on ALK’s web site (www.alk.com) for your version of PC*MILER. Simply go to the web site, click the Support tab, and choose PC*MILER; then click on Updates & Patches in the upper right corner of the page, and click on the link for your version.

HOW TO CHECK IF THE UPDATE INSTALLED PROPERLY:

To check if an update installed properly, select About… from the Help menu and look for the Update version number under “This Product is Licensed To”. It should match what you downloaded.

14.5 Frequently Asked Questions

1. Question: When I enter a city and state, I receive the message < No matching

records found >.

Answer: Double-check that your city and state information is accurate, and your spelling is correct. You can use the Spelling Helper to check spelling: type the first two or three letters of the city name, followed by a comma and state abbreviation, then click Add Stop. Choose a city from the pick list.


2. Question: What is the difference between a truck-restricted road and a truck-discouraged road in PC*MILER?

Answer: A truck-restricted road, as determined by the controlling governmental authority, prohibits most kinds of truck use. To see these roads on the map, select the Map menu > Features… and turn on Truck Restrictions. In accordance with these regulations, PC*MILER does not use truck-restricted roads when routing. However, you can override some of these restrictions using the Restriction Override feature, described in section 9.13. A truck-discouraged road is one that is not very compatible with truck use, as determined by PC*MILER. The road may be discouraged because it is winding, or not well paved, or for a variety of other reasons. Refer to the Road Legend on the map for the color used to draw these roads. PC*MILER avoids routing over truck-discouraged roads whenever possible, with the following exceptions:

If the destination is located on such a road If avoiding the truck-discouraged road will add significant time and distance

to a route If you have marked the road to be favored.

3. Question: I received this error message: “Please close other programs using

these files and try again.” What should I do?

Answer: Make sure you have Full Access (read/write) permissions to the Options folder in the PC*MILER installation, usually C:\ALK Technologies\Pmw260 \NA\Options; or for Worldwide users, usually C:\ALK Technologies\Pmw261\ World\WW\Save.

4. Question: I have overridden a truck-restricted road, but PC*MILER still will not route over that road. Why is this happening?

Answer: Most likely, the road segment is truck-discouraged as well as truck-restricted. In addition to overriding the road, you must mark it as favored to make it fully truck accessible. Make sure the Favor Roads button on the toolbar is selected, and then click on all of the road segments in the restricted road. The next time you run a route, PC*MILER will consider this road to be accessible.

5. Question: Can I change the font or icons on a PC*MILER map?

Answer: No, you cannot, they are hard-coded into our software.

6. Question: When running a route, I get the error “No Route Found”. What can I do?

Chapter 14: Technical Support & Contact Options 229

Answer: The route won’t run because there is a truck restricted road around the location. Follow the instructions below: 1. Start PC*MILER.

2. Go to File menu and select New Route.

3. In the route entry window, type your city name in the Stop field and click Add Stop.

4. Now enter another stop and click Add Stop.

5. Next, click the Run button, and it should return an error.

6. Double-click on your city on the stop list. This should frame it on the map.

7. Go to the Map menu and select Features…

8. Click on the Show All button and then click OK.

9. Open the map window; there should now be a road drawn with the color used for restricted roads (consult the Road Legend).

10. Go to the Map menu again and select Pick Label > Toggle Overrides.

11. Now when you bring the cursor over the map window, it will be an arrow with a check mark next to it and the word “Over” under it.

12. Click the point of the arrow on the road wherever you see it highlighted as a restricted segment. This will change the color of the segment – to yellow in most cases.

13. Once all of the restricted roads have been overriden, go to the Route menu and select Default Options.

14. Put a check mark next to Use Custom Roads and then click OK. (This ensures that in the future all route calculations will consider your overrides.)

15. Now go to the Windows menu and select the route you ran in Step 5.

16. In the route window, select the Options button and then put a check mark next to Use Custom Roads and click OK.

17. Click on the Run button and the route should now run.

7. Question: I am an Enterprise User and am getting a Runtime License Error (‘-

706’, ‘License not found’, or ‘Requires Activation’). What can I do? Answer: Follow the steps below for PC*MILER Versions 24-26.

For PC*MILER Version 24: 1. Delete licp8.dat from the PMW240 App Folder (Default Location: C:\Program

Files\ALK Technologies\Pmw240\App\licp8.dat)


2. After the file is deleted, run pcmlic.exe from the PMW240 App Folder (Default Location: C:\Program Files\ALK Technologies\Pmw240\App\pcmlic.exe)

3. Click ‘Continue’ to close the License Status screen

4. Re-open pcmlic.exe from the PMW240 App Folder (Default Location: C:\Program Files\ALK Technologies\Pmw240\App\pcmlic.exe)

5. Your License Status should now be ‘LICENSED’ (Note that you can also launch the ‘License Status’ screen from Start=>Programs=>PCMILER 24=>License Status)

For PC*MILER Version 25: 1. Delete licp9.dat from the PMW250 App Folder (Default Location: C:\ALK

Technologies\Pmw250\App\licp9.dat)

2. After the file is deleted, run pcmlic.exe from the PMW250 App Folder (Default Location: C:\ALK Technologies\Pmw250\App\pcmlic.exe)


4. Re-open pcmlic.exe from the PMW250 App Folder (Default Location: C:\ALK Technologies\Pmw250\App\pcmlic.exe)


For PC*MILER Version 26: 1. Delete licp9.dat from the PMW260 (or PMW261) App Folder (Default

Location: C:\ALK Technologies\Pmw260\App\licp9.dat)

2. After the file is deleted, run pcmlic.exe from the PMW260 App Folder (Default Location: C:\ALK Technologies\Pmw260\App\pcmlic.exe)


4. Re-open pcmlic.exe from the PMW260 App Folder (Default Location: C:\ALK Technologies\Pmw260\App\pcmlic.exe)



About ALK Technologies

ALK Technologies, Inc. is a privately-held company headquartered in Princeton, NJ. Since its founding in 1979 as an industry pioneer, ALK has recognized the power of information technology for transportation and mobility as well as its direct link to competitive advantage and improved quality of life. The company employs over 170 full-time professionals whose expertise includes computer science, transportation, operations research, GIS/mapping and information management systems. ALK products are sold worldwide and our map data networks circle the globe. ALK helps companies, mobile professionals and individuals successfully adopt and benefit from the latest transportation and travel technology. Motor carriers, shippers, railroads, utilities, logistics companies, and business professionals have turned to ALK for our CoPilot Live professional-quality navigation and our PC*MILER routing, mileage, mapping and cost-calculation products. ALK prides itself on being a market leader in transportation and travel technology. Its commercial trucking applications are relied upon by companies worldwide, and its in-vehicle GPS navigation and route guidance solutions are among the most award-winning solutions in the world. ALK's legacy of leadership in applying technology to solve problems in transportation and mobility continues as strongly today as it did over 30 years ago. We are committed to providing our customers with solutions that work for them to lower costs, improve service and safety, and minimize harm to the environment. See section 15.1 below for an overview of ALK’s Enterprise Solutions. For detailed product information, visit us at www.alk.com or www.pcmiler.com.

15 Ch

apte

r


15.1 Enterprise Solutions from ALK Technologies

Ask a PC*MILER Sales Representative how the following Enterprise Solutions can boost productivity, reduce out-of-route mileage and speed return-on-investment. PC*MILER — PC*MILER is truck-specific, point to point routing, mileage

and mapping software that the transportation and logistics industry depends on to succeed. Accuracy and reliability have positioned PC*MILER as the software used by 98 of the top 100 motor carriers and 48 of the top 50 freight transportation firms in North America. The U.S. Department of Defense (DoD), the General Services Administration (GSA) and the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) also rely on PC*MILER as their worldwide distance standard.

PC*MILER|Traffic – PC*MILER|Traffic calculates more accurate transit times and ETAs with real time, historical and predictive traffic speed data. It allows visualization of traffic trends directly on the PC*MILER map. PC*MILER|Traffic now includes a “Fastest” routing type that optimizes overall transit time, taking into account real time traffic congestion and predictive traffic speeds, by the hour and by the day.

PC*MILER|Tolls — PC*MILER|Tolls calculates truck-specific toll costs based on a vehicle’s weight, axle count, trailer count, transaction type (cash or discount program), and time of day travel in the U.S. and Canada. It is driven by the same technology and map dataset as ALK's industry-standard PC*MILER routing, mileage and mapping software. When generating routes, truck-specific toll costs are added into a route’s overall calculation. Determine whether it's more cost-effective to take a toll route, or a non-toll route with a few additional miles, before routing a vehicle.

PC*MILER|HazMat — PC*MILER|HazMat generates point to point and

street-level routes, mileage and driving directions for hauling hazardous materials and dangerous goods in the U.S. and Canada. Federal government mandates state that shippers and carriers are to implement security plans regarding the transport of hazardous materials. A major step in that process is providing drivers with routes and mileage that ensure compliance with these federal, state/province and local restrictions and route designations. To ensure fleet and driver safety, PC*MILER|HazMat identifies where drivers should legally be traveling for the particular type of hazardous commodity they are hauling.

PC*MILER|Fuel Optimization — PC*MILER|Fuel Optimization determines where to purchase the most cost-effective fuel and tell drivers where to find it. With PC*MILER|Fuel Optimization, optimized fuel purchase plans based on daily fuel prices are seamlessly integrated into PC*MILER’s routes, reports and driving directions. The optimized fuel plan

Chapter 15: About ALK Technologies 233

provides purchasing information within the fleet’s fueling networks, indicating where to make fuel purchases and how much fuel to buy at a given location. With fuel prices constantly changing, optimized fuel purchase plans can save 4 to 11 cents per gallon — a conservative average annual savings of $1,100 per truck per year.

PC*MILER|Worldwide — PC*MILER|Worldwide is point-to-point routing, mileage and mapping software that generates routes, distances, maps and driving directions over the entire international highway network. Employ the functionality of PC*MILER across worldwide data coverage, including North America, South America, Europe, Africa, Asia, and Oceania.

PC*MILER|Streets — PC*MILER|Streets is street-level routing, mileage and mapping software designed to provide dock-to-dock driving directions over truck-specific routes. It includes all the features and functionality of PC*MILER plus an enhanced U.S. and Canadian street-level routing network, map database, and street address database. Ensure that your vehicles and loads get to the right place using the most precise truck-specific route possible, taking into consideration truck-preferred and truck-restricted roads. PC*MILER|Streets data is also available to PC*MILER|Worldwide users for Brazil, Europe and Australia/New Zealand.

PC*MILER|FuelTax — PC*MILER|FuelTax fully automates fuel and mileage tax tracking, calculation and reporting. The software includes easy-to-use tax forms and rates for all jurisdictions, and generates post-operations analysis reports that help identify fuel purchase and trip conflicts in self-audits. PC*MILER|FuelTax can be used as a stand-alone product or integrated with PC*MILER to automatically generate distances within the provided trip sheets.

PC*MILER|Rail — PC*MILER|Rail is the rail and logistics industry's leading routing, mileage and mapping software. Widely used in fuel surcharge calculation, equipment management, rail car mileage auditing, carrier selection, rate determination and negotiation, and ad valorem tax reporting, PC*MILER|Rail determines actual operating or fuel surcharge routes and mileage using station/state abbreviations or railroad industry codes. Through ALK’s close working relationship with all major railroads, PC*MILER|Rail features the most accurate digital representation of the North American rail network.

PC*MILER Navigator — PC*MILER Navigator is the first all-in-one GPS navigation system specifically designed for company drivers, owner operators, and leased operators to provide industry-standard PC*MILER directions in the cab. Powered by ALK’s award-winning CoPilot mobile navigation technology, PC*MILER Navigator is changing the way commercial truck drivers work, making it possible for spoken street-level directions to be generated anywhere within seconds.


CoPilot® Truck — CoPilot Truck offers an easy to use, intuitive interface

with spoken turn-by-turn directions and easy to follow, non-distracting guidance displays. Unlike standard car navigation systems, it calculates efficient routes based on your vehicle profile information, routing parameters and load type, including hazardous materials. Running conveniently on a wide range of smartphones, tablets and laptops, CoPilot Truck uses street-level ALK Digital Maps™ enhanced with industry standard PC*MILER truck-specific attributes featuring 3.52 million commercial truck restrictions and allowances. With powerful multi-stop routing it effortlessly provides the optimal route for any itinerary, while automatically avoiding commercial truck restrictions to increase efficiency, reduce mileage and help avoid costly fines and vehicle damage.

CONNECTIVITY and INTERFACE PRODUCTS PC*MILER|Connect — PC*MILER|Connect seamlessly interfaces

PC*MILER routes, mileage and reports with third-party and custom systems, such as transportation and logistics management software systems. Client applications are able to retrieve PC*MILER distances, detailed driving directions, drive times, state-by-state mileage summaries, stop optimization functionalities and more.

Multi-Version Switch (MVS) — Multi-Version Switch is a high-end function of PC*MILER|Connect that serves as an integration tool designed to simultaneously support multiple versions of PC*MILER that are installed on one server or on several different servers. Instead of manually querying data from each individual version, the Multi-Version Switch functions as the main connection point to programmatically gain access to the version of choice.

PC*MILER Web Services — PC*MILER Web Services is an integration tool designed to efficiently fulfill all PC*MILER routing, mileage and mapping transactions in a simple hardware and software-agnostic system interface to any computing platform. It offers a standardized way of integrating PC*MILER with Web Services, .NET, or Web-based applications using XML (Extensible Markup Language) and SOAP (Simple Object Access Protocol) over an Internet Protocol Backbone – all developed in Microsoft .NET.

PC*MILER|Mapping — PC*MILER|Mapping seamlessly interfaces PC*MILER routes and geographic data on maps for integration with real-time dispatch and operations analysis programs. PC*MILER|Mapping allows you to include commands in spreadsheets, databases and custom systems to obtain a visual overview of your data.

Chapter 15: About ALK Technologies 235

PC*MILER|Spreadsheets — PC*MILER|Spreadsheets gives you the ability to access PC*MILER features and functionality from within your own spreadsheet software. Generate point-to-point or street-level mileage and drive times within a spreadsheet program, and then use built-in functions to summarize and analyze your data. PC*MILER|Spreadsheets provides a seamless interface with PC*MILER and Microsoft® Excel®, allowing you to perform customized data analyses.

PC*MILER|BatchPro — PC*MILER|BatchPro is a batch-processing tool that permits the simultaneous processing of large volumes of lanes (set as origin/destination pairs) entered as city/state combinations, ZIP or Postal Codes, or latitude/longitude coordinates rather than entering routes individually. It gives you the ability to generate routes, mileage, as well as cost and time information per route.

PC*MILER|TCP/IP — PC*MILER|TCP/IP is an integration tool that provides an interface to PC*MILER|Connect running in a Windows environment to an application residing on another platform. Through a TCP/IP network, client applications can access a text-based interface to call PC*MILER|Connect's features and functionality. The interface opens cross platform communications in a thread-safe manner, giving you the flexibility to transmit the output of PC*MILER|Connect to multiple networks within your organization.

POSTAL CODE & SPLC ADD-ON DATA MODULES

Canadian Postal Codes — Enhance the PC*MILER database with six-digit Canadian Postal Codes. Enables search and display of corresponding city/province names to enter them as stops along a route.

Standard Point Location Codes (SPLC) — Add SPLC to the PC*MILER database to generate routes for rating and freight bill auditing. A SPLC provides each point originating freight and each point receiving freight in North America with a unique code number that identifies the point by its geographic location.


APPENDICES on the following pages

A: Access Policies for the National Network B: Canadian Counties & Tourism Regions C: State/Province/Country Abbreviations D: Postal Code Formats in Worldwide Regions E: Geocoding Confidence Levels F: Valid Entries for Street Addresses G: Default Road Speeds by Jurisdiction H: Toll Plaza Names in Reports


Appendix A: Access Policies from National Network

Routes to Terminals & Services

Reasonable Access

Reasonable access is the deviation allowed between the specified truck network and any allowable stops. A stop is typically defined as a place of loading or unloading or facilities for food, fuel, repairs and rest. In all cases, local signs and warnings prohibiting truck access or providing an applicable restriction take precedence over reasonable access rules. In some states the deviation allowed from the National Network or 53 Foot Designated Truck Network may vary depending on the roads used to get to the stop. If this is the case, we have differentiated between reasonable access from the truck route and on a state highway versus local roads.

National Network 53 Foot Designated Truck Network

Notes

Alabama 1 mile on state highways; 1 mile on local roads

1 mile on state highways; 1 mile on local roads

One mile of reasonable access is allowed as long as the pavement is 12' wide.

Alaska Unlimited on state highways; Unlimited on local roads

Unlimited on state highways; Unlimited on local roads

Arizona 1 mile on state highways; 1 mile on local roads


Arkansas Unlimited on state highways; 1 mile on local roads

Unlimited on state highways; 1 mile on local roads

California 1 mile on state highways; 1 mile on local roads

No access on state highways; No access on local roads

Reasonable access of one mile off of the National Network is only allowed where the "S" sign indicates.

Colorado Unlimited on state highways; 1 mile on local roads


Connecticut 1 mile on state highways; 1 mile on local roads


Reasonable access of one mile is permitted for access to a place of loading or unloading, terminals, food, fuel, repair and rest. Commercial vehicles are not allowed on parkways.

Delaware 1 mile on state highways; 1 mile on local roads


A Ap

pen

dix


District of Columbia



All 53' trailers require a permit for reasonable access.

Florida Unlimited on state highways; 1 mile on local roads


Georgia 1 mile on state highways; 1 mile on local roads


Hawaii Unlimited on state highways; Unlimited on local roads


Idaho Unlimited on state highways; 1 mile on local roads


A 53' trailer is legally allowed to travel on all state roads without other restrictions, such as height or weight, to their delivery point.

Illinois 5 miles on state highways; 1 mile on local roads


Reasonable access of five miles on state roads from Class I-III roads is permitted unless prohibited by other restrictions, such as height or weight, to a place of loading or unloading, terminals, food, fuel, repair and rest. Reasonable access of one mile on roads from Class I roads is permitted unless prohibited by other restrictions, such as height or weight, to a place of loading or unloading, terminals, food, fuel, repair and rest.

Indiana Unlimited on state highways; 1 mile on local roads


Non-permitted loads are legally allowed to travel on all state roads without other restrictions, such as height or weight, to their delivery point.

Iowa 1 mile on state highways; 1 mile on local roads


Kansas Unlimited on state highways; 1 mile on local roads



Kentucky 5 miles on state highways; 1 mile on local roads


Please see Section 5 of 603 KAR 5:250,"Selection of National Truck Network highways and reasonable access to these highways", for exceptions.

Louisiana 10 mile on state highways; 10 mile on local roads


Appendix A: National Network Access Policies 239

Maine Unlimited on state highways; 1 mile on local roads


Maryland 1 mile on state highways; 1 mile on local roads

N/A

Massachusetts Unlimited on state highways; 1 mile on local roads


Michigan 5 miles on state highways; 1 mile on local roads

5 miles on state highways; No access on local roads

Reasonable access of five miles is permitted on state roads for access to terminals, food, fuel, repair and rest. Reasonable access of one mile on local roads is only permitted off of interstate freeways.

Minnesota 1 mile on state highways; 1 mile on local roads


Mississippi Unlimited on state highways; 1 mile on local roads


A 53' trailer does not require a permit, so it is legally allowed to travel on all state roads without other restrictions, such as height or weight, to their delivery point.

Missouri 10 miles on state highways; 10 miles on local roads

10 miles on state highways; 10 miles on local roads

Montana Unlimited on state highways; 1 mile on local roads



Nebraska Unlimited on state highways; 1 mile on local roads



Nevada Unlimited on state highways; 1 mile on local roads



New Hampshire 1 mile on state highways; 1 mile on local roads


Reasonable access of one mile is permitted on roads without other restrictions, such as height or weight, to a place of loading or unloading, terminals, food, fuel, repair and rest.

New Jersey Unlimited on state highways; Unlimited on local roads



New Mexico Unlimited on state highways; 1 mile on local roads



New York 1 mile on state highways; 1 mile on local roads


North Carolina 3 miles on state highways; 3 miles on local roads


Reasonable access of three miles is permitted on roads without other restrictions, such as height or weight, to terminals, food, fuel, repair and rest.

North Dakota Unlimited on state highways; 1 mile on local roads



Ohio Unlimited on state highways; 1 mile on local roads


Oklahoma Unlimited on state highways; 1 mile on local roads



Oregon 1 mile on state highways; 1 mile on local roads


Pennsylvania 1 mile on state highways; 1 mile on local roads


One mile of reasonable access is allowed as long as the pavement is 10' wide.

Rhode Island 1 mile on state highways; 1 mile on local roads


South Carolina Unlimited on state highways; 1 mile on local roads


South Dakota Unlimited on state highways; 1 mile on local roads



Tennessee 15 miles on state highways; 15 miles on local roads


Texas Unlimited on state highways; 1 mile on local roads


Appendix A: National Network Access Policies 241

Utah Unlimited on state highways; 1 mile on local roads



Vermont 1 mile on state highways; 1 mile on local roads


Virginia 1 mile on state highways; 1 mile on local roads


Reasonable access of one mile is permitted on roads without other restrictions, such as height or weight, to terminals, food, fuel, repair and rest, except in incorporated towns and cities as well as Henrico and Arlington Counties.

Washington Unlimited on state highways; 1 mile on local roads



West Virginia 2 miles on state highways; 2 miles on local roads


Reasonable access of two miles is permitted on roads without other restrictions, such as height or weight, to terminals, food, fuel, repair and rest.

Wisconsin 5 miles on state highways; 5 miles on local roads


Wyoming Unlimited on state highways; 1 mile on local roads




Appendix B: Canadian Counties & Tourism Regions

Province Counties & Tourism Region Alberta (Contains no Tourism Regions or Counties) British Columbia (Contains Tourism Regions)

VANCOUVER ISLAND VANCOUVER COAST AND MOUNTAINS OKANAGAN/ SIMILKAMEEN KOOTENAY COUNTRY HIGH COUNTRY CARIBOO NORTH BY NORTHWEST PEACE RIVER/ ALASKA BC ROCKIES Manitoba (Contains no Tourism Regions or Counties) New Brunswick (Contains Counties)

ALBERT CARLETON CHARLOTTE

GLOUCESTER KENT KINGS MADAWASKA NORTHUMBERLAND QUEENS RESTIGOUCHE ST. JOHN SUNBURY VICTORIA WESTMORLAND YORK

Newfoundland (Contains no Tourism Regions or Counties)

B Ap

pen

dix

Appendix B: Canadian Counties & Tourism Regions 243

Northwest Territories

(Contains no Tourism Regions or Counties)

Nova Scotia (Contains Counties)

ANNAPOLIS ANTIGONISH CAPE BRETON COLCHESTER CUMBERLAND DIGBY GUYSBOROUGH HALIFAX HANTS INVERNESS KINGS LUNENBURG PICTOU QUEENS RICHMOND SHELBURNE VICTORIA YARMOUTH Ontario (Contains Counties)

ALGOMA BRANT BRUCE COCHRANE DUFFERIN DURHAM ELGIN

ESSEX FRONTENAC GREY HALDIMAND - NORFOLK HALIBURTON HALTON HAMILTON - WENTWORTH HASTINGS HURON KENORA KENT

LAMBTON LANARK


LEEDS - GRENVILLE LENNOX - ADDINGTON MANITOULIN MIDDLESEX MUSKOKA NIAGARA NIPISSING NORTHUMBERLAND OTTAWA - CARLETON OXFORD PARRY SOUND PEEL PERTH PETERBOROUGH PRESCOTT AND RUSSELL PRINCE EDWARD RAINY RIVER RENFREW SIMCOE STORMONT, DUNDAS, AND GLENGARRY SUDBURY SUDBURY RM THUNDER BAY TIMISKAMING TORONTO VICTORIA WATERLOO WELLINGTON YORK Prince Edward Island

(Contains counties)

KINGS PRINCE QUEENS

Quebec (Contains Tourism Regions)

ABITIBI-TEMISCAMINGUE BAIE-JAMES BAS-SAINT-LAURENT CHARLEVOIX

CHAUDIERE - APPALACHES

Appendix B: Canadian Counties & Tourism Regions 245

COEUR-DU-QUEBEC DUPLESSIS ESTRIE GASPESIE ILES-DE-LA-MADELEINE LANAUDIERE LAURENTIDES LAVAL MANICOUAGAN MONTEREGIE MONTREAL OUTAOUAIS QUEBEC SAGUENAY - LAC-SAINT-JEAN Saskatchewan (Contains no Tourism Regions or Counties) Yukon (Contains no Tourism Regions or Counties)


Appendix C: State/Province/Country Abbreviations

North American Countries

(Note that PC*MILER|Worldwide now includes Central American countries in its North America region.)

Country FIPS ISO 3-Char ISO 2-Char Canada CA CAN CA

Greenland GL GRL GL

Mexico MX MEX MX

Puerto Rico PR PRI PR

Sainte Pierre & Miquelon SB SPM PM

United States US USA US

Central America:

Belize BH BLZ BZ

Costa Rica CS CRI CR

El Salvador ES SLV SV

Guatemala GT GTM GT

Honduras HO HND HN

Nicaragua* NU* NIC NI

Panama PM PAN PA

* The same FIPS code, NU, is used for Nicaragua and the province of Nunavut, Canada in the PC*MILER database.

States/Provinces in the United States & Canada AL Alabama

AK Alaska

AB Alberta

AZ Arizona

AR Arkansas

BC British Columbia

C Ap

pen

dix

Appendix C: State/Province/Country Abbreviations 247

CA California

CO Colorado

CT Connecticut

DE Delaware

DC Dist. of Columbia

FL Florida

GA Georgia

ID Idaho

IL Illinois

IN Indiana

IA Iowa

KS Kansas

KY Kentucky

LA Louisiana

ME Maine

MB Manitoba

MD Maryland

MA Massachusetts

MI Michigan

MN Minnesota

MS Mississippi

MO Missouri

MT Montana

NE Nebraska

NV Nevada

NB New Brunswick

NH New Hampshire

NJ New Jersey

NM New Mexico

NY New York

NL Newfoundland & Labrador

NC North Carolina

ND North Dakota

NT Northwest Territory

NS Nova Scotia

NU* Nunavut

OH Ohio


OK Oklahoma

ON Ontario

OR Oregon

PA Pennsylvania

PE Prince Edward Island

QC Quebec

RI Rhode Island

SK Saskatchewan

SC South Carolina

SD South Dakota

TN Tennessee

TX Texas

UT Utah

VT Vermont

VA Virginia

WA Washington

WV West Virginia

WI Wisconsin

WY Wyoming

YT Yukon Territory

* The same FIPS code, NU, is used for Nicaragua and the province of Nunavut, Canada in the PC*MILER database.

Mexican Estados

Abbreviation

Estado

AG Aguascalientes

BJ Baja California

BS Baja California Sur

CP Campeche

CH Chiapas

CI Chihuahua

CU Coahuila de Zaragoza

CL Colima

DF Distrito Federal

DG Durango


GJ Guanajuato

GR Guerrero

HG Hidalgo

JA Jalisco

EM Mexico (Estado)

MH Michoacan de Ocampo

MR Morelos

NA Nayarit

NX * Nuevo Leon

OA Oaxaca

PU Puebla

QA Queretaro Arteaga

QR Quintana Roo

SL San Luis Potosi

SI Sinaloa

SO Sonora

TA Tabasco

TM Tamaulipas

TL Tlaxcala

VZ Veracruz

YC Yucatan

ZT Zacatecas

* Please note that by default, “NX” is used for Nuevo Leon because the province of

Newfoundland and Labrador in Canada already utilizes “NL” in the database. However, there is an option in the Tools menu that sets “NL” as the abbreviation for Nuevo Leon.

African Countries

Country FIPS ISO 3-Char ISO 2-Char

Algeria AG DZA DZ

Angola AO AGO AO

Benin BN BEN BJ

Botswana BC BWA BW

Burkina Faso UV BFA BF

Burundi BY BDI BI


Cameroon CM CMR CM

Cape Verde CV CPV CV

Central African Republic CT CAF CF

Chad CD TCD TD

Comoros CN COM KM

Congo CF COG CD

Djibouti DJ DJI DJ

Egypt EG EGY EG

Equatorial Guinea EK GNQ GQ

Eritrea ER ERI ER

Ethiopia ET ETH ET

Gabon GB GAB GA

Gambia GA GMB GM

Ghana GH GHA GH

Guinea GV GIN GN

Guinea-Bissau PU GNB GW

Ivory Coast IV CIV CI

Kenya KE KEN KE

Lesotho LT LSO LS

Liberia LI LBR LR

Libya LY LBY LY

Madagascar MA MDG MG

Malawi MI MWI MW

Mali ML MLI ML

Mauritania MR MRT MR

Mauritius MP MUS MU

Mayotte MF MYT YT

Morocco MO MAR MA

Mozambique MZ MOZ MZ

Namibia WA NAM NA

Niger NG NER NE

Nigeria NI NGA NG

Republic of Congo CG COD CG

Réunion RE REU RE

Rwanda RW RWA RW

Saint Helena SH SHN SH

Sao Tome and Principe TP STP ST


Senegal SG SEN SN

Seychelles SE SYC SC

Sierra Leone SL SLE SL

Somalia SO SOM SO

South Africa SF ZAF ZA

Sudan SU SDN SD

Swaziland WZ SWZ SZ

Tanzania TZ TZA TZ

Togo TO TGO TG

Tunisia TS TUN TN

Uganda UG UGA UG

Western Sahara WI ESH EH

Zambia ZA ZMB ZM

Zimbabwe ZI ZWE ZW

Asian Countries


Afghanistan AF AFG AF

Armenia AM ARM AM

Azerbaijan AJ AZE AZ

Bahrain BA BHR BH

Bangladesh BG BGD BD

Bhutan BT BTN BT

Brunei Darussalam BX BRN BN

Burma (Myanmar) BM MMR MM

Cambodia CB KHM KH

China CH CHN CN

Cyprus CY CYP CY

Georgia GG GEO GE

Hong Kong HK HKG HK

India IN IND IN

Indonesia ID IDN ID

Iran (Islamic Republic of) IR IRN IR

Iraq IZ IRQ IQ

Israel IS ISR IL


Japan JA JPN JP

Jordan JO JOR JO

Kazakhstan KZ KAZ KZ

Korea, North KN PRK KP

Korea, South KS KOR KR

Kuwait KU KWT KW

Kyrgyzstan KG KGZ KG

Lao People's Democratic Republic

LA LAO LA

Lebanon LE LBN LB

Macao MC MAC MO

Malaysia MY MYS MY

Maldives MV MDV MV

Mongolia MG MNG MN

Nepal NP NPL NP

Oman MU OMN OM

Pakistan PK PAK PK

Papua New Guinea PP PNG PG

Philippines RP PHL PH

Qatar QA QAT QA

Saudi Arabia SA SAU SA

Singapore SN SGP SG

Sri Lanka CE LKA LK

Syrian Arab Republic SY SYR SY

Taiwan TW TWN TW

Tajikistan TI TJK TJ

Thailand TH THA TH

Turkmenistan TX TKM TM

United Arab Emirates TC ARE AE

Uzbekistan UZ UZB UZ

Vietnam VM VNM VN

Yemen YM YEM YE


European Countries


Albania AL ALB AL

Andorra AN AND AD

Austria AU AUT AT

Belarus BO BLR BY

Belgium BE BEL BE

Bosnia and Herzegovina BK BIH BA

Bulgaria BU BGR BG

Croatia HR HRV HR

Czech Republic EZ CZE CZ

Denmark DA DNK DK

Estonia EN EST EE

Finland FI FIN FI

France FR FRA FR

Germany GM DEU DE

Gibraltar GI GIB GI

Greece GR GRC GR

Hungary HU HUN HU

Iceland IC ISL IS

Ireland EI IRL IE

Italy IT ITA IT

Latvia LG LVA LV

Liechtenstein LS LIE LI

Lithuania LH LTU LT

Luxembourg LU LUX LU

Macedonia MK MKD MK

Malta MT MLT MT

Moldavia MD MDA MD

Monaco MN MCO MC

Montenegro MJ MNE ME

Netherlands NL NLD NL

Norway NO NOR NO

Poland PL POL PL

Portugal PO PRT PT


Romania RO ROU RO

Russian Federation RS RUS RU

San Marino SM SMR SM

Serbia RI SRB RS

Slovakia LO SVK SK

Slovenia SI SVN SI

Spain SP ESP ES

Sweden SW SWE SE

Switzerland SZ CHE CH

Turkey TU TUR TR

Ukraine UP UKR UA

United Kingdom UK GBR GB

Vatican City VT VAT VA

Oceania (Australia/South Pacific Countries)


American Samoa AQ ASM AS

Australia AS AUS AU

Cook Islands CW COK CK

Fiji FJ FJI FJ

French Polynesia FP PYF PF

French Southern and Antarctic Islands

FS -- TF

Guam GQ GUM GU

Kiribati KR KIR KI

Marshall Islands RM MHL MH

Micronesia, Federated States of

FM FSM FM

Midway Island MQ -- UM

Nauru NR NRU NR

New Caledonia NC NCL NC

New Zealand NZ NZL NZ

Niue NE NIU NU

Norfolk Island NF NFK NF

Northern Mariana Islands CQ MNP MP


Palau PS PLW PW

Pitcairn PC PCN PN

Solomon Islands BP SLB SB

Tokelau TL TKL TK

Tonga TN TON TO

Tuvalu TV TUV TV

Vanuatu NH VUT VU

Wake Island WQ -- UM

Wallis and Futuna Islands WF WLF WF

Western Samoa WS WSM WS

South American Countries


Anguilla AV AIA AI

Antigua and Barbuda AC ATG AG

Argentina AR ARG AR

Aruba AA ABW AW

Bahamas BF BHS BS

Barbados BB BRB BB

Bolivia BL BOL BO

Brazil BR BRA BR

British Virgin Islands VI VGB VG

Cayman Islands CJ CYM KY

Chile CI CHL CL

Colombia CO COL CO

Cuba CU CUB CU

Dominica DO DMA DM

Dominican Republic DR DOM DO

Ecuador EC ECU EC

Falkland Islands (Malvinas)

FK FLK FK

French Guiana FG GUF GF

Grenada GJ GRD GD

Guadeloupe GP GLP GP

Guyana GY GUY GY


Haiti HA HTI HT

Jamaica JM JAM JM

Martinique MB MTQ MQ

Montserrat MH MSR MS

Netherlands Antilles NT ANT AN

Paraguay PA PRY PY

Peru PE PER PE

Saint Kitts and Nevis Islands

SC KNA KN

Saint Lucia ST LCA LC

Saint Vincent and the Grenadines

VC VCT VC

Suriname NS SUR SR

Trinidad and Tobago TD TTO TT

Turks and Caicos Islands TK TCA TC

United States Virgin Islands

VQ VIR VI

Uruguay UY URY UY

Venezuela VE VEN VE

Official Sources FIPS Country Codes: http://geonames.nga.mil/ggmagaz/geonames4.asp and http://www.state.gov/s/inr/rls/4250.htm ISO2 Country Codes: http://www.iso.org/iso/country_codes/iso_3166_code_lists/english_country_names_and_code_elements.htm and http://www.iso.org/iso/english_country_names_and_code_elements#s ISO 3 Country Codes: http://unstats.un.org/unsd/methods/m49/m49alpha.htm


Appendix D: Postal Code Formats in Worldwide Regions

Legend: A = alphabetic (A,B,C,…Z) N = numeric (0,1,2,...9)

North America Canada ANA NAN or ANANAN

USA NNNNN

Mexico, starting in PCM25 NNNNN

South America Brazil, starting in PCM24 NNNNN

Europe United Kingdom AANA N or AAN N or AANN N or, starting in PCM24, AANAN or AANN or AANNN or, starting in PCM25, AANA NAA or AANANAA or AAN NAA or AANNAA or AANN NAA or AANNNAA

Russia, starting in PCM22 NNNNNN

Romania, starting in PCM23 NNNNNN

France, Germany, Italy, Vatican City, Spain, and Finland NNNNN

Estonia and Croatia, starting in PCM22 NNNNN

Lithuania, starting in PCM23 NNNNN

Ukraine and Turkey, starting in PCM24 NNNNN

D Ap

pen

dix


Netherlands, Belgium, Luxemburg, Austria, Switzerland, Liechtenstein, Denmark, Norway and Hungary NNNN

Latvia and Slovenia, starting in PCM22 NNNN

Bulgaria, starting in PCM23 NNNN

Iceland NNN

Ireland (Dublin only) NN (single digit postcodes N are not supported for input in PC*MILER)

Poland NN-NNN or, starting in PCM24: NNNNN

Portugal NNNN or, starting in PCM24: NNNN-NNN or NNNNNNN

Sweden NNN or, starting in PCM22: NNN NN or NNNNN

Czech Republic and Slovakia NNN NN or NNNNN

Greece, starting in PCM22 NNN NN or NNNNN

Africa South Africa, starting in PCM24 NNNN

Asia Japan, starting in PCM24 NNN-NNNN or NNNNNNN

India, starting in PCM24 NNNNNN

Oceania Australia, starting in PCM24 NNNN


Appendix E: Valid Entries for Street Addresses

For PC*MILER|Streets users, valid prefixes, suffixes, and abbreviations for street address entry are listed below.

Valid Entries-Street Prefixes Valid Entries-Street Suffixes

E, East E, East N, North N, North NE, Northeast NE, Northeast NW, Northwest NW, Northwest S, South S, South SE, Southeast SE, Southeast SW, Southwest SW, Southwest W, West W, West

Valid Entries for Street Types

Full Spelling Valid in PC*MILER

Alley Al Alley Al. Alley All Alley All. Alley Aly Alley Aly. Arcade Arc Arcade Arc. Avenue Av Avenue Av. Avenue Avda Avenue Avda. Avenue Ave Avenue Ave. Avenue Aven Avenue Aven. Avenue Avenida Boulevard Blvd Boulevard Blvd. Bridge Brdg Bridge Brdg. Bridge Brg


Bridge Brg. Bypass Byp Bypass Byp. Causeway Cause Causeway Cause. Causeway Cswy Causeway Cswy. Center Cntr Center Cntr. Center Ctr Center Ctr. Circle Cir Circle Cir. Circle Circ Circle Circ. Court Crt Court Crt. Court Ct Court Ct. Cove Cv Cove Cv. Crescent Cres

E Ap

pen

dix



Crescent Cres. Crescent Cresc Crescent Cresc. Crossing Crsg Crossing Crsg. Crossing Xing Crossing Xing. Drive Dr Drive Dr. Drive Drv Drive Drv. Expressway Expr Expressway Expr. Expressway Expy Expressway Expy. Expressway Exwy Expressway Exwy. Farm-To-Market F-M Farm-To-Market FM Freeway Frwy Freeway Frwy. Highway Hwy Highway Hwy. Highway Hy Highway Hy. Lane La Lane La. Lane Ln Lane Ln. Loop Lp Loop Lp. Mall Ml Mall Ml. Motorway Mrwy Motorway Mrwy. Motorway Mtrwy Motorway Mtrwy. Motorway Mtwy Motorway Mtwy. Overpass Over Overpass Over. Overpass Ovps Overpass Ovps.


Overpass Ovrps Overpass Ovrps. Park Pk Park Pk. Park Prk Park Prk. Parkway Pkwy Parkway Pkwy. Parkway Prkwy Parkway Prkwy. Pass Ps Pass Ps. Path Pth Path Pth. Pike Pke Pike Pke. Place Pl Place Pl. Place Pla Place Pla. Place Plac Place Plac. Place Plc Place Plc. Plaza Plz Plaza Plz. Point Pnt Point Pnt. Point Pt Point Pt. Ramp Rmp Ramp Rmp. Road Rd Road Rd. Skyway Skwy Skyway Skwy. Square Sq Square Sq. Square Sqr Square Sqr. Street St Street St.

Appendix E: Valid Entries for Street Addresses 261

Full Spelling

Valid in PC*MILER

Street Str Street Str. Terrace Ter Terrace Ter. Terrace Terr Terrace Terr. Terrace Trc Terrace Trc Throughway Thruway Throughway Thwy Throughway Thwy. Trafficway Tfcwy Trafficway Tfcwy. Trafficway Tfwy Trafficway Tfwy. Trafficway Trwy Trail Trl Trail Trl. Tunnel Tun Tunnel Tun. Tunnel Tunl Tunnel Tunl. Tunnel Tunn Tunnel Tunn. Turnpike Tpk Turnpike Tpk. Turnpike Tpke Turnpike Tpke. Underpass Unp Underpass Unp. Underpass Unps Underpass Unps. Underpass Unrps Underpass Unrps. Way Wy Way Wy


Appendix F: Default Road Speeds by Jurisdiction

The table below lists PC*MILER default road speeds worldwide by jurisdiction and PC*MILER road category. Speeds are in miles per hour. To see default speeds for any world region, you can also open the Options dialog box, select a world region, then click the Road Speeds tab. Select a country from the pick list to see its default speeds.

Africa

State Abrev.

Interstate Highway

Divided Highway

Primary Highway

Secondary Highway Local Ferries

Rural Urban Rural Urban Rural Urban Rural Urban Rural Urban Rural Urban

Algeria AG 62 56 56 43 50 31 37 25 25 18 26 26

Angola AO 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 18 18

Botswana BC 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 21 21

Benin BN 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 18 18

Burundi BY 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 18 18

Chad CD 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 21 21

Congo CF 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 18 18

Republic of Congo CG 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 23 23

Cameroon CM 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 21 21

Comoros CN 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 15 15

Central African Republic CT 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 18 18

Cape Verde CV 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 23 23

Djibouti DJ 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 21 21

Egypt EG 62 56 56 43 37 31 25 25 18 12 27 27

Equatorial Guinea EK 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 21 21

F Ap

pen

dix

Appendix F: Default Road Speeds By Jurisdiction 263

Eritrea ER 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 21 21

Ethiopia ET 62 56 56 43 50 31 37 25 25 18 18 18

Gambia GA 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 21 21

Gabon GB 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 18 18

Ghana GH 62 56 56 43 50 31 37 25 25 18 21 21

Guinea GV 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 18 18

Ivory Coast IV 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 18 18

Kenya KE 62 56 56 43 50 31 37 25 25 18 21 21

Liberia LI 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 18 18

Lesotho LT 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 23 23

Libya LY 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 26 26

Madagascar MA 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 15 15

Mayotte MF 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 18 18

Malawi MI 62 56 56 43 50 31 37 25 25 18 21 21

Mali ML 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 18 18

Morocco MO 62 56 56 43 50 31 37 25 25 18 26 26

Mauritius MP 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 18 18

Mauritania MR 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 18 18

Mozambique MZ 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 21 21

Niger NG 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 21 21

Nigeria NI 62 56 56 43 50 31 37 25 25 18 21 21

Guinea‐Bissau PU 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 18 18

Reunion RE 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 18 18

Rwanda RW 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 18 18

Seychelles SE 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 18 18

South Africa SF 62 56 56 43 50 31 37 18 25 12 24 24

Senegal SG 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 21 21

Saint Helena SH 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 18 18

Sierra Leone SL 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 18 18

Somalia SO 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 21 21

Sudan SU 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 18 18

Togo TO 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 18 18


Sao Tome and Principe TP 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 21 21

Tunisia TS 62 56 56 43 50 31 37 25 25 18 26 26

Tanzania TZ 62 56 56 43 50 31 37 25 25 18 23 23

Uganda UG 62 56 56 43 50 31 37 25 25 18 23 23

Burkina Faso UV 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 18 18

Namibia WA 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 21 21

Western Sahara WI 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 18 18

Swaziland WZ 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 18 18

Zambia ZA 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 20 15 21 21

Zimbabwe ZI 62 56 50 43 43 31 37 25 25 18 23 23

Asia

State FIPS - 2

Interstate Highway

Divided Highway

Primary Highway



Afghanistan AF 56 56 56 50 43 31 31 25 25 18 16 16

Azerbaijan AJ 56 56 56 50 43 31 31 25 25 18 20 20

Armenia AM 56 56 56 50 43 31 31 25 25 18 16 16

Bahrain BA 56 56 56 50 43 31 31 25 25 18 25 25

Bangladesh BG 50 50 50 43 43 31 31 18 25 12 21 21

Burma (Myanmar) BM 50 50 50 43 43 31 31 18 25 12 21 21

Bhutan BT 50 50 50 43 43 31 31 18 25 12 16 16

Brunei Darussalam BX 50 50 50 43 43 31 31 18 25 12 18 18

Cambodia CB 56 56 56 50 43 31 31 25 25 18 18 18

Sri Lanka CE 50 50 50 43 43 31 31 18 25 12 22 22

China* CH 68 62 56 50 50 31 37 18 25 12 27 27

Cyprus CY 56 56 56 50 43 31 31 25 25 18 25 25


East Timor TMP (ISO‐3) 50 50 50 43 43 31 31 18 25 12 18 18

Georgia GG 56 56 56 50 43 31 31 25 25 18 20 20

Hong Kong HK 31 31 31 31 25 25 18 18 12 12 27 27

Indonesia ID 50 50 50 43 43 31 31 18 25 12 27 27

India IN 62 49 49 37 43 31 31 18 25 12 22 22

Iran (Islamic Republic of) IR 56 56 56 50 43 31 31 25 25 18 25 25

Israel IS 56 56 56 50 43 31 31 25 25 18 25 25

Iraq IZ 56 56 56 50 43 31 31 25 25 18 21 21

Japan* JA 62 56 50 43 37 31 31 18 25 12 26 26

Jordan JO 56 56 56 50 43 31 31 25 25 18 16 16

Kyrgyzstan KG 56 56 56 50 43 31 31 25 25 18 16 16

Korea, North KN 56 56 56 50 43 31 31 25 25 18 21 21

Korea, South KS 56 56 56 50 43 31 31 25 25 18 21 21

Kuwait KU 56 56 56 50 43 31 31 25 25 18 20 20

Lao People's Democratic Republic LA 56 56 56 50 43 31 31 25 25 18 16 16

Lebanon LE 56 56 56 50 43 31 31 25 25 18 25 25

Macao MC 50 50 50 43 43 31 31 18 25 12 27 27

Mongolia MG 56 56 56 50 43 31 31 25 25 18 16 16

Oman MU 56 56 56 50 43 31 31 25 25 18 21 21

Maldives MV 56 56 56 50 43 31 31 25 25 18 22 22

Malaysia MY 50 50 50 43 43 31 31 18 25 12 27 27

Nepal NP 50 50 50 43 43 31 31 18 25 12 16 16

Pakistan PK 56 56 56 50 43 31 31 25 25 18 21 21

Palestinian Territory PSE (ISO‐3) 56 56 56 50 43 31 31 25 25 18 16 16

Papua New Guinea PP 50 50 50 43 43 31 31 18 25 12 18 18

Qatar QA 56 56 56 50 43 31 31 25 25 18 25 25

Philippines RP 50 50 50 43 43 31 31 18 25 12 25 25

Saudi Arabia SA 62 56 56 43 37 31 31 18 25 12 25 25


Singapore SN 56 56 56 50 43 31 31 25 25 18 27 27

Syrian Arab Republic SY 56 56 56 50 43 31 31 25 25 18 16 16United Arab Emirates TC 68 62 62 56 50 37 37 25 25 18 27 27

Thailand TH 50 50 50 43 43 31 31 18 25 12 21 21

Taiwan TW 50 50 50 43 43 31 31 18 25 12 25 25

Turkmenistan TX 56 56 56 50 43 31 31 25 25 18 20 20

Vietnam VM 50 50 50 43 43 31 31 18 25 12 21 21

Yemen YM 56 56 56 50 43 31 31 25 25 18 21 21

Europe

State Abrev.

Interstate Highway

Divided Highway

Primary Highway



Albania AL 50 43 40 31 31 25 25 16 18 12 28 28

Andorra AN 50 43 40 31 31 25 25 16 18 12 16 16

Austria AU 50 50 34 31 34 25 25 16 18 12 16 16

Belgium BE 56 56 45 31 30 25 25 16 18 12 26 26

Bosnia and Herzegovina BK 62 43 50 31 39 25 25 16 18 12 16 16

Belarus* BO 62 56 40 31 39 25 25 16 18 12 16 16

Bulgaria BU 62 62 34 31 34 25 25 16 18 12 20 20

Denmark DA 50 50 34 31 34 25 25 16 18 12 26 26

Ireland EI 50 50 40 31 39 25 25 16 18 12 30 30

Estonia EN 56 43 45 31 45 25 25 16 18 12 24 24

Czech Republic EZ 50 50 40 31 39 25 25 16 18 12 16 16

Finland FI 50 50 40 31 39 25 25 16 18 12 24 24

Faroe Islands FO 50 43 40 31 31 25 25 16 18 12 24 24

France FR 56 43 40 31 30 25 25 16 18 12 32 32

Gibraltar GI 50 43 40 31 31 25 25 16 18 12 28 28


Germany GM 50 43 35 31 30 25 25 16 18 12 24 24

Greece GR 43 43 34 31 34 25 25 16 18 12 28 28

Croatia HR 50 50 34 31 34 25 25 16 18 12 28 28

Hungary HU 50 43 40 31 31 25 25 16 18 12 16 16

Iceland IC 50 43 40 31 31 25 25 16 18 12 24 24

Isle of Man IM 50 43 40 31 31 25 25 16 18 12 28 28

Italy IT 50 43 35 31 34 25 25 16 18 12 30 30

Kazakhstan KZ 50 43 40 31 31 25 25 16 18 12 20 20

Latvia LG 50 50 40 31 39 25 25 16 18 12 24 24

Lithuania LH 50 43 40 31 31 25 25 16 18 12 24 24

Slovakia LO 50 50 40 37 39 30 25 16 18 12 16 16

Liechtenstein LS 50 43 40 31 31 25 25 16 18 12 16 16

Luxembourg LU 56 56 38 31 38 25 25 16 18 12 16 16

Moldavia MD 50 43 40 31 31 25 25 16 18 12 16 16

Montenegro MJ 50 43 40 31 31 25 25 16 18 12 28 28

Macedonia MK 43 43 34 31 34 25 25 16 18 12 16 16

Monaco MN 50 43 40 31 31 25 25 16 18 12 28 28

Malta MT 50 43 40 31 31 25 25 16 18 12 28 28

Netherlands NL 50 50 40 31 39 25 25 16 18 12 26 26

Norway NO 50 50 40 31 39 25 25 16 18 12 25 25

Poland PL 50 50 40 31 34 25 25 16 18 12 24 24

Portugal PO 50 50 34 25 34 20 25 16 18 12 26 26

Serbia RI 50 50 34 31 34 30 25 16 18 12 16 16

Romania RO 56 56 40 31 34 25 25 16 18 12 20 20

Russian Federation* RS 62 56 40 31 39 25 25 16 18 12 25 25

Slovenia SI 50 50 34 31 34 25 25 16 18 12 16 16

San Marino SM 50 43 40 31 31 25 25 16 18 12 16 16

Spain SP 56 43 40 31 34 25 25 16 18 12 30 30Svalbard and Jan Mayen Islands SV 50 43 40 31 31 25 25 16 18 12 16 16

Sweden SW 50 50 40 31 39 25 25 16 18 12 24 24

Switzerland SZ 50 50 40 31 39 25 25 16 18 12 16 16


Tajikistan TI 50 43 40 31 31 25 25 16 18 12 16 16

Turkey* TU 62 56 40 31 39 25 25 16 18 12 27 27

United Kingdom UK 60 40 46 30 32 24 25 16 18 12 32 32

Ukraine* UP 62 56 40 31 39 25 25 16 18 12 20 20

Uzbekistan UZ 50 43 40 31 31 25 25 16 18 12 16 16

Vatican City VT 50 43 40 31 31 25 25 16 18 12 16 16

North America

State Abrev.

Interstate Highway

Divided Highway

Primary Highway



Alberta AB 62 62 62 43 56 37 43 37 31 25 21 21

Aguascalientes AG 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23

Alaska AK 65 55 55 40 45 35 45 35 30 25 17 17

Alabama AL 68 60 55 40 45 35 45 35 30 25 15 15

Arkansas AR 65 55 55 40 45 35 45 35 35 25 15 15

Arizona AZ 68 60 60 40 50 35 45 35 35 25 15 15

British Columbia BC 68 62 62 37 56 37 43 37 31 25 21 21

Bermuda BD 56 49 49 43 43 37 31 31 25 25 21 21

Belize BH 62 56 56 43 49 37 37 31 31 25 21 21

Baja California BJ 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23

Baja California Sur BS 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23

California CA 55 55 55 40 45 30 40 30 30 25 16 16

Chiapas CH 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23

Chihuahua CI 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23

Colima CL 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23

Colorado CO 68 60 60 40 50 35 45 35 35 25 15 15

Campeche CP 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23

Costa Rica CS 56 49 49 43 43 37 31 31 25 25 21 21


Connecticut CT 65 55 55 40 45 30 35 30 25 25 13 13Coahuila de Zaragoza CU 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23

Dist. of Columbia DC 55 50 45 40 40 35 35 30 25 25 13 13

Delaware DE 65 55 55 40 45 30 35 30 25 25 13 13

Distrito Federal DF 62 62 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 25 23 23

Durango DG 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23

Mexico (Estado) EM 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23

El Salvador ES 62 56 56 43 49 37 37 31 31 25 21 21

Florida FL 68 60 55 40 45 35 45 35 30 25 13 13

Georgia GA 68 60 55 40 45 35 40 30 30 25 13 13

Guanajuato GJ 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23

Greenland GL 45 45 45 35 35 35 35 25 25 20 13 13

Guerrero GR 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23

Guatemala GT 62 56 56 43 49 37 37 31 31 25 21 21

Hidalgo HG 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23

Hawaii HI 60 50 45 35 35 35 25 25 25 25 13 13

Honduras HO 62 56 56 43 49 37 37 31 31 25 21 21

Iowa IA 68 55 60 40 45 35 45 35 35 25 15 15

Idaho ID 65 60 60 40 50 35 45 35 35 25 15 15

Illinois IL 65 55 55 40 45 35 45 35 35 25 15 15

Indiana IN 65 55 55 40 45 35 40 30 30 25 15 15

Jalisco JA 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23

Kansas KS 68 60 60 40 50 35 45 35 35 25 15 15

Kentucky KY 65 60 55 40 45 35 40 30 30 25 15 15

Louisiana LA 68 60 55 40 45 35 45 35 35 25 15 15

Massachusetts MA 65 60 55 40 45 30 35 30 25 25 13 13

Manitoba MB 68 62 62 43 56 37 43 37 31 25 21 21

Maryland MD 65 60 55 40 45 30 35 30 25 25 13 13

Maine ME 65 60 60 40 45 35 45 35 30 25 13 13

Michoacan de Ocampo MH 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23


Michigan MI 60 55 55 40 45 35 40 30 30 25 18 18

Minnesota MN 68 60 60 40 45 35 45 35 35 25 15 15

Missouri MO 68 60 60 40 45 35 45 35 35 25 15 15

Morelos MR 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23

Mississippi MS 68 60 55 40 45 35 45 35 30 25 15 15

Montana MT 65 60 60 40 50 35 45 35 35 25 15 15

Nayarit NA 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23

New Brunswick NB 62 62 56 43 56 37 43 31 31 25 21 21

North Carolina NC 68 60 55 40 45 35 40 30 30 25 13 13

North Dakota ND 68 60 60 40 50 35 45 35 35 25 15 15

Nebraska NE 68 60 60 40 50 35 45 35 35 25 15 15

New Hampshire NH 65 60 55 40 45 35 45 35 30 25 13 13

Nicaragua NI 62 56 56 43 49 37 37 31 31 25 21 21

New Jersey NJ 65 55 55 40 45 30 35 30 25 25 13 13

Newfoundland and Labrador NL 62 62 62 43 56 37 43 31 31 25 21 21

New Mexico NM 68 60 60 40 50 35 45 35 35 25 15 15

Nova Scotia NS 62 62 62 43 56 37 43 31 31 25 21 21

Northwest Territory NT 56 56 56 43 56 37 43 31 31 25 21 21

Nunavut NU 56 56 56 43 43 37 43 31 31 25 21 21

Nevada NV 68 60 60 40 50 35 45 35 35 25 15 15

Nuevo Leon NX 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23

New York NY 65 60 55 40 45 30 35 30 25 25 13 13

Oaxaca OA 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23

Ohio OH 65 60 55 40 45 35 40 30 30 25 15 15

Oklahoma OK 68 60 60 40 50 35 45 35 35 25 15 15

Ontario ON 62 62 62 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 21 21

Oregon OR 55 55 50 40 45 35 40 30 30 25 16 16

Pennsylvania PA 65 55 55 40 45 30 35 30 25 25 13 13

Prince Edward Island PE 62 62 56 43 56 37 49 37 31 25 21 21

Panama PM 62 56 56 43 49 37 37 31 31 25 21 21

Puerto Rico PR 65 55 45 40 45 30 30 30 30 25 15 15


Puebla PU 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23

Queretaro Arteaga QA 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23

Quebec QC 62 62 56 37 56 37 49 37 31 25 21 21

Quintana Roo QR 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23

Rhode Island RI 65 55 55 40 45 30 35 30 25 25 13 13

South Carolina SC 68 60 55 40 45 35 40 30 30 25 13 13

South Dakota SD 68 60 60 40 50 35 45 35 35 25 15 15

Sinaloa SI 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23

Saskatchewan SK 62 62 62 43 56 37 43 37 31 25 21 21

San Luis Potosi SL 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23

Sonora SO 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23

Tabasco TA 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23

Tlaxcala TL 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23

Tamaulipas TM 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23

Tennessee TN 68 60 55 40 45 35 40 30 30 25 15 15

Texas TX 68 60 60 40 50 35 45 35 35 25 15 15

Utah UT 68 60 60 40 50 35 45 35 35 25 15 15

Virginia VA 65 60 55 40 45 30 40 30 30 25 13 13

Vermont VT 65 55 55 40 45 35 45 35 30 25 15 15

Veracruz VZ 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23

Washington WA 60 60 55 40 45 30 35 30 30 25 16 16

Wisconsin WI 65 60 60 40 45 35 45 35 35 25 18 18

West Virginia WV 68 55 55 40 45 35 35 30 30 25 15 15

Wyoming WY 68 60 60 40 50 35 45 35 35 25 15 15

Yucatan YC 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23

Yukon Territory YT 56 56 56 43 56 37 49 37 31 25 21 21

Zacatecas ZT 68 62 56 43 49 37 43 31 31 25 23 23


Oceania

State Abrev.

Interstate Highway

Divided Highway

Primary Highway



American Samoa AQ 50 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 25 18 18 18

Australia AS 68 56 56 43 50 37 37 25 25 18 22 22

Cook Islands CW 50 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 25 18 18 18

Fiji FJ 50 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 25 18 18 18

French Polynesia FP 50 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 25 18 20 20

French Southern and Antarctic Islands FS 50 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 25 18 15 15

Guam GQ 45 45 45 35 35 35 35 25 25 18 18 18

Kiribati KR 50 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 25 18 15 15

Marshall Islands RM 50 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 25 18 18 18

Micronesia, Federated States of FM 50 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 25 18 18 18

Midway Island MQ 50 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 25 18 18 18

Nauru NR 50 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 25 18 15 15

New Caledonia NC 50 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 25 18 22 22

New Zealand NZ 62 56 56 43 43 31 37 25 25 18 23 23

Niue NE 50 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 25 18 15 15

Norfolk Island NF 50 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 25 18 18 18

Northern Mariana Islands CQ 50 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 25 18 18 18

Palau PS 50 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 25 18 15 15

Pitcairn PC 50 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 25 18 15 15

Solomon Islands BP 50 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 25 18 18 18

Tokelau TL 50 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 25 18 15 15

Tonga TN 50 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 25 18 15 15

Tuvalu TV 50 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 25 18 15 15


Vanuatu NH 50 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 25 18 15 15

Wake Island WQ 50 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 25 18 18 18

Wallis and Futuna Islands WF 50 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 25 18 15 15

Western Samoa WS 50 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 25 18 18 18

South America

State Abrev.

Interstate Highway

Divided Highway

Primary Highway



Aruba AA 56 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 18 18 24 24

Antigua and Barbuda AC 56 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 18 18 16 16

Argentina* AR 68 50 50 37 37 31 31 25 18 12 21 21

Anguilla AV 56 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 18 18 20 20

Barbados BB 56 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 18 18 16 16

Bahamas BF 56 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 18 18 26 26

Bolivia BL 62 50 50 37 37 31 31 25 18 12 21 21

Brazil BR 68 43 50 37 37 25 31 18 18 12 21 21

Chile CI 62 50 43 37 31 31 25 25 18 12 21 21

Cayman Islands CJ 56 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 18 18 20 20

Colombia CO 62 50 43 37 31 31 25 25 18 12 21 21

Cuba CU 56 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 18 18 23 23

Dominica DO 56 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 18 18 20 20

Dominican Republic DR 56 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 18 18 16 16

Ecuador EC 62 50 43 37 31 31 25 25 18 12 21 21

French Guiana FG 62 50 50 37 37 31 31 25 18 12 21 21

Falkland Islands (Malvinas) FK 56 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 18 18 12 12

Grenada GJ 56 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 18 18 20 20


Guadeloupe GP 56 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 18 18 20 20

Guyana GY 62 50 50 37 37 31 31 25 18 12 21 21

Haiti HA 56 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 18 18 20 20

Jamaica JM 56 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 18 18 23 23

Martinique MB 56 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 18 18 20 20

Montserrat MH 56 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 18 18 16 16

Suriname NS 62 50 50 37 37 31 31 25 18 12 21 21

Netherlands Antilles NT 56 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 18 18 16 16

Paraguay PA 62 50 50 37 37 31 31 25 18 12 21 21

Peru PE 62 50 43 37 31 31 25 25 18 12 21 21

Saint Kitts and Nevis Islands SC 56 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 18 18 16 16

Saint Lucia ST 56 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 18 18 20 20

Trinidad and Tobago TD 62 50 43 37 31 31 25 25 18 12 25 25

Turks and Caicos Islands TK 56 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 18 18 16 16

Uruguay UY 62 50 50 37 37 31 31 25 18 12 21 21

Saint Vincent and the Grenadines VC 56 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 18 18 20 20

Venezuela VE 62 50 43 37 31 31 25 25 18 12 21 21

British Virgin Islands VI 56 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 18 18 24 24

United States Virgin Islands VQ 56 43 43 37 37 31 31 25 18 18 24 24


Appendix G: Toll Plaza Names in Reports

The chart below identifies the toll authorities that have assigned multiple names to the same toll plaza location. When generating a route using PC*MILER|Tolls, only one name for each toll plaza location is provided in the Detailed Route Report. Because a vehicle can travel through any of the sub-plazas at one of these locations, this chart may help you match up agency names to the names that appear along a route in the Detailed Route Report. Currently there is only one toll plaza location in the database that has multiple names assigned to it: Agency Toll Road Toll Plaza Name in

PC*MILER|Connect Toll Plaza Abbreviation in Detailed Route Report

Other Plaza Abbreviations Used By Agency at the Same Location

Other Plaza Names Used by Agency at the Same Location

VDOT Chesapeake Expressway Chesapeake Expressway 16,17 18* * 18 is the abbreviation used for Discount Program Members.

G Ap

pen

dix


Appendix H: Toll Roads Requiring Electronic Payment

Table 1 below lists roads that only accept toll discount programs. No cash or other payment option is offered, and driving on one of these roads without a transponder and discount program membership will cause an invoice to be sent with a surcharge added to the toll rate. Table 2 lists all electronic toll roads (Open Road Tolling). Like the roads in Table 1, drivers without a transponder on these roads will receive an invoice with a video toll rate amount. What differentiates these two types of roads is the amount of the surcharge on the roads in Table 1: these roads carry a relatively expensive surcharge, and the transportation authorities strongly advise against driving on these roads without a transponder.

TABLE 1. Roads Accepting Only Toll Discount Programs – Additional Surcharge on Violations

State Toll Road/Exits Discount Program Video Toll/Cash Comments

Florida Florida Turnpike SunPass None For the Florida Turnpike, the five exits listed are SunPass Only. Drivers without SunPass are required to exit before or after these exits. If used by mistake then an invoice is sent home with a surcharge.

Becker Road exit 138 SunPass None

Jog Road exit 98 SunPass None

SR 710 exit 107 SunPass None

Consulate Drive exit 255 SunPass None

Kissimmee Park Rd exit 240 SunPass None

H Ap

pen

dix

Appendix H: Toll Roads Requiring Electronic Payment 277

Pennsylvania PA Turnpike EZPass None For the two exits listed here a video toll plus a surcharge is sent in an invoice.

Virginia Drive exit 340 EZPass None

Street Road exit 352 EZPass None

Texas Camino Colombia Toll Road TxTag, TollTag, EZ TAG None Invoice sent with the surcharge added to the toll rate. You must have a TxTag account or other accepted prepaid account to pay tolls on Camino Colombia. Under Texas law, non‐payment of tolls is a misdemeanor offense, and you may be subject to Administrative fees and fines of up to $350 per violation.

Texas Fort Bend Parkway Toll Road EZ Tag, TxTag None A fee is added to the toll rate and an invoice is sent to drivers who don’t use EZ Tag.

Texas Fort Bend Westpark Tollway EZ Tag, TxTag None A fee is added to the toll rate and an invoice it sent to drivers who don’t use EZ Tag.

Texas Westpark Tollway EZ Tag None Driving without an EZ Tag ends in a toll violation event, can result in a Toll Violation Invoice being sent to the registered owner/renter for the past‐due toll amount plus fees of $33.

Texas Sam Houston Tollway EZ Tag, TxTag, TollTag Video Toll There are eleven plazas that require an EZ Tag. For the first two violations drivers can go to store or call and pay the toll for


the third violation an invoice with a surcharge of $33 is generated.

North Gessner EZ Tag, TxTag, TollTag Video Toll

West Road Entrance Ramp EZ Tag, TxTag, TollTag Video Toll

Hammerly Blvd Entrance Ramp

EZ Tag, TxTag, TollTag Video Toll

Bellaire Blvd Entrance Ramp EZ Tag, TxTag, TollTag Video Toll

Tidwell Road EZ Tag, TxTag, TollTag Video Toll

Garrett Road EZ Tag, TxTag, TollTag Video Toll

Winfield Road EZ Tag, TxTag, TollTag Video Toll

Northeast Toll Plaza EZ Tag, TxTag, TollTag Video Toll

W Lake Houston Parkway EZ Tag, TxTag, TollTag Video Toll

John Ralston Road EZ Tag, TxTag, TollTag Video Toll

Wilson Road EZ Tag, TxTag, TollTag Video Toll

Texas Hardy Toll Road EZ Tag, TxTag, TollTag Video Toll There are eleven plazas that require an EZ Tag. For the first two violations drivers can go to a store or call and pay the toll, for the third violation an invoice with a surcharge of $33 is generated.

Rankin Road South EZ Tag, TxTag, TollTag Video Toll

TABLE 2. Electronic Toll Roads (Open Road Tolling)

State Toll Road/Exits Discount Program Video

Toll/Cash Comments

British Columbia

Golden Ears Bridge Quickpass Pay As You Go If the driver is not a registered customer, the license plate information

Appendix H: Toll Roads Requiring Electronic Payment 279

is forwarded electronically to ICBC when the bridge is crossed. TransLink uses the information received from ICBC to send a bill for the toll amount to the registered owner of the vehicle.

Florida Snapper Creek Expressway SunPass Toll‐By‐Plate

Don Shula Expressway SR 874 SunPass Toll‐By‐Plate

Gratigny Parkway SunPass Toll‐By‐Plate

Homestead Extension Of Florida's Turnpike

SunPass Toll‐By‐Plate

Lee Roy Selmon Crosstown Expressway

SunPass We Bill You

Illinois Tri‐State Tollway I‐Pass, EZPass Video Toll Rate For the highlighted exit which is an all electronic tolling ramps, no cash accepted. Cash customers will incur an unpaid toll and are responsible for paying the cash fare indicated on within 7 days of the event.

Balmoral I‐Pass, EZPass Video Toll Rate

Ronald Reagan Tollway I‐Pass, EZPass Video Toll Rate For the highlighted exit which is an all electronic tolling ramps, no cash accepted. Cash customers will incur an unpaid toll and are responsible for paying the cash fare indicated on within 7 days of the event.

Eola Road I‐Pass, EZPass Video Toll Rate

Maryland Intercounty Connector MD 200 EZPass Video Toll Rate

North Carolina

Triangle Expressway NC Quick Pass Bill By Mail

Ontario 407 ETR 407 ETR Transponder

Video Toll Charge


Quebec A 25 Bridge A25 Transponder Video Toll Charge

Texas 183A TxTag Pay By Toll

Addison Airport Tunnel TollTag, TxTag ZipCash

Dallas North Tollway TollTag ZipCash

Lewisville Lake Toll Bridge TollTag ZipCash

Loop 49 TxTag, TollTag, EZ TAG

Pay By Mail

President George Bush Turnpike TollTag ZipCash

PGBT Western Extension SH 161 TollTag ZipCash

Mountain Creek Lake Toll Bridge TollTag ZipCash

Sam Rayburn Tollway TollTag ZipCash

SH 550 TxTag, TollTag, EZ Tag

Pay By Mail Rate

Texas State Highway 99 TxTag, EZ Tag, TollTag

Notice By Mail

Virginia Pocahontas Parkway EZPass EZPass, Visa or Mastercard

The two listed exits are no cash exits, The Mainline Plaza is also cashless overnight from 11 p.m to 5 a.m. Payment options are Visa/Mastercard Debit/Credit cards

Laburnum Avenue EZPass EZPass, Visa or Mastercard

Airport Connector EZPass EZPass, Visa or Mastercard

Washington SR 520 Bridge Good To Go Pay By Mail


Index 53-Foot Trailer or Twins routing, 14 A

access routes and policies, 13, 237 Add Comment dialog, 174 adding new PC*MILER products, 38 Address Assist, 57–59, 58 address entry, 57, 142, 259 adjust for permits, 218 alphabetical/route order, 143 AS400 installation, 36 automobile routing, 16, 151, 155 avoid road segments, 141, 171 avoiding or favoring a state, 141, 179 avoiding whole roads, 141, 179 axles, 126, 127 B

border crossings, 74 border delays, 147 borders open/closed, 141 break time, 146, 147 C

Canadian counties, 242 Canadian postal codes, 62

as custom places, 88 cashless toll plazas, 275, 276–80 CAT Scale weigh stations, 80 Change Data Set option, 48 CICS installation, 36 Citrix and Terminal Services installs, 33 city names, entering, 54–67 Comparison Report, 136 copying a stop, 68 cost and time estimates, 84, 144–47 custom place file conversion, 88 custom place importing, 92–105 Custom Place Manager, 87 custom places, creating, 87 Custom roads. See custom routing Custom Roads

sets of road preferences, 176–78 Custom Roads Manager, 175–80 Custom routing, 158, 169–82, 169–82

adjust for permits, 218 and Fuel Optimization, 220 avoid/favor road segments, 171 avoid/favor whole roads, 179 drag route, 169 geofences, 203–12 override restrictions, 172–74 Use Custom Roads option, 141 via points, 70–72

D

database for PC*MILER, 9, 226 deactivating, 39 decimal place in distances, 50, 84 default options, 154 deleting stops, 68 Designated truck routes, 183 destination, entering, 54 Detailed Route report, 132–34

language translation, 136 distance calculation, 10 distance units, 84, 143 Drag Map mode, 165 Drag Routing feature, 169 Drivers Report, 135 driving directions, 135 duplicate city names, 66 E

ETA/ETD calculation, 111–17 Excel format, saving reports in, 139 exclamation point in route window, 133 exit PC*MILER, 37 Export button, Custom Roads Manager, 181 exporting custom places, 90 F

FAQ, 227–30 favor roads, 171 favoring or avoiding a state, 141, 179 favoring whole roads, 179 ferry distances, 143 file conversion from earlier versions, 37


FIPS abbreviations, 67 font type in reports, 137 fuel optimization, 220–24 fuel pump icons, 79 fuel tax reporting, 11 full-size van, 151, 154 G

gallons/liters conversion, 143 geofence warnings, 206 geofences, 203–12

creating, 204 customizing, 206 deleting, 207 on the map, 208

H

hazmat routing, 213–19 adjust for permits, 218 in reports, 219 permits, 181

Heavy/Light Vehicle routing, 16, 141 Heavy/Light Vehicle routing \r, 172 Help files, 41 highway exits, 77 highway junctions, 75 Highway Only routing, 142 Hub distances, 158 I

importing custom places, 92–105 installation, 22–39 installation FAQ, 37 intermodal analysis, 157 ISO abbreviations, 67 K

keystroke commands, 53 kilometers, 143 L

labeling roads, 169 language translations, 136 lat/long

as custom points, 91

as stops, 76 tracking, 65, 76, 169

Least Cost routing, 17, 106–10 legends on the map, 182 Light Vehicle routing, 16, 141, 172–74 local mileage, 142 location radius, 81–83 M

map panning, 165 map styles, 167 menus

Edit menu, 44 File menu, 43 Help menu, 52 Map menu, 44 Report menu, 48 Route menu, 47 Tools menu, 48 Windows menu, 51

Mexican postal codes, 49, 56 Mexican state abbreviations, 248 miles/kilometers conversion, 143 moving a stop, 68 Multiple Name Instances, 56, 57, 66 multiple routes, 85 N

National Network access policies, 237 National Network routing, 13 new PC*MILER features, 5–8 NL setting, 57 O

Options alphabetical/route order, 143 border wait time, 147 borders open/closed, 141 break time, 146, 147 cost and time estimates, 144–47 custom routing, 158 ferry distances, 143 fuel costs, 144 gallons/liters, 143 hazmat routing, 213–19 hub routing, 141, 158

Index 283

Light Vehicle routing, 16, 141, 172–74 miles/kilometers, 143 region, 142 report memo, 143 road speeds, 152 route name, 140 route type, 140 stop costs, 145 Use Custom Roads, 141 Use Highway Only, 142 vehicle dimensions, 148, 156 vehicle profile, 143

Options dialog box, 139–53 origin, entering, 54 override truck restrictions, 172–74 P

Pan map view, 165 PC*MILER Sales, 225 pick list on/off, 57 picking stops from the map, 64 POI search, 81–83, 184 point and click stop entry, 64 points of interest, 184 points of interest, hiding, 185 Postal Code help, 62 Practical route, 11–12 preferred roads. See Custom Routing Print Driver Report, 138 printing

reports, 137 User’s Guide, 225

product returns, 40 R

red exclamation point, 133 redraw map, 186 region change, 67 regions, 67, 142 region-to-region routing, 67 reports

changing column width of, 137 changing font used in, 137 Comparison, 136 Detailed Route, 132–34 Drivers Report, 135

hiding columns in, 138 language translations, 136 memo field in, 143 Print Driver Report option, 138 printing, 137 Road Type, 137 State/Country Distance Summary, 131

requirements, 18–20 restricted roads, 172, 183 returns, 40 reversing the stop order, 69 right mouse menu, RouteMap, 168 road classifications, 153 road preference file conversion, 180 road preferences, locating on map, 175 road speed defaults, 262–74 road speeds, 152 Road Type Report, 137 route

53-Foot Trailer or Twins, 14 entry, 42, 54–67 framing on map, 185 generation, multiple, 85 Heavy/Light Vehicle, 16 Least Cost, 17 National Network, 13 optimization, 68 Practical, 11–12 running, 83 Shortest, 12 Toll Discouraged, 15 type descriptions, 11 type, changing, 140

route entry window features, 83–85 RouteMap window, 162–87

copying, 187 detail levels, 164 geofences, 203–12 hiding/displaying features in, 166 labeling roads, 169 legends, 182 map styles in, 167, 168 picking stops from, 64 points of interest, 184 printing, 187 restoring, 163 right mouse menu, 168


scroll bars, 165 stop labels, 187 zoom features, 163

RouteSync, 188–202 activation, 26

routing types, 11–17 running a route, 83 S

satellite image map layer, 168 saving trips, 158 saving workspace settings, 160 seasonal routing, 176 sets of custom roads, 176–78 shortcut keys, 53 Shortest Route, 12 spelling help, 60 SPLC

as custom places, 88 as stops, 63

Split screen display mode, 86 state weigh stations, 80 State/Country Distance Report, 131 state/province abbreviations, 55 stop entry

picking stops from the map, 64 Zoom to Stop feature, 164

stop labels, 187 synonyms for stop entry, 72 system requirements, 18–20 T

tariff filing, 17 technical support, 225 time zone display, 112 time-based routing, 111–17 toll barriers omission, 134 toll calculation

number of axles for, 151 vehicle weight for, 126–28

toll costs by state, 129 by trip leg, 84 by weight and axle, 126 calculation, 122 cashless toll plazas, 124

currency for, 124 discount information in reports, 129 in reports, 128–30 plaza names, 128 total for trip, 129

Toll Discouraged routing, 15 traffic data

map display, 118–21 with ETA calculation, 115

travel time, 152 troubleshooting, 225 truck stops, 78

picking from the map, 64 truck-discouraged roads, 228 truck-inaccessible locations, 169 truck-restricted roads, 183, 228 truck-restricted vs. truck-discouraged, 228 U

uninstalling PC*MILER, 39, 40 units of distance, 84, 143 updates, 9, 226 Use Highway Only option, 10, 85, 142 Use Traffic Data option, 115 User's Guide printing, 225 V

vehicle dimension options, 148–51 vehicle profiles, 154–56 via points, 70–72 W

warnings in the Detailed Route report, 133 way points, 70–72 weigh stations, 80 Z

ZIP Code help, 62 ZIP codes, entering, 61 zoom features, 163

NOTES:

routing, mileage and mapping soware as/400 and cics installations ... 3.1.5 the report menu ... 3.6...

Documents